©2011 SUJEEWANI K EKANAYAKE ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
-
Upload
khangminh22 -
Category
Documents
-
view
3 -
download
0
Transcript of ©2011 SUJEEWANI K EKANAYAKE ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
POLY(ORGANOPHOSPHAZENES) WITH AZOLYLMETHYLPHENOXY AND
PYRIDINOXY SIDE GROUPS TO BE USED AS PROTON EXCHANGE
MEMBRANES IN FUEL CELLS
A Dissertation
Presented to
The Graduate Faculty of The University of Akron
In Partial Fulfillment
of the Requirements for the Degree
Doctor of Philosophy
Sujeewani K Ekanayake
December, 2011
ii
POLY(ORGANOPHOSPHAZENES) WITH AZOLYLMETHYLPHENOXY AND
PYRIDINOXY SIDE GROUPS TO BE USED AS PROTON EXCHANGE
MEMBRANES IN FUEL CELLS
Sujeewani K Ekanayake
Dissertation
Approved: Accepted:
______________________________ ______________________________ Advisor Department Chair Dr. Wiley J. Youngs Dr. Kim C. Calvo
______________________________ ______________________________ Co-Advisor/Committee Member Dean of the College Dr. Claire A. Tessier Dr. Chand Midha
______________________________ ______________________________ Committee Member Dean of the Graduate School Dr. Michael J. Taschner Dr. George R. Newkome
______________________________ ______________________________ Committee Member Date Dr. Peter L. Rinaldi _____________________________ Committee Member Dr. Thein Kyu
iii
ABSTRACT
Proton Exchange Membrane Fuel Cells (PEMFCs) are of great importance to
many stationary and portable applications. The development of a more efficient, high-
temperature tolerant membrane with a high protonic conductivity has become critical to
the better performance of PEMFCs. Consequently, the focus of current research is more
focused on synthesizing membranes which can function at a non-humidified high
temperature environment.
Because N-heterocycles such as azoles substituted on a polyphosphazene
backbone have been found to be one of the best polymers in this regard, the focus of this
dissertation is primarily on developing PEMs (proton exchange membranes) based on
azole and pyridine substituted phosphazenes. In Chapter 1, an overview on PEMFCs as
well as PEMs that have been synthesized to date is presented. The first part of the
introduction is devoted to sulfonated fluorocarbon-based membrane, Nafion®. Then the
focus slowly shifts towards PEMs based on hydrocarbon polymers. The rest of Chapter 1
mainly revolves around polyphosphazene based PEMs. Chapter 2 describes the synthesis
of trimeric, small-molecule, model compounds for high polymers. A series of
hexakis(azolylmethylphenoxy)cyclotriphosphazenes where the azolyl groups are pyrazol,
1,2,4-triazol and 5-methyltetrazol and all three isomers of
iv
hexakis(pyridinoxy)cyclotriphosphazenes have been synthesized and characterized. The
focus of Chapter 3 is on the synthesis of poly(dichlorophosphazene) by modifying a
literature procedure reported by Wang (Macromolecules 2005, 38, 643-645) via one-pot
in situ polycondensation. Chapter 3 also presents a preliminary study on ring opening
polymerization. The focus of Chapter 4 is completely on the synthesis and
characterization of azole and pyridine substituted polyphosphazenes. Chapter 5 includes
film casting studies from both triazolphenol trimer and polymer to obtain corresponding
composites and blends by mixing with commercially available poly(PMDA-ODA) amic
acid. The cast films were imidized and the degree of imidization was monitored by FTIR.
Acid doping studies of each undoped film was performed prior to reporting proton
conductivity.
v
DEDICATION
To my loving husband, Chaminda, for his exceptional support and patience through all
these years
& to my grandparents, parents and my siblings
vi
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
First and foremost I want to thank my advisor Dr. Wiley J. Youngs. Being my
advisor for nearly five years, you have been such an inspiration to me. You were always
there to guide and advise me. I am so thankful for having an advisor like you who was
always so patient, friendly and kind. This dissertation would not have been possible
without your extraordinary support.
My co-advisor, Dr. Tessier A. Claire, your kindness, enthusiasm, and friendliness
along with your unique way of guiding students have always inspired me to pursue my
dream of becoming a teacher one day with more determination. I have learned a lot from
you when it comes to research techniques and teaching. I am going to miss you dearly. I
am so lucky to have both you & Dr. Youngs around me when I am going to close one of
the best chapters in my life.
Dr. Matthew J. Panzner, you were a post-doc in Dr. Youngs’ lab when I joined his
group. If it was not for you, I would have never come this far. You taught me all the
important lab techniques, ran crystals for me, trained me on the NMR instruments with
much patience, and were always there to help whenever I came to you with problems
regarding my research work. I would much appreciate all your help & wish you and your
family all the best of luck.
vii
I would like to thank all the members on my dissertation defense committee, Dr.
Michael J. Taschner Dr. Peter L. Rinaldi and Dr. Thein Kyu, for your valuable time & all
the work you have done to make my dissertation a better one.
I also want to thank Dr. Dominic Gervasio, our collaborator from the University
of Arizona for all the assistance given to me. My special thanks go to DOE. If not for the
funding from DOE, we would not have been able to continue our research. Thank you,
Dr. Robert A. Weiss, for opening your lab doors for us to use Fuel cell test system. Thank
you, Dr. Barton Hamilton, for giving us the chance to use the casting machine. I really
liked your sense of humor. Jon Page, I thank you for training me to run TGA, DSC, FTIR
and also thank you for running GPC for me. I am also thankful for the other staff in the
Department of Chemistry, including Nancy, Jean and the NMR staff for all the support
extended to me during this time period.
All the past members of the Youngs and Tessier group, Aysegul , Semih,
Khadijah, Doug, Tammy, Paul, Tatiana, and Golf (Samitthichai), my hats are off to all of
you for all the encouragement & advice. Thanks Doug for running my crystals. The
recent graduates Jay (Supat), Joanna and Amanda, as well as the current grads Zin-Min,
Dave, Nick, Brian, Nikki, Mike and Pat, I am so happy to have had the chance to work
with you. Nikki, I will always remember your beautiful smile and friendliness. Thanks
Brian for running my crystals. You were always willing to help me whenever I needed it.
Dave, Nick, Zin-Min and Joanna, all the phosphazene people, I had such a wonderful
time with all of you guys. I really enjoyed all the fun times we had together. Thanks a lot
for all the help you have given me during the past these years with glassblowing and
using the high vacuum line. Special thanks should go to Dave for providing me with
viii
chloropolymer, teaching me how to run ROP, and so on. I learned a lot from you, Dave. I
am going to miss you all.
I would also like to extend my gratitude towards my undergraduate college, the
University of Sri Jayewardenepura in Sri Lanka, for all the support and encouragement it
gave me during all this time. You laid a strong foundation for my higher studies and who
I am today. I want to thank Dr. Deraniyagala, then chair of the department of Chemistry,
for all the support given during that time. I am so thankful to Dr. Pradeep M. Jayaweera,
my then research advisor, for giving me a chance to be part of your group. Dr. Susil J.
Silva, Dr. Sudantha Liyanage, Dr. Laleen Karunanayake & Dr. Siromi Samarasinghe,
thank you for all the support and invaluable advice. I also want to thank all the other
professors who taught me and all the non-academic staff of the department of Chemistry
for their support.
Finally, I would like to thank my family and friends for all the contributions &
sacrifices they have made towards my success. Aththa & Mamma, though you two are no
longer here with me today to see my success, I hope I made you proud grandparents. You
were always there for me since I was a toddler, and I will always keep you in my
memories. Amma and thaththa, you worked so hard to bring all of us up to be who we are
today. Amma, you have been the strongest woman I have ever known. You sacrificed a
lot to give us a better life. I am grateful for all of my sisters and one and only brother for
all the support given. James McNenny and Vivienne McNenny, my US host family, you
not only opened your door for us but you also opened your hearts for us even though we
were complete strangers to you. I remember all the good times we had together. I learned
how to play cards. How can I forget all the fun we had together. You warmly welcomed
ix
us and became our adopted parents. I am sure I am going to make you also proud. There
is always a special place for you two in my heart.
My old buddies in the department, Roshinee akka, Nilufer, and Jay, you were
always there to support me. Jay, you were my lab colleague, and I learned a lot from you
during this short period of time. All of you have now moved in different directions. I
wish good luck to all of you. I really miss you guys & please keep in touch. Thanks
Vincenzo for helping me figure out mass spectra. I wish you a successful career.
Chaminda, you are the best thing that happened to me in my life. You have been
my husband and my best friend and gave your unstinting support whenever I needed it.
Thank you!
x
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
LIST OF TABLES ..................................................................................................... xvii
LIST OF FIGURES ..................................................................................................... xix
LIST OF SCHEMES.................................................................................................... xxv
LIST OF EQUATIONS ............................................................................................ xxvii
CHAPTER
I. INTRODUCTION TO THE POLYPHOSPHAZENE BASED PROTON EXCHANGE MEMBRANES FOR FUEL CELLS .................................................. 1 1.1 Introduction to Fuel Cells .....................................................................................1
1.1.1 Types of Fuel Cells ..................................................................................... 2
1.1.2 Fuel Cell Operation (PEMFCs and DMFCs) ............................................. 3
1.2 Proton Exchange Membranes/Polymer Electrolyte Membranes (PEMs) .............8
1.2.1. Types of PEMs .............................................................................................9
1.2.1.1 Perfluorinated Polymer Electrolytes .............................................9
1.2.1.2 Alternative Polymer Electrolyte Membranes ..............................12
1.3 Polyphosphazenes ...............................................................................................14
1.3.1 Small-Molecule Model Compounds for Polyphosphazenes ......................15
1.3.2 Polymerization Methods ...........................................................................17
A. Ring Opening Polymerization (ROP) .....................................................17
xi
B. Condensation Polymerization .................................................................17
a. Condensation of PCl5 with Ammonium Chloride ...............................18
b. Condensation of PCl5 and Ammonium Sulfate ..................................18
c. Condensation of Cl3P=NP(O)Cl2 ........................................................19
d. Living Cationic Condensation Polymerization ...................................19
1.3.3 Macromolecular Substitution .....................................................................19
1.3.4 Bond Lengths and Bond Angles in Cyclo and Polyphosphazenes ............21
1.3.4.1 Bonding in Cyclophosphazenes and Polyphosphazenes.............22
1.3.5 Applications of Polyphosphazenes ............................................................27
1.4 Polyphosphazene based PEMs ............................................................................28
1.4.1 Acid Functionalized Polyphosphazenes ....................................................30
1.4.1.1. Sulfonic Acid Functionalized Polyphosphazenes ......................30
A. Sulfonated Polyphosphazenes ..........................................................30
B. Blends of Sulfonated Polyphosphazenes .........................................34
a. Polyphosphazene/Poly(vinylidene fluoride) (PVDF) Blends ......35
b. Polyphosphazene/Polyacrylonitrile (PAN) Blends .....................36
c. Polyphosphazene/Polybenzimidazole (PBI) Blends ...................38
d. Polyphosphazene/Hexa(vinyloxyethoxyethoxy) cyclotriphosphazene (CVEEP) Blends .......................................39
1.4.1.2. Phosphonic Acid Functionalized Polyphosphazenes ..................40
1.4.1.3. Sulfonimide Functionalized Polyphosphazenes .........................47
1.4.2 Low-humidified or Novel Non-humidified PEMs based on Polyphosphazenes ......................................................................................51
A. Polyphosphazene-Phosphoric Acid (PA) Composites as PEMs ..............51
xii
a. Poly(dipropyl)phosphazenes/Poly-paraphenylenesulfide
Composite (PPS-PDPrP-PA) ............................................................52
b. Poly(dipropyl)phosphazenes/Sulfonated poly[(hydroxy)propyl, phenyl ether] Composite (SPHPE-PDPrP-PA) .................................54
c. Poly(diethyl, dipropyl)phosphazene/Naphthalenic sulfonated
Coplyimide (SPI-PDEt, DPrP-PA) .....................................................55
B. Azole Substituted Polyphosphazenes as PEMS .......................................57
1.5 Conclusion ..........................................................................................................60 II. SYNTHESIS AND STRUCTURAL CHARACTERIZATION OF
HEXACYCLOTRIPHOSPHAZENES AS MODEL COMPOUNDS TO POLY(ORGANOPHOSPHAZENES) ......................................................................62
2.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................62
2.2 Results and Discussion ......................................................................................64
2.2.1. Syntheses and Characterizations of Starting Materials ..............................64
2.2.2 Synthesis and Characterization of Hexakis(azolylmethoxyphenoxy)cyclotriphosphazenes ............................68
2.2.3 Synthesis and Characterization of Hexakis(pyridinoxy)cyclotriphosphazenes ................................................73 2.2.4. X-ray Structural Characterization of Hexakis(azolylmethylphenoxy) and Hexakis(pyridinoxy)cyclotriphosphazenes .........................................75 2.2.5. Thermal Analysis of Hexakis(azolylmethylphenoxy) and
Hexakis(pyridinoxy) cyclotriphosphazenes ...............................................79
2.3 Conclusion .........................................................................................................84
2.4 Experimental ......................................................................................................84
2.4.1 General Considerations ..............................................................................84
2.4.2 X-ray Crystallographic Structure Determination Details ..........................86
2.4.3 Synthesis of 4-(1H-pyrazol-1-ylmethyl)phenol (II-I) ..............................86
xiii
2.4.4 Synthesis of 4-(1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-ylmethyl)phenol (II-2) ......................87
2.4.5 Synthesis of 4-(1H-5-methyltetrazol-1-ylmethyl)phenol (II-3) ...............88
2.4.6 Synthesis of Hexakis[4-(1H-pyrazol-1-ylmethyl)phenoxy] cyclotriphophazene (II-4) .........................................................................89 2.4.7 Synthesis of Hexakis[4-(1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-ylmethyl)phenoxy] cyclotriphophazene (II-5) .........................................................................91 2.4.8 Synthesis of Hexakis[4-(1H-5-methyltetrazol-1-lmethyl)phenoxy] cyclotriphophazene (II-6) .........................................................................92 2.4.9 Synthesis of Hexakis(2-pyridinoxy)cyclotriphosphazene (II-7) ...............93
2.4.10 Synthesis of Hexakis(3-pyridinoxy)cyclotriphosphazene (II-8) ...............94
2.4.11 Synthesis of Hexakis(4-pyridinoxy)cyclotriphosphazene (II-9) ................95 III. SYNTHESIS AND CHARACTERIZATION OF
POLY(DICHLOROPHOSPHAZENE) TO BE USED AS THE BACKBONE FOR MACROMOLECULAR SUBSTITUTION.....................................................97
3.1 Introduction .........................................................................................................97
3.2 Results and Discussion .....................................................................................106
3.2.1 One-pot in situ Polycondensation ............................................................106
3.2.2 Ring Opening Polymerization – A Preliminary Study ............................110
3.2.3. Molecular Weight Determination ............................................................118
3.2.4. Thermal Analysis of Phenoxy Polyphosphazenes ...................................123
3.3 Conclusion ........................................................................................................125
3.4 Experimental .....................................................................................................126
3.4.1 General Considerations ............................................................................126
3.4.2 Synthesis of poly(dichlorophosphazene) via one-pot in situ Polycondensation (III-1a) .......................................................................127
xiv
3.4.3 Synthesis of poly(dichlorophosphazene) via ring opening polymerization (III-1b) .....................................................................................................128
3.4.4 Synthesis of poly[bis(diphenoxy)phosphazene] using compound II-1a (III-2a) ...........................................................................................129 3.4.5 Synthesis of poly[bis(diphenoxy)phosphazene] using compound III-1b (III-2b) .........................................................................................130 IV. SYNTHESIS AND CHARACTERIZATION OF POLY(AZOLYLPHENOXY) AND POLY(PYRIDINOXY) PHOSPHAZENES AS CANDIDATES FOR PEMS .............................................................................................................131
4.1 Introduction .......................................................................................................131
4.2 Results and Discussion .....................................................................................133
4.2.1 Synthesis and Characterization of Azolylmethylphenoxy Polyphosphazenes .....................................................................................133 4.2.2 Synthesis and Characterization of Pyridinoxy Polyphosphazenes ..........140
4.2.2.1 Synthesis via Substitution Route ..............................................140
4.2.2.2. Melt Polymerization Route of Pyridinoxy Cyclotriphosphazenes – A Preliminary Study ..........................143 4.2.3. Thermal Analysis of Azolylmethylphenoxy and Pyridinoxy Polyphosphazenes ....................................................................................146 4.3 Conclusion ........................................................................................................149 4.4 Experimental .....................................................................................................149
4.4.1 General Considerations ............................................................................149
4.4.2 Synthesis of poly{bis[4-(1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-ylmethyl)phenoxy]phosphazene} (IV-1) .................................................150
4.4.3 Synthesis of poly{bis[4-(1H-5-methyltetrazol-1-ylmethyl)phenoxy]phosphazene} (IV-2) .................................................151
4.4.4 Synthesis of poly[bis(3-pyridinoxy)phosphazene] (IV-3) .......................152 V. MEMBRANE CASTING, IMIDIZATION AND CONDUCTIVITY STUDIES OF AZOLYLPHENOXY PHOSPHAZENES ........................................................154
xv
5.1 Introduction .......................................................................................................154
5.1.1 PEMs based on N-Heterocycles ...............................................................154
5.1.2 Imidization Studies ..................................................................................163
5.1.2.1 Synthesis of Poly(amic acid)s-PAAs ........................................163
5.1.2.2 Conversion of PAA into Polyimide ..........................................164
5.2 Results and Discussion .....................................................................................168
5.2.1. Characterization .......................................................................................169
5.2.1.1 Thermal analysis .......................................................................169
5.2.1.2 FTIR spectroscopy ....................................................................174
5.2.2 Casting Studies.........................................................................................174
5.2.2.1 Solution casting of IV-1............................................................174
5.2.2.2 Solution casting of II-5 .............................................................175
5.2.2.3 Blade casting of II-5 .................................................................176
5.2.3 Acid Doping Levels, Thermal Stability and Proton Conductivity of Cast Films ................................................................................................178
5.2.3.1 Acid Doping Levels ..................................................................178
5.2.3.2 Thermal Analysis ......................................................................180
5.2.3.3 Proton Conductivity ..................................................................182
5.3 Conclusion ........................................................................................................183
5.4 Experimental .....................................................................................................183
5.4.1 General Considerations ............................................................................183
5.4.2 Preparation of IV-1/KaptonTM Polyimide Blend doped with PPA via Solution Casting .......................................................................................184
5.4.3 Preparation of II-5/KaptonTM Polyimide Composites doped with PPA via
Solution Casting .......................................................................................185
xvi
a). 10II-5/90PI .........................................................................................185
b). 20II-5/80PI .........................................................................................186
5.4.4 Preparation of II-5/KaptonTM Polyimide Composite via Blade Casting .186
5.4.5 Preparation of acid doped II-5/KaptonTM Polyimide Composite ............187
VI. CONCLUDING REMARKS..................................................................................188
BIBLIOGRAPHY .........................................................................................................191
APPENDICES ..............................................................................................................200
APPENDIX A: SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL FOR THE X-RAY CRYSTAL STRUCTURE OF C10H10N2O (II-1) .........................................................................201
APPENDIX B: SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL FOR THE X-RAY CRYSTAL STRUCTURE OF C9H9N3O (II-2) ............................................................................207
APPENDIX C: SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL FOR THE X-RAY CRYSTAL STRUCTURE OF C9H10N4O (II-3a) ........................................................................211
APPENDIX D: SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL FOR THE X-RAY CRYSTAL STRUCTURE OF C9H10N4O (II-3b) ........................................................................216
APPENDIX E: SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL FOR THE X-RAY CRYSTAL STRUCTURE OF C60H54N15O6P3 (II-4) ...................................................................219
APPENDIX F: SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL FOR THE X-RAY CRYSTAL STRUCTURE OF C54H48N21O6P3 (II-5) ...................................................................231
APPENDIX G: SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL FOR THE X-RAY CRYSTAL STRUCTURE OF C30H24N9O6P3 (II-7) ....................................................................240
APPENDIX H: SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL FOR THE X-RAY CRYSTAL STRUCTURE OF C30H24N9O6P3 (II-8) ....................................................................247
APPENDIX I: SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL FOR THE X-RAY CRYSTAL STRUCTURE OF C30H24N9O6P3 (II-9) ....................................................................253
APPENDIX J: ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS ..........................................258
xvii
LIST OF TABLES
Table Page
1-1. Characteristics of various fuel cell systems .............................................................3
1-2. DOE technical targets for membranes .....................................................................9
1-3. Bond lengths (Å) and bond angles (°) of [PCl2N]n and cyclophosphazenes .........22
1-4. Applications of Polyphosphazenes ........................................................................28
1-5. Comparison of properties of sulfonated I-1, I-2 and commercial cation-exchange membranes ..................................................................................33 1-6. Proton conductivity of 75% SPOP/25% FLEX blended membrane in water ........36
1-7. Comparison of properties of blended and cross-linked SPOP/PAN membranes for DMFCs ...................................................................................................................37
1-8. Membrane properties of selected polymers ...........................................................45
1-9. Proton conductivity of Nafion 117, sulfonated polyphosphazene, phosphonated polyphosphazene at different temperatures ...........................................................45
1-10. Methanol permeability tests...................................................................................46
1-11. Membrane properties of sulfonimide functionalized polyphosphazenes compared to Nafion 117 .........................................................................................49 1-12. Comparison of electrochemical properties of acid functionalized polyphosphazene
with Nafion 117 .....................................................................................................51
1-13. Conductivity of PDPrP.nH+ at 1H3PO4/N mole ratio in PPS net composite at variable temperature and relative humidity (RH, %) .............................................53
1-14. Conductivity of SPHPE-PDPrP-PA under dry conditions and 11% RH at variable temperature ............................................................................................................55
xviii
2-1. 31P NMR chemical shifts of hexakis(azolylmethylphenoxy) cyclotriphosphazenes .............................................................................................73 2-2. 31P NMR Chemical shifts of hexakis(pyridinoxy)cyclotriphosphazenes ..............74
2-3. Inert and air atmosphere TGA parameters of azolylmethylphenoxy and pyridinoxy trimers ....................................................................................................................84 3-1. Molecular weights and its distribution of [P(OCH2CF3)2N]n from the one-pot in situ polycondensation .........................................................................105 3-2. Weight average molecular weights (Mw) and polydispersity indeces (PDI), and
repeat units of [PCl2N]n obtained from GPC .......................................................123
3-3. Inert atmosphere (N2) TGA parameters of phenoxypolymers .............................124
4-1. Synthesis of compound IV-1 ...............................................................................134
4-2. Melt polymerization of pyridinoxytrimers ...........................................................144 4-3. Thermogravimetric parameters of polymers IV-1, IV-2 and IV-3 ......................147
4-4. Degradation temperatures (Td), glass transition temperatures (Tg) and melting temperatures (Tm) of polymers from DSC ...........................................................148
5-1. Different regions of the TGA curve of poly(PMDA-ODA) amic acid ................170
5-2. TGA parameters of IV-1, PI and IV-1/PI ...........................................................175
5-3. TGA parameters of II-5, PI, 10II-5/90PI and 20II-5/80PI ................................176
5-4. TGA parameters of II-5, PI and II-5/PI ..............................................................177
5-5. Acid concentrations used in doping II-5/KaptonTM Polyimide composite ..........178
5-6. Acid doping levels of doped II-5/PI membranes ................................................179
5-7. Inert atmosphere TGA parameters of doped II-5/PI membranes ........................182
xix
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure Page
1.1. A schematic representation of the reactions in a PEMFC (left) and DMFC (right) ....................................................................................................3
1-2. Typical power curve for PEMFC and DMFC..........................................................6
1-3. Schematic of a polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cell (PEMFC) .........................7
1-4. Chemical structures of perfluorinated polymer electrolyte membranes ................10
1-5. Two-dimensional illustration of the nanoscopic hydrated structure of Nafion® ...11
1-6. Proton transfer mechanism in Nafion ® (vehicle mechanism) ...............................12
1-7. Structural formula of most polyphosphazenes and cyclic oligomers (X = F, Cl, Br) ............................................................................14 1-8. Small molecule model compounds of polyphosphazenes .....................................15
1-9. Cis-trans planar conformation of polyphosphazenes ............................................22
1-10. Electron pairing in [PCl2N]3 ..................................................................................23
1-11. Depiction of orbital mismatch in the dπ-pπ bonding structure of [PCl2N]3 ................. 24
1-12. Electron pairing in [PCl2N]n ..................................................................................25
1-13. Depiction of the dπ-pπ bonding in [PCl2N]n ...........................................................25
1-14. Secondary ionic bonds of [PCl2N]3 (left) and [PCl2N]n (right) ..............................26
1-15. Structures of poly(aryloxyphosphazenes). poly[(3- methylphenoxy) phenoxy)phosphazene, I-1: poly[(4-methylphenoxy)(phenoxy)phosphazene, I-2:
poly[(3-ethylphenoxy)(phenoxy)phosphazene, I-3: poly[(4-ethylphenoxy)(phenoxy)phosphazene,I-4 .............................................................31
xx
1-16. Poly[bis(3-methylphenoxy)phosphazene (compound I-5) ....................................34
1-17. Methanol fuel cell performance for blended SPOP/PAN membranes (left) and methanol fuel cell performance with the two-layer and three-layer
SPOP/PAN MEAs (right) ......................................................................................38 1-18. Poly[bis(phenoxy)phosphazene (compound I-6) ...................................................38
1-19. DMFC performance of blended SPOP-PBI membranes with direct electrode attachment (left) and power density dependence on current density for SPOP-PBI
membranes with direct electrode attachment .........................................................39 1-20. Comparison of the temperature dependent conductivities for samples M1 and M2 at high and low water partial pressures (left) and conductivities of various
conducting polymer materials in a water swollen state at 25 °C (right) ................40 1-21. Phosphonic acid functionalized poly(aryloxy)phosphazenes (compounds I-7 and I-8) ........................................................................................42 1-22. Regression curves of conductivity vs. T-1 and activation energies (left) and the selectivity of proton conductive membranes as a function of temperature (right) .............................................................................................46 1-23.Proton transfer via Grotthus mechanism ................................................................52
1-24.Structures of poly(dipropyl)phosphazene (PDPrP) (left) and PPS (right) .............53 1-25.Structure of SPHPE ................................................................................................54
1-26. Log10 σ vs. 1000/T of SPHPE-PDPrP-PA dry ( ) and at 11% RH ( ), and of PPS-PDPrP-PA dry ( ) and at 11% RH ( ) ..................................55 1-27.Poly(diethyl, dipropyl)phosphazene (PDEt, DPrP) ................................................56
1-28.Sulfonated polyimide (SPI) ....................................................................................56
1-29. Log10 σ vs. 1000/T for different N containing materials doped with PA at variable H3PO4/N mole ratio in dry conditions ...................................................................57
1-30. AC conductivity vs. frequency of TriP1TA (left) and ATriP2TA at several temperatures (right) ................................................................................................59
1-31. Variation of the proton conductivity of the TriP (left) and ATri (right) with various TA concentrations as a function of reciprocal temperature ......................59 2-1. Structures of compounds II-1, II-2 and II-3 .........................................................64
xxi
2-2. Thermal ellipsoid plots of the crystal structures of II-1 (left) and II-2 (right). Thermal ellipsoids are drawn at 50% probability ..................................................66
2-3. Thermal ellipsoid plots of the crystal structures of II-3a (left) and II-3 (right).
Thermal ellipsoids are drawn at 50% probability ..................................................66
2-4. 1H NMR spectrum of a mixture of compounds II-3a and II-3b in d6-DMSO ......67 2-5. 1H NMR spectrum of compound II-2 in d6-DMSO...............................................71
2-6. 1H NMR spectrum of compound II-5 in d6-DMSO...............................................72
2-7. 31P NMR spectra showing the chemical shift variation of [PCl2N]3 in (CDCl3), compound II-4 (d6-DMSO), compound II-5 (d6-DMSO), and compound II-6 (d6-DMSO) ...................................................................................73 2-8. 31P NMR spectra showing the chemical shift variation of [PCl2N]3 in (CDCl3),
compound II-7 (d6-DMSO), compound II-8 (d6-DMSO), and compound II-9 (d6-DMSO) ...................................................................................75 2-9. Thermal ellipsoid plot of the crystal structure of II-4. Thermal ellipsoids are drawn
at 50% probability ..................................................................................................76
2-10. Thermal ellipsoid plot of the crystal structure of II-5. Thermal ellipsoids are drawn at 50% probability ..................................................................................................76
2-11. Thermal ellipsoid plot of the crystal structure of II-7. Thermal ellipsoids are drawn
at 50% probability ..................................................................................................77 2-12. Thermal ellipsoid plot of the crystal structure of II-8. Thermal ellipsoids are drawn
at 50% probability ..................................................................................................78 2-13. Thermal ellipsoid plot of the crystal structure of II-9. Thermal ellipsoids are drawn
at 50% probability ..................................................................................................78 2-14. Inert atmosphere thermogravimetric analysis of azolylmethylphenoxy and pyridinoxy trimers ..................................................................................................81 2-15.Air atmosphere thermogravimetric analysis of azolylphenoxy and pyridinoxy
trimers ....................................................................................................................82 2-16.Inert atmosphere thermogram and derivatogram of compound II-6 ......................82 2-17.Inert atmosphere thermogram and derivatogram of compound II-8 ......................83
xxii
2-18. Inert atmosphere thermogram and derivatogram of compound II-7 .....................83 3-1. Variation in the yield (solid line) and intrinsic viscosity (broken line) of [PCl2N]n as a function of water concentration after polymerization of [PCl2N]3 after 15 hrs at 250 °C ................................................................................................................99 3-2. 31P NMR spectra showing the compound III-1a in CDCl3 (a) sampling after stirring at RT for overnight, (b) after heating at 110 °C for a day, (c) hexane
purified polymer ..................................................................................................................................................... 109 3-3. 31P NMR spectra of compound III-1b in CDCl3 (a) sampling after breaking the tube (b) after vacuum sublimation (c) purification into hexane, (d) polymer
completely purified by hexane .............................................................................112 3-4. Expanded 31P NMR spectrum shown in Figure 3-3(a). ........................................113 3-5. ESI mass spectrum of [PCl2N]n purchased from Aldrich ...................................... 116 3-6. ESI-Q/ToF MS of compound III-1a....................................................................117 3-7. Inset of the ESI-Q/ToF mass spectrum of compound III-1a from 800-1120 m/z .......................................................................................................117 3-8. Suggested tadpole structure of the chlopolymer ..................................................118 3-9. Isotopic distribution of compound III-1a ............................................................118 3-10. (a) 31P NMR of compound III-1a (-17.8 ppm), (b) 31P NMR of compound III-2a (-19.3 ppm) in CDCl3 ......................................................................................................................................... 120 3-11. 1H NMR (top left) and 31P NMR (bottom right) of compound III-2b in CDCl3 ...................................................................................................................................................................... 120 3-12. MALDI-ToF spectrum of compound III-2a .......................................................121 3-13. MALDI-ToF spectrum of compound III-2b .......................................................122 3-14. Inert atmosphere (N2) thermograms of compounds III-2a and III-2b ...............125 4-1. 31P NMR spectrum of compound IV-1 in d6-DMSO ...........................................135 4-2. 1H NMR spectrum of compound IV-1 in d6-DMSO ...........................................136 4-3. MALDI-ToF spectrum of compound IV-1 showing the repeat unit of PN7C18O2H16 ....................................................................................................137
xxiii
4-4. 31P NMR spectrum of compound IV-2 in d6-DMSO ...........................................138
4-5. 1H NMR spectrum of compound IV-2 in d6-DMSO ...........................................139
4-6. 13C NMR spectrum of compound IV-2 in d6-DMSO ..........................................139
4-7. MALDI-ToF spectrum of compound IV-2 showing the repeat unit of PN9C18O2H18 ....................................................................................................140
4-8. 31P NMR of compound IV-3 in d6-DMSO ..........................................................142
4-9. 1H NMR of compound IV-3 in d6-DMSO ...........................................................142
4-10. MALDI-ToF spectrum of compound IV-3 showing the repeat unit of PN3C10O2H8 .....................................................................................................143 4-11. Structures of pyridinoxytrimers ...........................................................................144
4-12. 31P NMR spectra after direct melt polymerization reaction of II-7 (at 200 °C for 12 h) (a), and II-9 (at 170 °C for 30 min) (b) ...............................................145 4-13. Inert atmosphere thermograms of polymers IV-1, IV-2 and IV-3 ......................146 4-14. Air atmosphere thermograms of polymers IV-1, IV-2 and IV-3 ........................147 4-15. DSC thermograms of polymers IV-1, IV-2 and IV-3 .........................................148
5-1. Intermolecular proton transfer between neighboring protonated and unprotonated triazoles ................................................................................................................155
5-2. Imidazole functionalized systems (Imi-x: x = 2-5) ..............................................156 5-3. Imidazole bound to polystyrene via flexible spacers ...........................................157 5-4. Structure of P-4VI ................................................................................................157 5-5. Structure of PVPA ................................................................................................158 5-6. Structures of PSSA (left) and imi3 (right) ...........................................................158 5-7. Chemical structures of MDP (left) and BnIm (right) ...........................................159 5-8. Structures of polybenzimidazole, PBI (left) and poly(2,5-benzimidazole), ABPBI
(right) ...................................................................................................................159
xxiv
5-9. Structure of PAMPS ............................................................................................160 5-10. Structures of PGMA-ATri (left) and PGMA-Tri (right) .....................................161 5-11. Structure of PGMAATet .....................................................................................162 5-12. Structures of P2VP (left) and P4VP (right) .........................................................162
5-13. KaptonTM polyimide ............................................................................................163
5-14. Inert atmosphere thermogram and derivatogram of poly(PMDA-ODA) amic acid .............................................................................170 5-15. Inert atmosphere thermogram and derivatogram of poly(PMDA-ODA) imide ...................................................................................171 5-16. FTIR spectra (absorbance mode) of PAA and PI after imidization at 200 °C for 1, 2, 3 and 12 hours ........................................................................................173 5-17. IV-1/ KaptonTM polyimide blend ........................................................................174
5-18. Inert atmosphere thermograms of IV-1, PI and IV-1/PI .....................................174
5-19. II-5/KaptonTM polyimide composite 10 wt% (left) and 20 wt% (right) from solution casting ....................................................................................................175
5-20. Inert atmosphere thermograms of II-5, PI, 10II-5/90PI and 20II-5/80PI .........176
5-21. II-5/KaptonTM polyimide composite from blade casting ....................................177
5-22. Inert atmosphere thermograms of PI, II-5/PI and II-5 .......................................177
5-23. Inert atmosphere thermograms of undoped and H3PO4 doped II-5/PI membranes ...........................................................................................................181 5-24. Inert atmosphere thermograms of undoped and H2SO4 doped II-5/PI membranes ...........................................................................................................181 5-25. Inert atmosphere thermograms of undoped and HNO3 doped II-5/PI membranes ...........................................................................................................181
xxv
LIST OF SCHEMES
Scheme Page
1-1. Synthesis of hexachlorocyclotriphosphazene-[PCl2N]3 ........................................16
1-2. Ring opening polymerization of [PCl2N]3 to [PCl2N]n ..........................................17
1-3. Synthesis of [PCl2N]n from PCl5 and NH4Cl in solution state using 1,2,4-chlorobenzene ........................................................................................................18
1-4. Synthesis of [PCl2N]n from PCl5 and (NH4)2SO4 in solid state ..............................18
1-5. Synthesis of [PCl2N]n from Cl3P=NP(O)Cl2 ........................................................................................ 19
1-6. Living cationic polycondensation of Cl3P=NSiMe3 ...................................................................... 19
1-7. Functionalization of polyphosphazenes via primary macromolecular substitution .............................................................................................................20 1-8. Nucleophilic substitution (Nu- = -OR) via an SN2 mechanism ..............................21
1-9. The reaction scheme for polyphosphazene sulfonation with SO3 ....................................... 32
1-10. Phosphonation of poly(aryloxy)phosphazenes bearing bromomethylene-phenoxy side groups .............................................................................................................42 1-11. Phosphonation of poly(aryloxy)phosphazenes via lithiophenoxy side groups. I-8* is analogous to polymer I-7b, however the methyl groups are in the 3-position rather than the 4-position ......................................................................43 1-12. Synthesis of aryl sulfonimide side group ...............................................................47
1-13. Synthesis of sulfonimide functionalized polyphosphazenes ..................................48
1-14. Synthesis of perfluorobutylsulfonylimide functionalized polyphosphazenes .......50
1-15. Synthesis pathway of TriP and ATriP starting from [PCl2N]n ..............................58
xxvi
2-1. Condensation reaction between azole and 4-hydroxybenzylalcohol to obtain compounds II-1, II-2 and II-3 ...............................................................................64
2-2. Proposed mechanism of the synthesis of compounds II-3a and II-3b ..................65
2-3. General synthetic route of hexakis(azolylmethylphenoxy)cyclotriphosphazenes .69
2-4. Synthesis of compounds II-7, II-8 and II-9 from the pyridinols ..........................74
3-1. Ring opening polymerization of [PCl2N]3 to [PCl2N]n ..........................................97
3-2. The depolymerization of [PCl2N]n above 350 °C ..................................................98
3-3. Mechanism of ROP of [PCl2N]3 by Emsley ........................................................100
3-4. Mechanism of ROP of [PCl2N]3 by Allcock........................................................101
3-5. Mechanism of polycondensation .........................................................................103
3-6. Overall synthesis of compound III-1a .................................................................107
3-7. Overall process of ROP (compound III-1b) ........................................................115
3-8. Synthesis of P(OC6H5)2N]n (compound III-2) ....................................................119
4-1. Synthesis of [PR2N]n ............................................................................................131
4-2. Synthesis of compound IV-1 ...............................................................................134
4-3. Synthesis of compound IV-2 ...............................................................................138
4-4. Synthesis of compound IV-3 ...............................................................................141
5-1. General synthetic scheme of PAA .......................................................................164
5-2. Conversion of PAA into polyimide .....................................................................165
5-3. Synthesis of KaptonTM polyimide via two-step thermal imidization ...................165
xxvii
LIST OF EQUATIONS
Equation Page
1-1 .....................................................................................................................................4
1-2 .....................................................................................................................................4
1-3 .....................................................................................................................................4
1-4 .....................................................................................................................................4
1-5 .....................................................................................................................................4
1-6 .....................................................................................................................................4
1-7 .....................................................................................................................................4
1-8 .....................................................................................................................................4
1-9 ...................................................................................................................................15
2-1 ...................................................................................................................................68
2-2 ...................................................................................................................................68
1
CHAPTER I
INTRODUCTION TO POLYPHOSPHAZENE BASED PROTON EXCHANGE
MEMBRANES FOR FUEL CELLS
1.1 Introduction to Fuel Cells
The combustion of fossil fuels is currently seen as the most important way of
meeting the demand for energy, which has been rising at a rapid rate over the past few
decades. Despite the favorable effects, combustion of fossil fuels also leads to air
pollution due to the increased concentration of carbon dioxide, which is one of the major
emissions resulting from the combustion of fossil fuels. Among other significant factors
that propel the need for alternative sources of energy are the gradual depletion of the
limited fossil fuel reserves available and the desire to reduce the dependence on foreign
oil.1, 2 Due to these reasons, electrochemical energy production has been under serious
consideration for some years as an alternative to fossil fuel combustion.3 In this context,
fuel cells have become one of the most promising technologies which use non-fossil fuel
sources like hydrogen.4-7
A fuel cell is an electrochemical energy conversion device that directly converts
chemical energy into electrical energy via an electrochemical reaction of fuels and
oxygen.3,8 Even though the invention of the first fuel cell goes back to the mid-19th
century, there were not applications up until the 1960’s when NASA introduced the
2
fuel cell to the Gemini space project. Today, the most promising commercial applications
of fuel cells are as a stationary power source and as a mobile power source for portable
electronic devices and automobiles.3
1.1.1 Types of Fuel Cells
Fuel cells are open systems that consist of an anode and a cathode.3 A most
critical part of a fuel cell is its separator material—the electrolyte—conducting
preferentially one kind of ion but impervious to electrons.3,5 Although both fuel cells and
batteries are systems for electrochemical energy storage and conversion, fuel cells differ
from batteries in that the fuel and oxidant are not contained within the fuel cell but
supplied continuously through an external source. Therefore, energy storage and energy
conversion are locally separated.3
There are two different ways of categorizing fuel cells. In one of them, fuel cells
are roughly divided into two different types, based on their operating temperature; low-
temperature (ca. < 200 °C) and high-temperature (ca. > 450 °C) fuel cells. But typically,
there are five different types of fuel cells that are classified by the type of electrolyte
being utilized, irrespective of their similarity in function.3 Table 1-1 summarizes some of
the key characteristics of those fuel cell systems, including type of electrolyte and
operating temperature.3,8
1
ce
ac
th
an
th
F(r
.1.2 Fuel Ce
The m
ells (PEMFC
cidic polyme
hat could be
nd kinetics f
hat occur in b
igure 1-1. Aright).8
Type of FueAlkaline (AFProton ExchDirect MethPhosphoric AMolten CarbSolid Oxide
Table 1-1. C
ell Operation
main focus of
Cs) and direc
er electrolyte
used in both
for electroch
both of those
A schematic r
el CellFC)hange Membrhanol (DMFC)Acid ( PAFCbonate (MCFC(SOFC)
Characteristi
n (PEMFCs a
f this section
ct methanol
e, and our re
h of them. Bo
hemical syste
e cells are il
representatio
rane (PEMFC)
C)C)
3
ics of variou
and DMFCs
n will be on t
fuel cells (D
esearch focu
oth types of
ems.3 A sche
lustrated in F
on of the rea
Electrolyteaq KOH
C) acidic polyacidic polyphosphoricmolten Li2yttria-stabstabilized z
us fuel cell sy
)
the proton e
DMFCs) beca
s is also on s
f fuel cells fo
ematic repres
Figure 1-1.
actions in a P
e
ymerymerc acid in SiC m2CO3 in LiAlObilized or yttriazirconia suppo
ystems.3,8
exchange me
ause they bo
synthesizing
ollow the the
sentation of
PEMFC (left
Tem60 80 80
matrix 160O2 600a/calcia- 800ort
embrane fuel
oth use the sa
g an electroly
ermodynami
the reaction
t) and DMFC
mperature (°C- 90 - 110 - 110
0 - 2000 - 8000 - 1000
l
ame
yte
cs
ns
C
C)
4
Proton exchange membrane fuel cells (PEMFCs) are also called polymer
electrolyte fuel cells (PEFCs) or solid polymer electrolyte fuel cells (SPEFCs) because
they utilize a solid proton conducting polymer as the electrolyte. Usually both PEMFCs
and DMFCs are low-temperature operating fuel cells. PEMFC was first developed for the
Gemini space vehicle, and later, they have been used in notebook computers, power
sources in vehicles, and in power generators, due to their reduced size and low weight.
PEMFCs utilize hydrogen gas as fuel whereas oxygen is fed as the oxidant. Therefore, for
a H2/O2 fuel cell, the electrode reactions can be written as follows,
Anode: H2 – 2e = 2H+ (1-1)
Cathode: O2 + 2H+ + 2e = H2O2 (1-2)
H2O2 + 2H+ + 2e = 2H2O (1-3)
Overall cathode reaction: O2 + 4H+ + 4e = 2H2O (1-4)
Overall cell reaction: H2 + 1/2O2 = H2O (1-5)
For this reaction, ΔG° is -235.76 KJ/mol whereas ΔH° is found to be -285.15 KJ/mol.
Direct methanol fuel cells (DMFCs) also have the same polymer electrolyte
membrane, but different fuel resources. Instead of hydrogen gas as fuel, it utilizes pure
methanol or methanol-water mixture. Due to their compact size, they are used as batteries
in electronic equipments such as laptop computers and mobile phones. Equations 1-6 to
1-8 illustrate the electrochemical reactions occur in a DMFC.
Overall cell reaction: CH3OH + 3/2O2 = CO2 + 2H2O (1-6)
Anode: CH3OH + H2O - 6e = 6H+ + CO2 (1-7)
Cathode: O2 + 4H+ + 4e = 2H2O (1-8)
5
Although the type of fuel is different in the two cells, the oxidation of the fuel
produces protons on the anode, and they travel through the proton exchange membrane
(PEM) to the cathode as shown in Figure 1-1. At the cathode, oxygen is fed into both
cells, and then it starts undergoing reduction to produce water. As a result of this proton
conduction through the membrane, an electric current is produced.3
Because both types of cells utilize oxygen as the oxidant, another common feature
for both cells is the two-step indirect reduction of oxygen where the intermediate, H2O2 is
formed (eqs 1-2 and 1-3). This is an undesirable species because it lowers the cell voltage
and attacks the carbonaceous electrode material and corrodes it. One of the ways to tackle
this problem is by plating Pt as a catalyst which increases the decomposition of H2O2 and
thereby reduces the impact on overall cell reaction. Pt not only increases the
decomposition of H2O2 but also speeds the reactions on both electrodes in low-
temperature PEMFCs. In order to suppress this two-step oxygen reduction, it is necessary
to have a high amount of catalyst loading. Due to high cost of Pt, current research has
focused more on reducing the catalyst loading. Because PEMFC is a low-temperature
functioning fuel cell, hydrogen gas has become the preferred fuel, although it is not
readily available. In order to use hydrocarbon fuels—such as methane or gasoline like in
other high temperature fuel cells—they must first be converted into hydrogen.3
p
7
co
cu
ac
on
to
(P
(~
fu
Figuermission of
Fuel c
0%. This va
onsidered. T
urve shown
ccording to t
As sho
n either side
o serve as a p
Pt/C) has bee
~0.1 mg/cm2
unctions as a
ure 1-2. Typf The Ameri
cells can ope
lue can be ra
The performa
in Figure 1-
this curve, th
own in Figu
e of the elect
plenum for t
en applied to
2) than that o
a gas transpo
ical power ccan Chemic
erate with rea
aised up to 9
ance of the fu
2. Although
he operating
ure 1-3, in a P
trolyte. A gra
the gas suppl
o the membr
of the cathod
orter to the re
6
curve for PEMal Society.3
ally high ele
90% if the w
fuel cell is no
the theoreti
g voltage is lo
PEMFC, two
aphite or me
ly and for he
rane surface.
de (0.5 mg/cm
eaction zone
MFC and D
ectrical effici
waste heat of
ormally mon
ical voltage o
ower than th
o electrodes
etal plate is p
eat removal.
. The anode
m2). The gas
e.3
MFC. Repro
iencies in th
the fuel cell
nitored by th
of the fuel ce
hat.3
are formed
placed next t
A catalyzed
has a lower
s diffusion la
oduced by
he range of 6
l is also
he voltage-cu
ell is 1.23 V
on a thin lay
to each elect
d carbon laye
catalyst load
ayer (GDL)
0-
urrent
V,
yer
trode
er
ding
R
fu
is
op
th
p
F
fo
th
el
v
p
Figure 1-3.Reproduced b
One o
uel system o
s contaminat
perating fue
he Pt catalys
ower.8,9
DMFC
igure 1-3. H
ormation of
hese cells is
lectrolyte du
oltage and th
ossibility in
. Schematic by permissio
of the major
nly consists
ted mainly w
l cells. CO p
ts which blo
Cs also use t
Here Pt/Ru ca
a stable form
the methano
ue to its solub
he overall ef
minimizing
of a polymeon of The Am
obstacles esp
of pure fuel
with CO. Thi
poisoning ha
ocks the reac
the same bas
atalyst is use
mic acid inte
ol crossover
bility. On ca
fficiency of t
this effect. O
7
er electrolytemerican Che
pecially in P
l. But in the
is is a charac
appens due to
ction with th
sic cell const
ed on anode
ermediate du
from anode
athode, it und
the cell.3 Sev
One solution
e membrane emical Socie
PEMFCs is t
majority of
cteristic featu
o adsorption
he fuel and th
truction as fo
compared to
uring oxidatio
side to the c
dergoes oxid
veral studies
n is to use a
fuel cell (PEty.3
the CO poiso
real systems
ure of low-te
n of CO on th
hereby reduc
for the PEMF
o PEMFC to
on. The maj
cathode side
dation reduc
s were carrie
thicker mem
EMFC).
oning. Ideall
s, H2 fuel str
emperature
he active site
ces the cell
FC as shown
o avoid the
or obstacle i
through the
cing cathode
ed out to see
mbrane like
ly, a
ream
es of
n in
in
the
8
Nafion®120 or doping the membrane with Cs+ ions, and another approach is the
development of methanol tolerant cathodes.8
It is obvious that the electrolyte plays a major role in the outcome of the fuel cell,
depending on its properties. Therefore, a detailed review on PEMs will be discussed in
section 1.2.
1.2 Proton Exchange Membranes/Polymer Electrolyte Membranes (PEMs)
The development of PEMs has become a challenge due to the necessity of
simultaneously balancing properties such as conductivity, chemical stability, mechanical
stability, durability and cost.10 It has been found that in order to be a high performing
proton exchange membrane, the polymeric material has to meet a few requirements,
including: 1) low cost, 2) high proton conductivities, 3) low permeability to fuel and
oxidant, 4) low water transport through diffusion and electro-osmosis,
5) oxidative and hydrolytic stability, 6) good mechanical properties, 7) low electronic
conductivity, and 8) capability for fabrication into membrane electrode assemblies
(MEAs).4,6 Over the past years, several different types of proton conducting membranes
have been developed targeting higher conductivities both in PEMFCs and DMFCs. Of
them, two major challenges in the advancement of fuel technology are cost and durability
of PEMs used in fuel cells. Because most of the PEMs currently available depend on the
presence of water to conduct the protons, the fuel cells have a limited operating
temperature. To address these challenges, in 2006 U.S. Department of Energy (USDOE)
put forward twelve new technical targets for the years 2010 and 2015 that were aimed at
developing PEMs that would operate at high temperature and low relative humidity.
9
According to that, 2015 targets include conductivity of PEMs to be 0.1 S cm-1 at 120 °C
and 1.5 kPa inlet water vapor partial pressure at 50% RH at room temperature.10
Table 1-2. DOE technical targets for membranes.10
It has always been difficult to integrate all of those properties into a single
membrane for their optimum performance. Because most of the currently available
membranes depend on humidification for high proton conductivity, current research is
more focused on making membranes which can operate at high temperatures (up to
120 °C) and at lower relative humidity to meet the DOE targets mentioned above.
Thereby it will eliminate the complexities that arise by thermal and water management
requirements, which in turn causes an increase in the weight and volume of the fuel
cell.10 It could also benefit PEMFC performance in terms of CO tolerance and faster
electrode kinetics as well as residual heat management.9
1.2.1. Types of PEMs
1.2.1.1 Perfluorinated Polymer Electrolytes
Perfluorinated polymer electrolytes are seen as the most promising electrolyte
membranes, and they have been the most widely studied polymeric membranes for fuel
cells.10-12 These include Nafion®, Aciplex®, Flemion®, and Dow membranes.12 These
Characteristic Units 2010 target 2015 targetOperating temperature °C < 120 < 120Inlet water vapor partial pressure kPa < 1.5 <1.5Membrane conductivity S cm-1 0.1 0.1Cost $ m-2 20 20Durability h 2000 5000
10
polymers are generated by copolymerization of a perfluorinated vinyl ether comonomer
with tetrafluoroethylene (TFE).13 The fluorinated backbone provides good thermal,
chemical, and mechanical properties other than the high degree of proton conductivity
under high humidity conditions.11,12
Nafion® 117 m≥1, n=2, x=5-13.5, y=1 Flemion® m=0, 1; n=1-5 Aciplex® m=0, 3; n=2-5, x=1.5-14 Dow membrane m=0, n=2, x=3.6-10 Figure 1-4. Chemical structures of perfluorinated polymer electrolyte membranes.12
Nafion®
Of the four different types of perfluorinated polymer electrolytes available,
Nafion® has been the most common PEM employed in fuel cells due to its high
conductivity and outstanding chemical stability combined with longevity of 60,000 hours
at 80 °C.12,14 After Nafion® was developed in 1968 by Dupont, its first commercial
application was in Biosatellite spacecraft in 1969. This is commercially available in 900,
1100, 1200, and other equivalent weights (EW). However, Nafion 1100 EW in
thicknesses of 2, 5, 7, and 10 mil with resulting Nafions of 112, 115, 117, and 1110
respectively, seem to be the only grades that are currently widely available.13
F2C
F2C
F2C
FC
OF2C CF
CF3
Om
CF2 SO3Hn
x y
hy
m
co
in
sc
in
A
p
g
hy
FR
Nafion
ydrophilic (s
membrane its
onduction of
nvestigated t
cattering (SA
ntermediate w
According to
ockets. Mor
ood connect
ydrophilic-h
igure 1-5. TReproduced b
n® consists o
sulfonic acid
s morpholog
f protons onc
through sma
ANS) experi
water conten
this model,
eover, the pe
tivity, and th
hydrophobic
wo-dimensioby permissio
of interpenet
d groups) do
ical stability
ce it is hydra
ll-angle X-ra
iments. Figur
nt, based on
Nafion® has
ercolated hy
here are almo
interface an
onal illustraton of The Am
11
trating hydro
omains in wh
y whereas hy
ated. The mi
ay scattering
re 1-5 depic
the SAXS st
s wide water
ydration struc
ost no dead e
nd less inter-
tion of the nmerican Che
ophobic (pol
hich hydroph
ydrophilic do
icrostructure
g (SAXS) an
ts the nanos
tudies of Ge
r channels an
cture of Nafi
end channels
sulfonate gr
nanoscopic hemical Socie
lymer backb
hobic domain
omain facilit
e of Nafion®
nd small-ang
copic view o
ebel and co-w
nd more sep
fion® is less b
s. Further, th
roup separati
hydrated struety. 15
bone) and
n gives the
tates the
® has been
gle neutron
of Nafion® f
workers.
arated hydra
branched wit
here is only l
ion.13,15
ucture of Naf
for an
ation
th
less
fion®.
12
The proton transport mechanism of Nafion® was investigated by Kreuer.15 The
mechanism of proton conduction along the perfluorosulfonated membrane occurs through
the vehicular mechanism as shown in Figure 1-6, and this is a matrix assisted transport
and the proton diffuses together with a vehicle (as H3O+) where the counter diffusion of
unprotonated vehicles (H2O) allows the net transport of protons.16,17 Because this depends
on the presence of water to ferry the protons, as the temperature increases, conductivity
slightly increases and then decreases at higher temperature as the water content decreases
due to evaporation.10 The conductivity of Nafion® reaches up to 10-2-10-1 S cm-1 in its
fully hydrated state. But it gradually decreases as the temperature increases above 100
°C.12
Figure 1-6. Proton transfer mechanism in Nafion ® (vehicle mechanism). 17-19
1.2.1.2 Alternative Polymer Electrolyte Membranes
The proton conductivity of Nafion® depends on the presence of water. As a result,
its use is limited to operating temperatures of 60-80 °C, and it requires external
humidification to maintain optimum performance. Therefore, these fluorinated
membranes have a few major drawbacks that slow down their widespread industrial
application. Among these drawbacks are high material cost (US$ 700 per square meter),
durability of membranes and low conductivity at high temperatures and low humidities as
+ ++
+ ++
+ +++
+ +
13
well as complex external humidification.9-15 To overcome these problems, different
approaches have been used to modify Nafion® to obtain composite structures by
incorporating various inorganic proton conductors into the membranes such as silicon
dioxide (Aerosol®)20,21 and molybdophosphoric acid,21 followed by the replacement of
the sulfonic acid functional units of Nafion® with bis[(perfluoroalkyl)sulfonyl]imide
units.22 Consequently, physical and electrochemical properties can be improved for better
performance.4,9,12,13,15
Moreover, many other non-fluorinated hydrocarbon based polymeric membranes
have been studied as alternatives to Nafion® .9,12
These include sulfonated polyimides
(SPI),12,23-25 sulfonated aromatic polymers such as sulfonated poly(ether ether ketone)-S-
PEEK,12,26-30 alkylsulfonated aromatic polymers such as polybenzimidazoles (PBI)9,12,30-33
and acid-base polymer complexes where basic polymers such as poly(ethylene oxide)-
PEO and polyethyleimine-PEI are incorporated with acids such as H3PO4.12,34-36 Also,
inorganic polymers such as polyphosphazenes were studied extensively in this regard as
another alternative.
Of all those alternative polymer electrolyte membranes, the following review will
be completely on PEMS based on phosphazene polymers because our research focus is
also on the same. Before reviewing all the available membranes based on phosphazene
polymers, the background information on polyphosphazenes (Section 1.3) and their small
molecule model compounds, cyclophosphazenes (Section 1.3.1), polymerization methods
(Section 1.3.2), macromolecular substitutions (Section 1.3.3), bond lengths and bond
angles in cyclo and polyphosphazenes (Section 1.3.4) and finally applications of
polyphosphazenes (Section 1.3.5) will be reviewed briefly.
14
1.3 Polyphosphazenes
Polyphosphazenes are a class of inorganic polymers with an alternating
phosphorus and nitrogen backbone which is stable to electrochemical oxidation and
reduction. The most intriguing feature about polyphosphazenes is the ease of attaching
organic, organometallic, or inorganic units to the backbone, giving rise to vast amounts of
polymers.37-39 Figure 1-7 shows the structure of this polymer.
Figure 1-7. Structural formula of most polyphosphazenes and cyclic oligomers (X = F, Cl, Br).
Although polyphosphazenes are available in all three fluoro, chloro and bromo
derivatives, the main focus has been steered towards chloropolymer – [PCl2N]n. The
bromopolymer has played only an insignificant role in phosphazene chemistry owing to
its high sensitivity towards cross-linking.40 Although fluoropolymer comes next to
chloropolymer, its applications are limited due to its poor solubility in almost all
solvents.40,41
[PCl2N]n is very reactive due to the presence of very polar P-Cl bonds that lead to
the degradation of this unsubstituted polymer in the atmosphere by hydrolysis to give
phosphate, hydrogen chloride and ammonia during several days of exposure (eq 1-9).41
This same high reactivity makes them ideal intermediates for macromolecular
substitution that not only gives stability to polymer but also delivers very important
properties,41 which will be discussed in section 1.3.5.
P NX
Xn
15
[PNCl2]n PO43- + HCl + NH3 (1-9)
As discussed above, to understand the structure and reactions of these
macromolecules, the small molecule precursors of high polymers have been utilized as a
tool due to the complexity of macromolecules. The section 1.3.1 will review this small
molecule model concept.
1.3.1 Small-Molecule Model Compounds for Polyphosphazenes
Phosphazene macromolecules are inherently more difficult to synthesize, modify
by chemical reactions, purify and characterize than most of other small molecule
compounds. One of the solutions extensively utilized therefore in phosphazene chemistry
are small-molecule “model” systems as synthetic, mechanistic, or structural substitutes
for those high polymers. These small molecules can be easily synthesized, purified and
readily characterized in contrast to their high polymers. The information derived from the
most successful model compound experiments can then be applied to their high polymer
systems.42 There are basically three different types of model compounds as illustrated in
Figure 1-8.
[PX2N]3 [PX2N]4 [PX2N]m
cyclic trimer cyclic tetramer linear short chain
X = halogen or organic group
Figure 1-8. Small-molecule model compounds of polyphosphazenes.42
P N PNPNP
N
XX
XX
XX
XX
NP
NPN
PXX
X X
XX
P N PNX
XPX
XX
X
XO
x
H2O
16
Of the three, cyclic trimers have been the most studied model compounds due to their
ease of synthesis and availability in high quantities.42 Scheme 1-1 depicts the synthetic
route of cyclic trimer in which PCl5 is reacted together with NH4Cl. This reaction was
used to carry out in refluxing sym-tetrachloroethane until the 1970s. But sym-
tetrachloroethane was later replaced with chlorobenzene or o-dichlorobenzene due to its
toxicity.40
Scheme 1-1. Synthesis of hexachlorocyclotriphosphazene-[PCl2N]340
But there are limitations of this model compound approach because cyclic trimers
are not ideal models for several reasons: 1) ring is planar and rigid whereas the polymer
backbone is linear and flexible, 2) side groups in trimers are oriented away from each
other whereas in the polymers, the side groups on adjacent repeating units come close
together, and 3) thermal studies based on cyclic trimers tend to underestimate the
complexicity of the thermal behavior of polymers because the cyclic trimer is
thermodynamically more stable than linear high polymers.42
NP
NPN
PClCl
Cl Cl
ClClP N P
NPNP
N
ClCl
ClCl
ClCl
ClCl
+ + Higher cyclic and linear oligomers
40 – 60% 30% 20 - 30%
PCl5 + NH4Clchlorobenzene
17
1.3.2 Polymerization Methods
Since Stokes’ attempt to synthesize polyphosphazenes in 1897 to the mid 1960s,
the synthetic development of phosphazene field was almost untouched due to their
reported insolubility.43 Stokes isolated an elastomeric rubbery material by heating the
small molecule monomer, [PCl2N]3. He found that the rubbery material to be insoluble in
all solvents, and those insoluble cross-links were later called “inorganic rubber”.43,44
[PCl2N]n synthesis has been an area of interest for many main group scientists, due to the
vast area of applications.
A. Ring opening polymerization (ROP)
After a few failures, Allcock and co-workers found the best method to prepare the
soluble polymer [PCl2N]n was via thermal ring opening, with careful control of
temperature and time, in contrast to Stokes’ method.43 A detailed review on ROP will be
discussed in Chapter III.
Scheme 1-2. Ring opening polymerization of [PCl2N]3 to [PCl2N]n43
B. Condensation Polymerization
As the phosphazene research area broadened, researchers also became interested
in alternative methods for polymer synthesis in order to overcome the drawbacks inherent
P NCl
Cln
NP
NPN
PClCl
Cl Cl
ClCl250 °C
18
in ROP. As a result, alternative methods based on condensation polymerization started to
evolve.
a. Condensation of PCl5 with Ammonium Chloride
Carriedo and co-workers carried out the synthesis of [PCl2N]n from the direct
condensation between PCl5 and NH4Cl. This was a known route to phosphazene small
molecules (n = 3, 4, 5 and so on).45 In the reaction as shown in Scheme 1-3, HSO3(NH2)
was used as a catalyst whereas CaSO4.2H2O was used as a promoter in the solution state.
The yield of polymer was about 30% based on PCl5.
Scheme 1-3. Synthesis of [PCl2N]n from PCl5 and NH4Cl in solution state using 1,2,4-chlorobenzene45
b. Condensation of PCl5 and Ammonium Sulfate
Allen and co-workers came up with a synthetic route to [PCl2N]n with the use of
PCl5 and (NH4)2SO4 in solid state as shown in Scheme 1-4. This was carried out as a one-
pot two-step synthesis. In the first step, two reactants (9:2) were heated at 165 °C to
obtain the phosphoranimine monomer followed by the polycondensation to [PCl2N]n with
the loss of P(O)Cl3. The yield of polymer was 100% based on (NH4)2SO4.46
Scheme 1-4. Synthesis of [PCl2N]n from PCl5 and (NH4)2SO4 in solid state46
PCl5 + NH4Cl P NCl
Cln
HSO3(NH2)
CaSO4.2H2O Reflux
PCl5 + NH4(SO4)2 Cl3P=NP(O)Cl2165 °C 225 °C
P NCl
Cln
-POCl3
19
c. Condensation of Cl3P=NP(O)Cl2
De Jaeger and co-workers have shown that the phosphoranimine Cl3P=NP(O)Cl2
undergoes polycondensation at 240 °C to 290 °C at atmospheric pressure with loss of
P(O)Cl3 to yield polyphosphazene. The reaction is shown in Scheme 1-5 and can be
carried out in both bulk and solution. Polymers of molecular weight of 600,000 Da were
obtainable, although they had a broad polydispersity (1.7).47,48
Scheme 1-5. Synthesis of [PCl2N]n from Cl3P=NP(O)Cl247,48
d. Living Cationic Condensation Polymerization
This polymerization was developed by Allcock and co-workers in the 1990s in
which a phosphoranimine Cl3P=NSiMe3 was polymerized in the presence of a trace
amount of PCl5.48 A detailed review of this condensation polymerization will be
discussed in Chapter III.
Scheme 1-6. Living cationic polycondensation of Cl3P=NSiMe348
1.3.3 Macromolecular Substitution
Macromolecular substitution is the key process in synthesizing hundreds of
different polymers, starting from hydrolytically unstable polyphosphazene. Scheme 1-7 is
Cl3P=NP(O)Cl2Cl3P=N P N P(O)Cl2
Cl
Cl n
‐P(O)Cl3
Cl3P=NPSiMe3 P NCl
Cln
Trace PCl525 °Csolvent
20
a depiction of the substitutions with alkoxide and aryloxide, amines (primary or
secondary) and organometallic reagents, respectively.41
Scheme 1-7. Functionalization of polyphosphazenes via primary macromolecular substitution41
The halogen replacement takes place via nucleophilic substitution in which the
incoming nucleophile attacks the phosphorus on phosphazene and displaces the
chloride.41 These substitutions could follow the SN1 or SN2 type substitutions similar to
those in organic chemistry. Although the substitution mechanisms of small molecule
model systems have been studied well, only a very little is known about the substitution
mechanisms that operate at the high polymer level. Therefore, it is assumed that the high
polymers also follow their small molecule precursors when it comes to substitution
mechanisms. With that assumption, the replacement of chlorine is believed to undergo
the substitution via SN2 reaction when the incoming nucleophile is an aryloxide or an
alkoxide. This is a bimolecular process in which the incoming nucleophile attacks the
phosphorus atom in the ring as the chlorine leaves as a chloride ion.41
P NCl
Cln
P NO R
O Rn
P NR
Rn
RONa
RM
RNH2 or (R2NH)P NNHR
NHRn
21
Scheme 1-8. Nucleophilic substitution (Nu- = -OR) via an SN2 mechanism42
These substitutions could proceed geminally—identical side groups on same
phosphorus—or non-geminally—on different phosphorus atoms. Non-geminal side
groups can be positioned cis or trans to each other.37 Whether or not a halogen
replacement follows a geminal or non-geminal route depends on many factors such as
steric bulk of the reagent, electron withdrawing or supplying character of the organic
group, solvent polarity and the type of halogen atom being replaced. The speed and
substitution pattern of the halogen replacement reactions depend on the different types of
substituents.42 The progress of these substitutions have been monitored by 31P NMR
spectroscopy, and the chemical shifts in phosphazenes have demonstrated acute
sensitivity to the types of side groups bound to the backbone phosphorus atoms.41
1.3.4. Bond Lengths and Bond Angles in Cyclo and Polyphosphazenes
Phosphorus-nitrogen bond lengths in cyclic and linear phosphazenes are in the
range of 1.47-1.62 Å and are shorter than the length of a single phosphorus-nitrogen
bond, which normally falls between 1.77-1.78 Å.49 This range of bond lengths can be
explained using the electronegativity of substituents on P. This suggests that
phosphazenes have some multiple bond character.50 As ring size increases, the bond
distance slightly decreases compared to cyclic trimer. In all cyclic phosphazenes, N-P-N
bond angles are found to be around 120 ° in order for a near-planar ring. In [PCl2N]n, N-
N NP
ClCl
NuN N
PClNu
N NPCl
ClNu -Cl
22
P-N angle is much lower than that of cyclophosphazenes.42 The P-N-P bonds are usually
larger than N-P-N angles. All the bond lengths and bond angles are summarized in Table
1-3.
Table 1-3. Bond lengths (Å) and bond angles (°) of [PCl2N]n and cyclophosphazenes.51
Skeletal flexibility is an inherent property of polyphosphazenes compared to other
organic polymers. This results because the substituents are arrayed in every other atom on
the backbone. Further, these substituents also orient in such a way as to move the
substituents as far apart as possible in a cis-trans planar conformation as shown in Figure
1-9.42,50
Figure 1-9. Cis-trans planar conformation of polyphosphazenes.42,50
1.3.4.1 Bonding in Cyclophosphazenes and Polyphosphazenes
In cyclic phosphazenes, phosphorus-nitrogen bond lengths are all equivalent and
are found to be smaller than the bond distances expected for single -P-N- bonds, which is
Phosphazenes P-N N-P-N P-N-PPDCP 1.44, 1.67 115 131(PCl2N)3 1.581 118.4 121.4(PCl2N)4 K form 1.57 121.2 131.3(PCl2N)4 T form 1.559 120.5 135.6(PCl2N)5 1.521 118.4 148.6
P N
P N
P N
P N
23
1.77 Å52 and higher than –P=N- double bonds.42 In cyclic trimeric phosphazenes,
phosphorus-nitrogen bond lengths range from 1.54 to 1.63 Å. Along with the bond length
studies and other experimental findings, it was suggested that the skeletal bonds in
phosphazenes are different from organic species, suggesting a unique type of bonding for
them.42 In each repeating –P-N- bond, both P and N have five valence electrons.
Phosphorus participates in four coordinate bondings whereas nitrogen engages only in
two. Figure 1-10 is a depiction of electron pairing in cyclotriphosphazene.42
Figure 1-10. Electron pairing in [PCl2N]3.42
According to Figure 1-10, the lone pairs on nitrogen are assumed to be located on
the plane of the ring in the sigma bond framework in an sp2 orbital.49 After assigning
electrons for sigma bonds, there are still six electrons from each atom to be accounted
for. The disposition of other six electrons, two per each repeat unit, has caused much
debate, and they have been the focus of bonding theories which is described below. Of
the different speculations, two theories can be considered more important in
understanding the bondings in cyclophosphazenes.42 One of the earliest theories was
based on dπ-pπ bonding model, in which the electron on nitrogen is placed in a 2pz orbital
whereas the electron on phosphorus is placed in a d orbital, 3dxz which overlaps with
nitrogen 2pz orbital. Craig and Paddock42,53 suggested an extended pi electron
delocalization within the pi-system. Because that explanation was not consistent with the
NP
NPN
P
24
experimental observations, Dewar proposed an “island” pi bonded model considering the
orbital symmetry, in which the electron delocalization is restricted to islands from one
phosphorus to the other. The d orbital symmetry leads to a node in the trimeric ring due
to an orbital mismatch at every phosphorus atom as shown in Figures 1-11.38,42,50
Orbital Mismatch
P1 N1 P2 N2 P3 N3 P1
Figure 1-11. Depiction of orbital mismatch in the dπ-pπ bonding structure of [PCl2N]3.42,54
The same theory applies to the linear polyphosphazenes. After assigning electrons
to the sigma bonds in polymer chain, four electrons per repeat unit are still unaccounted
for as depicted in Figure 1-12. Apart from the lone-pair of electrons on nitrogen atom, the
other electron on N is assigned to 2p-orbital whereas the one from P is accommodated in
a 3d-orbital. An out of plane dπ-pπ bond results from the spin-pairing of these two
electrons. Although this suggests an extended pi electron delocalization along the chain,
polyphosphazene backbone is found to be colorless and they are excellent insulators. This
is an indication of lack of extensive electron delocalization. But using the “island” dπ-pπ
bond as shown in Figure 1-13, those two properties of the backbone can be explained.50
There are exceptions to this bonding structure when polyphosphazenes are substituted
with groups containing chromophores or polymers with side groups with extensive π
conjugation.50
R
25
Figure 1-12. Electron pairing in [PCl2N]n.50
Islands of delocalization
Figure 1-13. Depiction of the dπ-pπ bonding in [PCl2N]n.50
This traditional interpretation on bonding in phosphazenes based on
delocalization that occurs via dπ-pπ overlapping was questioned in a review by Gilheany53
in 1994 as well as by Chaplin and co-workers,52 mainly due to the energy difference
between d orbitals on phosphorus and p orbitals on nitrogen. The d orbitals on
phosphorus are really high in energy compared to p orbitals on nitrogen and they interact
only in a very weak fashion. This was followed by ab initio calculations which say that
valence d orbitals play a little role in bonding of the main group elements.
The Zwitterionic description is another theory for both cyclo and
polyphosphazenes, and it was one of the earliest phosphazene models.50 The both
electrons on each repeat unit are accommodated in a p orbital on nitrogen due to its high
electronegativity, giving alternating positive and negative charges on the phosphorus and
nitrogen atoms, respectively. But in a review in 1972, Allcock proposes this suggested
N P N P N P N P
R
R
R
R
R
R R
R
26
zwitterion would be unstable. This theory of bonding explains the high flexibility of
phosphazene polymer backbone.49
In recent years, ionic bonding was explained along with the term known as
negative hyperconjugation, which is the best alternative to Dewar’s island model and the
best explanation of bonding in phosphazenes.50,52 According to that, phosphazenes have
strong ionic σ bonds and negative electron density (both in plane and out of plane lone
pair orbitals) on the nitrogen atoms. The negative electron density can back donate to
strongly polarized σ* orbitals of phosphorus and its substituents forming a π-type bond.
This has been supported by a variety of studies such as natural bond orbital (NBO) and
topological electron density analyses. From these studies, Chaplin and co-workers found
that ionic bonding was the dominant bonding feature whereas negative hyperconjugation
is necessary for a more complete description of bonding. This current theory, ionic
bonding/negative hyperconjugation, explains the flexibility of phosphazene backbone.
Further, it also explains the shortening of –P-N- bond with electronegative substituents
due to more efficient π-σ* overlap.50,52
Figure 1-14. Secondary ionic bonds of [PCl2N]3 (left) and [PCl2N]n (right).52
P
N P
Cl Cl
Cl
NP
Cl
N
nCl
Cl
N
PN
P
NP
ClCl
ClCl
Cl Cl
27
1.3.5 Applications of Polyphosphazenes
As discussed earlier, the ease of tailoring properties of polyphosphazenes via
macromolecular substitution has opened the door for a vast area of applications in recent
history.37,38 In addition to the properties arising from changing the side group structure,
different properties can also be generated by altering the polymer backbone’s
architecture. Once the living cationic condensation polymerization was explained, it has
been found that this route has allowed access not only to linear and block copolymers but
also to branched (star and dendritic) and comb structures. cyclolinear and cyclomatrix
polymers have also been produced recently.37
The structure of the polyphosphazene is related to the properties of the polymer.52
Polyphosphazenes have a wide spectrum of properties that range from elastomers through
films and coatings, fire retardants, and fibers to optical, electro-optical and biomedical
materials, solid battery electrolytes, fuel cell components, and a variety of different
membranes.38,50 Table 1-4 summarizes some of the applications of polyphosphazenes.
28
Table 1-4. Applications of Polyphosphazenes.38,50
1.4 Polyphosphazene based PEMs
Polyphosphazenes emerged as one of the promising materials for PEMs to be
used in both hydrogen/oxygen and in direct methanol fuel cells. This was due to the
inherent thermal and chemical stability of the backbone and the ease of tunability of
chemical as well as the physical properties of the polymer. The tunability of properties is
done by altering the array of side groups that can be incorporated into these polymers.55-58
They offer many advantages over classical perfluorinated polymers including Nafion®,
Aciplex®,
Properties/Applications CompoundsElastomers P[(OCH2C6H5)N]n
Fireproofing materials P[(OC6H4)(OC6H4C2H5)N]n
Passive membranes for gas and liquid separations P[(OCH2CF3)2N]n
Responsine membranes P[(OCH2CH2OCH2CH2OCH3)2N]n
Optical and photonic developments-High refractive index polymers P[(Br-C6H4-C6H4-OCH2CH2O)2N]n
-Nonlinear optical materials P[(NO2-C6H4CH=CHC6H4OCH2CH2O)2N]n
-Liquid crystalline polymers P[(OCH2C6H4-C6H4)2N]n
Solid conducting polymers-Lithium ion conductive polymers P[(OCH2CH2OCH2CH2OCH3)2N]n
in rechargeable Lithium batteries-Proton conducting polymers in fuel cell membranes P[(OC6H4CH3)(OC6H4SO2NHSO2CF3)2N]n
Fibers, films, and special surfaces-Waterproof fibers P[(OC6H5)2N]n
-Films as surface coatings P[(OCH2CF3)2N]n
-Adhesive surfaces P[(OCH2CF3)(OCH2(CF2)CF2H)N]n
Biomedical and biotechnologymaterials-Cardiovascular replacements, or as coatings for pacemakers or other implantable devices P[(OCH2CF3)(OCH2CF2)x-CF2H)N]n
-Local anesthetics P[(NHCH3)(NHC6H4C(O)O(CH2)2NEt2)N]n
29
Flemion ®, and Dow membranes as well as hydrocarbon based polymers, as discussed
earlier.12,56
The high thermo-oxidative stability of polymer backbone is a result of the highest
oxidation states of phosphorus and nitrogen.56 The stability against free radical cleavage
results from the polar nature of the bonding along the backbone. And the skeletal
flexibility of the backbone, which is in turn an important property to be used as a PEM to
facilitate a high proton conductivity, results from the absence of long-range conjugation
and the low barrier to skeletal free rotation about each phosphorus-nitrogen bond.42,50,56
The flexibility of these polymers is often defined in terms of the glass-transition
temperature, Tg. Below Tg, polymer is a glass and the backbone bonds do not have
sufficient thermal energy to undergo significant torsional motions. Above Tg, polymer
becomes an elastomer by allowing those torsional motions. Therefore, polymers with low
Tg allow more flexibility compared to polymers with high Tg. The magnitude of skeletal
flexibility is controlled by the type of incoming substituent. Consequently, polymers with
desired properties can be prepared by choosing the appropriate side groups.38,59 [PCl2N]n
has a Tg value of -66 °C that indicates the inherent flexibility of the backbone.38,42,60
Furthermore, these have been found to be resistant to radiological degradation because of
the lack of delocalized bonding.58,61-64
Poly(organo)phosphazenes suitable for PEMs were synthesized from [PCl2N]n.
However, they constitute a challenging design problem in that they should be stable to
aggressive oxidative and hydrolytic conditions at the operating temperature.55 Moreover,
they cannot be used directly as PEMs because they are not inherently conducting
polymers, and therefore, need to be doped with acids or modified to incorporate acid
30
functionalities.9,56 The acid functionalities must provide enough sites for high proton
conduction but not too high to generate excessive swelling in hot water or aqueous
methanol in the case of DMFCs.55 Therefore, the selection of side groups should be done
in such a way that it would achieve a balance between high conductivity and good
physical properties as well as allowing the polymer to be cross-linked in order to
overcome the deficiencies.56 The preferred polymers for this task are
poly(aryloxy)phosphazenes because they are some of the more thermally and chemically
stable polyphosphazenes that have been synthesized to date, and the ease of introducing
acid functionalities which act as proton transfer sites and the presence of alkyl groups that
provide sites for free radical cross-linking.55,56,58
1.4.1 Acid Functionalized Polyphosphazenes
There are three different types of acid functionalized polyphosphazenes reported
in the literature. They include sulfonic acid, phosphonic acid, and sulfonimide
functionalized polyphosphazenes.55,56
1.4.1.1. Sulfonic Acid Functionalized Polyphosphazenes
A. Sulfonated Polyphosphazenes
Sulfonation of poly(aryloxy)phosphazenes and poly(arylamino)phosphazenes
have been studied intensively in this regard. First, the sulfonated polyphosphazenes were
synthesized via post substitution, in which the desired poly(organophosphazene) is
synthesized and then sulfonation was carried out. Although the sulfonation was initially
developed by Montoneri, Gleria and co-workers in 198965,66 with the use of sulfur
trioxide with poly(aryloxy)phosphazenes and via sulfuric acid (either concentrated or
31
fuming) by Allcock and Fitzpatrick in 199167 with both poly(aryloxy)phosphazenes and
poly(arylamino)phosphazenes, none of those polymers were examined as possible
membrane materials.56-58
As an initial step towards PEMS to be used in fuel cells, Pintauro and co-workers
carried out sulfonation studies of variety of poly(aryloxyphosphazenes). 56,57,68,69 They
reported the synthesis of four different types of poly(aryloxyphosphazenes), compounds
I-1 to I-4 respectively shown in Figure 1-15, and sulfonated them to be used as potential
candidates for PEMs. Of the three possible synthetic routes towards water insoluble
sulfonated polyphosphazene membranes, sulfonation was carried out by the third route in
which an appropriate balance was obtained between the polymer’s
hydrophilicity/hydrophobicity and the crystallinity of the polymer. Thereby polymers
were sulfonated to such an extent that they swell and do not dissolve in aqueous media.57
I-1 I-2 I-3 I-4
Figure 1-15. Structures of poly(aryloxyphosphazenes). poly[(3- methylphenoxy) phenoxy)phosphazene, I-1: poly[(4-methylphenoxy)(phenoxy)phosphazene, I-2: poly[(3-ethylphenoxy)(phenoxy)phosphazene, I-3: poly[(4-ethylphenoxy)(phenoxy)phosphazene,I-4.57
P NO
On
CH3
P NO
On
CH3
P NO
On
C2H5
P NO
On
C2H5
32
The sulfonation was carried out according to the procedure reported by Montoneri
and co-workers.65,66 In that, the base polymer was first sulfonated with SO3 in
dichloroethane (DCE) and cast into membranes from N,N-dimethylacetamide (DMAc) or
1-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) at 80 °C. The resulting membranes were found to have a
thickness of approximately 200 µm. Using ion-exchange capacity (IEC),
methylphenoxyphosphazenes (compounds I-1 and I-2) were found to be resistant to
degradation, and the sulfonation degree was easily controlled in contrast to the two
ethylphenoxy polymers(compounds I-3 and I-4). They underwent a severe degradation
during sulfonation and were unusable as membranes.57
The results of sulfonation was in agreement with the work by Montoneri and co-
workers.65,66 They found that the phosphazene polymer backbone nitrogen atoms are
attacked first by SO3 during the sulfonation. Ring sulfonation happens after a certain
level of backbone complexation has been attained.
Scheme 1-9. The reaction scheme for polyphosphazene sulfonation with SO357
Of all four different poly(aryloxyphosphazenes), compound I-1 was found to be
the best starting material in terms of easiness of controlling the extent of sulfonation and
the magnitude of the ion-exchange capacity for a water insoluble polymer. Further,
P NO
On
R
+ 3 SO3 P NO
On
RHO3S
HO3S
SO3
33
sulfonated poly[(methylphenoxy)(phenoxy)phosphazenes]—sulfonated compounds I-1
and I-2—exhibited good mechanical and chemical properties. Table 1-5 compares
several properties of those polymers to three of the commercially available cation-ex
change membranes.
a (mwet – mdry) / mdry b measured in 0.5 M NaCl at 24 °C; area resistance = specific resistivity × membrane thickness. Table 1-5. Comparison of properties of sulfonated I-1, I-2 and commercial cation-exchange membranes.57
Pintauro and co-workers extended their studies on poly(aryloxyphosphazenes) to
be used as PEMs.58,68,69 In addition to sulfonation with SO3 in DCE at 0 °C, they cross-
linked the polymers by adding benzophenone photoinitiator to the casting solution. The
solution was cast on a surface, the solvent evaporated and the resulting films were
exposed to UV light.65 Poly[bis(3-methylphenoxy)phosphazene], compound I-5, shown
in Figure 1-16 was sulfonated and used in this regard, and it was also found to have a
better IEC compared to Nafion 117, 1.4 mmol/g. Cross-linking was done in order to
improve its performance, and it provided a means of independently controlling the ion-
exchange capacity of the membranes and the degree of polymer swelling by water.55,69
Ion-exchange membrane Type IEC Thickness Gel watera Area resistanceb
(mmol g-1) (mm) (%) (ohm cm2)Nafion (Du pont) Perflourinated sulfonic acid 0.9 0.2 16 1.5K101 (Asahi Chemical) Sulfonated styrene/ DVB 1.4 0.24 24 2.1R-5010-L (Pall RAI) Sulfonated LDPE 1.5 0.24 40 2-4I-1 Sulfonated polyphosphazene 1.5 0.2 58 1.6I-2 Sulfonated polyphosphazene 0.8 0.2 28 7.5
34
Such a high IEC value was obtained upon sulfonation without any noticeable
degradation.
Figure 1-16. Poly[bis(3-methylphenoxy)phosphazene (compound I-5).68
Several findings including high protonic conductivity (ranging from 4.0 × 10-2 S
cm-1 to 25 °C and 8.2 × 10-2 S cm-1 at 65 °C) combined with a low methanol diffusion
coefficient (8.5 × 10-8 cm2 s-1 at 45 °C) and a low water diffusion coefficient (between
6.7 × 10-8 cm2 s-1 at 25 °C and 1.2 × 10-7 cm2 s-1 at 65 °C) indicated that these cross-
linked membranes were a good candidate for possible use in PEMs in either H2/O2 fuel
cells or DMFCs. The mechanical stability of both uncross-linked and cross-linked was
performed with thermomechanical analysis, and the results showed that uncross-linked
polymers softened and deformed at 76 °C, but cross-linked polymers were stable up to
173 °C.58,68, 69
B. Blends of Sulfonated Polyphosphazenes
Pintauro and co-workers also focused their work on polymer blends of sulfonated
polyphosphazenes (henceforth denoted as SPOP) about a decade ago, targeting DMFCs
in order to improve their properties. Blending of polyphosphazene with another polymer
not only increases mechanical properties of the blended membrane, but also results in
P NO
On
CH3
CH3
35
lower methanol crossover. This occurs mainly due to two reasons; firstly, the other
polymer can restrict the SPOP swelling, making them virtually impermeable to water and
methanol, and secondly, thermoplastic properties of the other polymers will make hot
pressing electrodes easier during MEA fabrication.
a. Polyphosphazene/Poly(vinylidene fluoride) (PVDF) Blends
The previous studies on cross-linked sulfonated compound I-5 (denoted as SPOP)
found that they exhibited better properties to be a PEM in terms of proton conductivity
and methanol diffusion. Consequently, the first study involved blending this SPOP with
Kynar 761 poly(vinylidene fluoride) and Kynar FLEXTM (a copolymer of vinylidene
floride and hexafluoropropylene) separately. The membranes were prepared by mixing
SPOP with Kynar 761 or Kynar FLEX in DMAc solvent, and then the solution was cast
into membranes with a dry thickness of approximately 100 µm. Some of these
membranes were cross-linked by electron beam radiation. The non-cross-linked
SPOP/Kynar 761 flims exhibited water swelling in the range of 12-25%, which increased
with SPOP content when the percentage of Kynar was varied between 50% and 80%
while maintaining a constant IEC of 1.8 mmol/g of SPOP in the blend. The proton
conductivity followed the same trend (0.004 S cm-1 at 50% and 0.015 S cm-1 at 80% of
SPOP), and the methanol diffusivity was very small for all the blended membranes (<4.0
× 10-8 cm2/s).70-72 The proton conductivity for blended 75% SPOP/25% FLEX (IEC of
1.2 mmol/g) and cross-linked membrane is illustrated in Table 1-6.
36
Table 1-6. Proton conductivity of 75% SPOP/25% FLEX blended membrane in water.72
b. Polyphosphazene/Polyacrylonitrile (PAN) Blends
The same SPOP (sulfonated I-5) was later blended with polyacrylonitrile and
cross-linked by UV radiation in the presence of benzophenone as a photo initiator and
solution cast on a polypropylene surface. Once they were blended, it was found that the
mechanical properties of the films improved, the MEA fabrication became less difficult
due to the presence of PAN, and they exhibited low methanol crossover. The MEAs were
then evaluated in a DMFC at 60 °C with a 1.0 M aqueous methanol feed. Table 1-7
outlines several properties of these membranes as well as their comparison to Nafion 117.
In contrast to Nafion 117, all the SPOP/PAN films were thinner with a lower proton
conductivity, greater water swelling, and a lower methanol crossover.73
Temperature (°C) Conductivity (S cm-1)25 0.01440 0.01850 0.02270 0.027
37
Table 1-7. Comparison of properties of blended and cross-linked SPOP/PAN membranes for DMFCs.73 The DMFC current density/voltage curves for MEAs containing single
membranes are shown in Figure 1-17 (left). They were found to work well with a power
output nearly the same as that with Nafion 117 for current densities < 0.15 A/cm2, but
methanol crossover flux was three times lower than that of Nafion. Because SPOP/PAN
had lower proton conductivity, the electrochemical performance of single membrane
MEAs was poor although methanol crossover was very low. Due to the poor performance
of single membrane MEAs, multilayered MEAs were prepared. A two-layer (high IEC
SPOP/PAN MEA) and a three-layer (low IEC SPOP/PAN inner membrane) were used in
this regard, and their performance was compared to Nafion 117 in MEA. This is shown in
the Figure 1-17 (right). Of these two, the latter had methanol crossover about ten times
lower than that of Nafion 117 with a reasonably good current-density behavior.73
Membrane Composition Wet thickness (µm) IEC (mmol/g) Swelling water Proton Conductivity methanol crossover(g/g × 100)% (S cm-1) (10-6 mol/cm2-min)
55% 2.1 IEC SPOP 148 1.15 60 0.05 3.340% PAN5% benzophenone52% 2.1 IEC SPOP 137 1.1 50 0.04 2.143% PAN5% benzophenone48% 2.1 IEC SPOP 151 1 45 0.025 1.447% PAN5% benzophenone45% 2.1 IEC SPOP 158 0.95 37 0.008 0.7550% PAN5% benzophenoneNafion 117 220 0.909 35 0.06 9
Fan(r
c.
ph
p
ca
op
F
igure 1-17. Mnd methanolright). Repro
. Polyphosp
PEMs
hosphazene]
olybenzimid
Figure
Here P
ast membran
perating at 6
igure 1-19 (
Methanol ful fuel cell peoduced by pe
phazene/Poly
s were also p
]- compound
dazole (PBI)
e 1-18. Poly[
PBI was use
nes having th
60 °C with a
left) is a rep
uel cell perfoerformance wermission of
ybenzimidaz
prepared usin
d I-6, (this w
.74 The struc
bis(phenoxy
ed as a cross-
hickness ran
1.0 M aque
resentation o
38
ormance for bwith the two-f The Electro
ole (PBI) Bl
ng sulfonate
will also be d
cture of comp
y)phosphaze
-linking com
nging from 8
ous methano
of the curren
P NO
O n
blended SPO-layer and thochemical So
lends
d poly[bis(p
denoted as SP
pound I-6 is
ene (compou
mponent for t
2 –120 µm w
ol feed solut
nt-voltage cu
OP/PAN memhree-layer SPociety. 73
phenoxy)
POP) blende
shown in Fi
und I-6).74
the polyphos
were tested i
tion and amb
urves for fou
mbranes ( lePOP/PAN M
ed with
igure 1-18.
sphazene. Th
in a DMFC
bient pressur
ur different
eft) MEAs
he
re air.
S
D
es
2
w
in
FatmE d
su
p
C
p
an
POP-PBI bl
DMFC perfor
ssentially ide
.5 times low
was measured
n Figure 1-19
igure 1-19. Dttachment (le
membranes wElectrochemi
. Polyphosp
Burjan
ulfonated co
artially sulfo
CVEEP, hexa
lates. Two d
nd M2. Both
ended memb
rmance with
entical to tha
wer than that
d as 89 Mw
9 (right).
DMFC perfoeft) and pow
with direct elical Society.7
phazene/Hex
nadze and co
ompound I-6
onated with
a(vinyloxyet
different mem
h of them exh
branes along
h the 1.2 mm
at with Nafio
of Nafion 1
/cm2 compar
ormance of bwer density dlectrode attac74
a(vinyloxye
o-workers70 p
6, with an int
SO3 in DCE
thoxyethoxy
mbranes diff
hibited good
39
g with the ref
mol/g IEC SP
on 117. But
17.74 The ma
red to 96 of
blended SPOdependence ochment. Rep
thoxyethoxy
prepared PE
terpenetratin
E solution, an
y)cyclotripho
fering in CV
d mechanica
ference plot
POP membra
the methano
aximum pow
Nafion 117.
OP-PBI memon current deproduced by
y)cyclotripho
EMs using th
ng hydrophili
nd then the b
osphazene a
VEEP concen
al and therma
of Nafion 1
ane with 3 w
ol crossover
wer density o
. Those valu
mbranes withensity for SPpermission
osphazene (C
he SPOP men
ic network. T
blends were p
and cast onto
ntration are s
al stabilities,
17 based M
wt% PBI was
was found t
of the same b
ues are report
h direct electPOP-PBI of The
CVEEP) Ble
ntioned abov
The polyme
prepared wit
o polypropyl
specified as M
, and their IE
EA.
s
to be
blend
ted
trode
ends
ve,
r was
th
ene
M1
ECs
w
ra
to
(l
h
in
(r
Mcop
1
by
su
ad
in
gr
were 1.62 for
anged from 1
o M1 over th
left). The con
ave already
n section 1.4
right).
FigureM1 and M2 aonducting poermission of
.4.1.2. Phosp
The st
y Allcock an
ulfonic acid,
dditional adv
nitial phosph
roups into p
r M1 and 1.7
150-200 µm
he entire rang
nductivity o
been discuss
4.1.2, and it r
e 1-20. Comat high and loolymer matef Elsevier.70
phonic Acid
tudies on ph
nd co-worke
, due to its lo
vantage is th
honation reac
olyphosphaz
79 mmol/g fo
m. Membrane
ge of temper
f M2 was al
sed) and also
reported the
mparison of thow water parerials in a wa
d Functionali
hosphonic ac
ers. Although
ower hydrop
hat, phospho
ctions were c
zenes throug
40
or M2 respec
e M2 showed
ratures and p
so compared
o to phospho
lowest cond
he temperaturtial pressurater swollen
ized Polypho
id functiona
h phosphonic
philicity, wat
nation was e
carried out b
gh a phospho
ctively. The
d a much bet
partial pressu
d to other su
onated system
ductivity. It i
ure dependenres (left) and
state at 25 °
osphazenes
alized polyph
c acid is a w
ter uptake w
easy compar
by introducin
orus-oxygen
thickness of
tter conducti
ures as show
ulfonated sys
ms which w
is shown in F
nt conductivd conductivit°C (right). R
hosphazenes
weak acid com
was expected
red to sulfon
ng the phosp
-carbon link
f the membr
ivity compar
wn in Figure
stems (which
will be discus
Figure 1-20
vities for samties of variou
Reproduced b
s were carrie
mpared to
to be less. A
nation.56 The
phate penden
kage. But tho
ranes
red
1-20
h
ssed
mples us by the
ed out
An
nt
ose
41
polymers were susceptible to hydrolysis and thermal cleavage, limiting their suitability as
PEM in fuel cells. Consequently, instead of this phosphorylation, the focus of the studies
was directed towards incorporating pendent phosphate groups into aryloxyphosphazenes
through phosphorus-carbon linkages (phosphonate linkages). This approach increased the
thermal and chemical stability of the polymers.75
Initially two different approaches were carried out incorporating dialkyl
phosphonate units into the side groups of poly(aryloxy)phosphazenes. In the first
approach, bromomethylene-phenoxy polyphosphazenes were treated with a sodium
dialkyl phosphite as shown in Scheme 1-10. This route proceeded with 100 %
conversion. In the second approach (Scheme 1-11), polyphosphazenes bearing
bromophenoxy side groups were treated with n-butyllithium, resulting the corresponding
lithiophenoxy derivative. Addition of diphenyl chlorophosphate followed by basic
hydrolysis and acidification with hydrochloric acid yielded the desired product in 80-85
% conversion.76 This is the approach which was utilized in synthesizing phosphonic acid
functionalized poly(aryloxy)phosphazenes as PEM candidates over the first method due
to the required bromination and purification of poly[bis(4-methylphenoxy)phosphazene]
before phosphonation in prior method.
42
Scheme 1-10. Phosphonation of poly(aryloxy)phosphazenes bearing bromomethylene-phenoxy side groups76
The polymers of interest were polyphosphazenes co-substituted with either 4-
methylphenoxy or 3-methylphenoxy derivatives (I-7 and I-8 respectively) as shown in
Figure 1-21, and the synthesis of those polymers are illustrated in Scheme 1-11. Four
different polymers were synthesized by varying the molar ratio of x and y.
1-7 I-8
Figure 1-21. Phosphonic acid functionalized poly(aryloxy)phosphazenes (compounds I-7 and I-8).77,78
P NO
OP NO
O
CH3
CH3
CH2Br
CH3
1.6 0.4
P NO
OP NO
O
CH3
CH3
CH2P(OCH3)2
CH3
1.6 0.4
O
P(O)(OMe)2Na
THF, 25 °C
P NO
OP NO
O
P(OPh)(OH)
P NO
O
HO
x 0.5y 0.5y
CH3 CH3 CH3
CH3
P NO
OP NO
O
CH3
CH3
P(OPh)(OH)
CH3
P NO
O
H
CH3
O
x 0.5y 0.5y
43
I-7 and I-8 Scheme 1-11. Phosphonation of poly(aryloxy)phosphazenes via lithiophenoxy side groups. I-8* is analogous to polymer I-7b, however the methyl groups are in the 3-position rather than the 4-position77,78
Once they were synthesized and phosphonated, their membranes were obtained
by casting from 5-6% solutions (w/v) of N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) onto a
poly(propylene) plate and by drying in a vacuum oven at room temperature for 24 h
followed by drying at ~45 °C for 48 h. The cross-linking was done by 60Co γ- radiation.
Experimental IEC values of these membranes ranged from 1.17-1.43 meg. g-1, and
P NO
OP NO
O
CH3
CH3
Br
CH3
x y THF, - 75 °C
1). t-BuLi
2). P(O)(OPh)2ClP NO
OP NO
O
CH3
CH3
P(OPh)2
CH3
P NO
O
H
CH3
O
x 0.5y 0.5y
P NO
OP NO
O
CH3
CH3
P(OPh)(OH)
CH3
P NO
O
H
CH3
O
x 0.5y 0.5y
THF1). 1.0 M NaOH
2). 0.1 M HCl
x yI-7a 1.26 0.74I-7b 1 1I-7c 0.8 1.2I-8* 1 1
44
equilibrium water swelling ranged from 19 to 32 wt%. Protonic conductivities of fully
hydrated membranes at room temperature were in the range of 3.8 × 10-2 to 5.4 × 10-2 S
cm-1. These were roughly half of those obtained for Nafion 117. Methanol crossover
studies were also carried out for compound I-8 derivative. At 80 °C and 2.8 bar with a 3
M aqueous methanol fuel feed, the polymer had roughly 12 times lower methanol
crossover than Nafion (0.27 × 10-6 mol min-1 for the phosphonated polyphosphazene
versus 3.39 ×10-6 mol min-1 for Nafion 117) and 6 times lower than for a cross-linked
sulfonated polyphosphazene membrane (1.58 × 10-6 mol cm-2 min-1), proving its
excellent candidacy to be used as PEMS on DMFCs and in H2/O2 fuel cells.77
At the same time, a few studies were carried out to compare methanol diffusion of
Nafion 117 with the newly found sulfonated and phosphanated polyphosphazenes.
Fedkin and co-workers79 showed those two types of phosphonated species had the values
of methanol diffusion about 40 times lower than for Nafion 117 and about 10-20 times
lower than for the sulfonated membranes with 50% (v/v) aqueous methanol. Therefore,
these membranes further proved their applicability in DMFCs as an alternative to Nafion
117.
Up to now, for ambient temperature DMFCs, phosphonated polyphosphazenes
outperformed Nafion due to low methanol crossover, low water swelling ratios, and good
mechanical properties along with the comparable proton conductivity to that of Nafion.
But in order to overcome the low performance of ambient temperature operating DMFCs,
it was necessary to increase the function of PEMs at elevated temperatures for a high
efficiency of DMFCs. Consequently, Zhou and co-workers extended their work on those
45
sulfonated and phosphonated poly[(aryloxy)phosphazenes] at elevated temperatures up to
120 °C to investigate their conductivity and methanol permeability.80
The membranes of Nafion117, sulfonated poly[(aryloxy)phosphazenes] and
phosphonated poly[(aryloxy)phosphazenes] were each cross-linked with 60Co γ-radiation
using the dosing levels specified in Table 1-8. The measured average conductivity of the
membranes at different temperatures are summarized in Table 1-9 and plotted in Figure
1-22. Although the conductivity increased with the increase in temperature, they still
remained lower than Nafion 117.79
Table 1-8. Membrane properties of selected polymers.80
Table 1-9. Proton conductivity of Nafion 117, sulfonated polyphosphazene, phosphonated polyphosphazene at different temperatures.80
Polymer Membrane Crosslinking (Mrad) IEC (meq g-1) Swelling (%) Conductivity (S cm-1)Nafion 117 N/A 0.91 30 0.07Sulfonated polyphosphazene 20 1.07 38 0.035Phosphonated polyphosphazene 40 1.35 14 0.025
Average Conductivity (S cm-1)Average Nafion 117 Sulfonated PhosphonatedTemperature (°C) polyphosphazene polyphosphazene
20 0.0352 0.055621 0.072240 0.138 0.081 0.06860 0.19 0.111 0.10280 0.305 0.128 0.131
100 0.344 0.172 0.161110 0.252 0.124120 0.204125 0.416
FanR
m
ex
ca
D
1
co
p
igure 1-22. Rnd the select
Reproduced b
At ele
methanol cro
xhibited a va
andidacy no
DMFCs over
0.
The se
ompared to N
olyphosphaz
T/ °C
2580
120
Regression ctivity of protby the permi
evated tempe
ssover value
alue about n
t only in low
Nafion. The
Table
electivity of
Nafion 117.
zene is super
MeONafion 117
7.924.2510.5
curves of conton conductiission of The
eratures, alth
es close to N
ine times low
w temperatur
e average va
1-10. Metha
f proton cond
As shown in
rior to Nafio
OH Diffusion 7 Sulfonate
46
nductivity vive membrane Elsevier.80
hough sulfon
Nafion 117, p
wer than tha
re DMFCs b
alues of meth
anol permea
ducting mem
n Figure 1-2
on 117 at tem
(× 10-6 cm2
ed polyphosph1.481.419.4
s. T-1 and acnes as a func
nated polyph
phosphonated
at of Nafion,
but also in hi
hanol crosso
ability tests.8
mbranes was
22 (right), the
mperatures b
s-1)hazene Phos
ctivation enection of temp
hosphazenes
d polyphosp
indicating th
gh temperatu
ver are illust
0
also calcula
e sulfonated
elow 85 °C
sphonated po2.72.08.5
ergies (left) perature (rig
exhibited
phazenes
heir potentia
ure perform
trated in Tab
ated and
d
whereas
olyphosphazen770859
ght).
al
ing
ble 1-
ne
47
phosphonated polyphosphazene is superior to Nafion 117 over a wide temperature range
from 22 to 125 °C.80
1.4.1.3. Sulfonimide Functionalized Polyphosphazenes
As an alternative to previously reported polyphosphazenes functionalized with
sulfonic and phosphonic acids, sulfonimide containing polymers were also synthesized
by Allcock and co-workers because they could bring high acidity to PEMs.57,81 The
compound which was studied intensively for PEMs was co-substituted with sulfonimide
and 4-methylphenoxy side groups (compound I-9, Scheme 1-13)
Scheme 1-12. Synthesis of aryl sulfonimide side group71
NaO SO
O
NaN S
O
OCF3
H3CO SO
O
NaN S
O
OCF3
H3CO SO
OCl
H3CO SO
ON S
O
OCF3
H:E
t 3N
CF3SO2NH2, Et3N
Acetone, RT, 24 hrs
CH3ONa
CH3OH
CH3CH2SNa DMF, reflux3 hrs
48
The synthesis was achieved first by synthesizing the aryl sulfonimide side group as
shown in Scheme 1-12 and then by replacing chlorine in a 50 % 4-methylphenoxy chloro
polymer by that sodium sulfonimide followed by further addition of sodium 4-
methylphenoxide at 150 °C in a sealed pressure reactor.71 The synthesis of sulfonimide
functionalized polyphosphazene is outlined in Scheme 1-13.
I-9
Scheme 1-13. Synthesis of sulfonimide functionalized polyphosphazenes71
H3C ONa
P NCl
Cln
THF, RT, 1h
NaO SO
O
NaN S
O
OCF3
THF, Bu4NBr, Reflux,48 hrs
P N
O CH3 n
Cl
H3C ONa THF, sealed autoclave, 150 °C, 30 hrs
OP N
O SO
NaN S
O
OCF3
O CH3
P N
Cl
O CH30.34n 1.66n
OP N
O SO
NaN S
O
OCF3
O CH3
P N
O
O CH30.34n 1.66n
CH3
49
The membranes were cast from 1,4-dioxane, and then their proton conductivities,
water swelling and thermal properties were determined both before and after cross-
linking. The results obtained are given in Table 1-11. Compared to Nafion and other
perfluorinated sulfonic membranes, these acid functionalized phosphazenes also need to
be hydrated for proton conduction across the membrane. Sulfonimide functionalized
polyphosphazenes were found to have good proton conductivities and moderate water
swelling, depending on cross-linking density. But they still had lower proton
conductivities and higher water swelling compared to Nafion 117.71
Table 1-11. Membrane properties of sulfonimide functionalized polyphosphazenes compared to Nafion 117.71
Because blending of polyphosphazene increased the mechanical strength of the
polymer membranes in the previous studies, this phosphonated polymer was also blended
with poly(vinylidene fluoride) (PVDF) in a 75/25% w/w ratio and then fabricated into
membranes by solution casting from DMAc. This blend exhibited similar results to those
found for the pure sulfonimide membrane after a cross-linking dosage of 40 Mrad.
However, it had improved mechanical properties.71
Another recent study on these sulfonimide functionalized polyphosphazenes was
carried out by Zheng-Bo and co-workers.82 Based on their previous studies, it was found
that perfluoroalkylsulfonylimide group had higher acid strength than
Membrane Thickness (cm) IEC (mequiv/g) Water swelling Proton Conductivity Crosslinking(% H2O/dry wt) (S/cm) (Mrad)
Nafion 117 0.02 0.91 30 0.1 0Sulfonimide 0.013 0.99 119 0.049 0Sulfonimide 0.011 0.99 73 0.071 20Sulfonimide 0.009 0.99 42 0.058 40PVDF/ sulfonimide blend 0.015 41 0.06 0
50
trifluoromethylsulfonylimide group83 described in Scheme 1-12. Therefore, Zheng-Bo
and co-workers expanded their studies by incorporating this perfluoroalkylsulfonylimide
group into poly(diphenoxyphosphazene), PDPA as a pendent group.82 The synthetic
scheme is shown in Scheme 1-13. The application of this polymer as a PEM has not been
reported.
Scheme 1-14. Synthesis of perfluorobutylsulfonylimide functionalized polyphosphazenes82
Table 1-12 summarizes the electrochemical properties of all three acid
functionalized cross-linked pure polyphosphazene membranes compared to Nafion 117.
Sulfonated polyphosphazene exhibited the lowest proton conductivity whereas
sulfonimides maintained the highest conductivity. Although none of those three beat
P NO
OP NO
O
SO2Cl
SO2Cl
P NO
O
SO2Cl
0.57n 0.16n 0.27n
P NO
OP NO
O
SO2NHSO2C4F9
SO2NHSO2C4F9
P NO
O
SO2NHSO2C4F9
0.57n 0.16n 0.27n
P NO
O n
P NCl
Cln
ONaClSO2OH
SOCl2
1. C4F9SO2NH2
2. HCl
51
Nafion in terms of proton conductivity, they were all found to have a very low methanol
diffusion, suggesting their candidacy as PEMs in DMFCs in order to overcome the severe
problem related to Nafion 117.57
a 100% relative humidity, 25 °C. b 12 M MeOH, 80 °C, 2.8 bar. Table 1-12. Comparison of electrochemical properties of acid functionalized polyphosphazene with Nafion 117.56 1.4.2 Low-humidified or Novel Non-humidified PEMs based on Polyphosphazenes Because all the acid functionalized PEMs act under humidified conditions, they
all suffer from a common problem that when temperature increases, conductivity
gradually decreases. As a result, all the PEMs mentioned above operate at low
temperatures, < 100 °C.84 The development of solid proton conducting electrolytes which
are capable of exhibiting high proton conductivity at low medium temperatures (120- 160
°C) in the anhydrous state or low humidity environment emerged as an
alternative.84-86
A. Polyphosphazene-Phosphoric Acid (PA) Composites as PEMs
The choice of phosphoric acid as the protonating agent was because it shows
10-1 S cm-1 proton conductivity in a dry environment.86 Due to its structure, which
contains three protons with a different acidity per molecule, it can act both as a proton
Polymer IEC Crosslinking Conductivitya Water MeOH (mmol g-1) (Mrad) (× 10-2 S cm-1) Swelling (wt %) Diffusionb (× 10-6 cm2 s-1)
Nafion 117 0.91 - 10 30 6.22Sulfonated 1.07 20 1.1 38 1.02Phosphonated 1.35 20 4.4 13 0.77Sulfonimide 0.99 20 7.1 73 -
52
donor and as a proton acceptor, and can establish a long chain of intermolecular H-bonds
through which protons may transfer even in the absence of water. Instead of the vehicle
mechanism, the Grotthus mechanism appears to be operative in which protons hop from
one active site to another.17-19 Several polyphosphazenes doped with phosphoric acid
have therefore been investigated as possible proton conductors in dry or low humidity
conditions.86
Figure 1-23. Proton transfer via Grotthus mechanism.17-19
a. Poly(dipropyl)phosphazenes/Poly-paraphenylenesulfide Composite (PPS-PDPrP-PA)
Dotelli and co-workers started working with a series of
poly(dialkyl)phosphazenes as suitable candidates in this regard. Preliminary investigation
indicated poly(dipropyl)phosphazenes (denoted as PDPrP) shown in Figure 1-24 as the
most suitable poly(dialkyl)phosphazene to obtain solid polymer electrolytes. The
protonated species was prepared by dissolving PDPrP in 99% HCOOH at 0.5 g/mL
concentration and then adding 85% aqueous H3PO4 to the solution at 0.5-3 H3PO4/N
mole ratio. Although the protonated polymer, PDPrP.nH+, appeared to be a good
candidate, it could not be cast into films having high mechanical strength which would
tolerate fuel cell operating conditions.84 Therefore, a composite material was synthesized
with the use of PPS (poly-paraphenylenesulfide), Ryton® (Figure 1-24) and the
protonated composite exhibited better mechanical properties due to the presence of PPS
+ + +++ + +
53
and good proton conductivity due to PDPrP-PA. The electrical conductivities of PPS-
PDPrP.nH+ were measured in the range 29 - 79 °C and in 0 - 33 % relative humidity
range.84
Figure 1-24. Structures of poly(dipropyl)phosphazene (PDPrP) (left) and PPS (right).84
Table 1-13 summarizes the proton conductivity measurements. In all cases,
conductivity was found to increase with increasing temperature and relative humidity.
The highest conductivity for the composite was 1.37 × 10-3 S cm-1 at relatively low
temperature (52 °C) at relative humidity 33%. The conductivity values fall in the range
reported for sulfonic and phosphonic acid functionalized polyphosphazenes when
operated at similar reaction conditions. Under 0% relative humidity operating conditions,
the highest conductivity reported was in 10-4 S cm-1 at 69 °C. This is higher than the
conductivity values obtained for sulfonic polymers (10-6 - 10-5 S cm-1) at 100 °C proving
their suitability as PEMs.
Table 1-13. Conductivity of PDPrP.nH+ at 1H3PO4/N mole ratio in PPS net composite at variable temperature and relative humidity (RH, %).84
1st cycle (dry) 2nd cycle (dry) 3rd cycle (11% RH) 4t cycle (33% RH) 5th cycle up (dry) 5th cycle down (dry)T (K) σ (S cm-1) T (K) σ (S cm-1) T (K) σ (S cm-1) T (K) σ (S cm-1) T (K) σ (S cm-1) T (K) σ (S cm-1)303 1.44 × 10-7 313 1.98 × 10-6 304 7.46 × 10-7 300 1.80 × 10-5 302 8.67 × 10-7 334 3.59 × 10-5
307 2.36 × 10-7 318 3.72 × 10-6 308 1.39 × 10-6 309 7.42 × 10-5 304 1.25 × 10-6 325 1.26 × 10-5
314 4.24 × 10-7 322 6.46 × 10-6 311 2.57 × 10-6 317 3.01 × 10-4 309 2.22 × 10-6 317 3.91 × 10-6
323 1.34 × 10-6 325 1.13 × 10-5 313 4.70 × 10-6 325 1.37 × 10-3 314 4.31× 10-6 308 1.05 × 10-6
331 4.16 × 10-6 30 2.17 × 10-5 317 8.66 × 10-6 318 8.00× 10-6 301 2.36 × 10-7
341 1.44 × 10-5 334 4.44 × 10-5 323 1.56 × 10-5 322 1.40 × 10-5
337 7.88× 10-5 326 3.03 × 10-5 327 2.29 × 10-5
342 1.38 × 10-4 330 5.45 × 10-5 331 3.37 × 10-5
335 1.11 × 10-4 339 7.08 × 10-5
338 1.95 × 10-4 342 1.04 × 10-4
P NPr
Pr n
Sn
54
b. Poly(dipropyl)phosphazenes/sulfonated poly[(hydroxy)propyl, phenyl ether] Composite (SPHPE-PDPrP-PA)
In the next study, the composite polymer, SPHPE-PDPrP-PA, was made by
Dotelli and co-workers with the use of sulfonated poly[(hydroxy)propyl, phenyl ether]
(SPHPE, Figure 1-25) instead of PPS that was used in their previous study because
SPHPE had good mechanical strength and strong –SO3H proton donor groups.85 The two
polymers were synthesized separately and then fabricated into a composite membrane.
The protonation was carried out by soaking with 85% H3PO4 for 18 hours. Once
protonated, each polymer repeat unit contained 1 mol of phosphoric acid. Conductivity
data for both composites, SPHPE-PDPrP-PA and PPS-PDPrPHP are plotted together in
Figure 1-26. They were done at dry conditions and at 11% relative humidity. Although
both materials show the dependence of conductivity on temperature and relative
humidity, the prior was always more conductive than the latter mentioned above. The
highest conductivity measured was 7.10 × 10-3 S cm-1 in 0% relative humidity at 127 °C.
This value remains one of the highest conductivities reported in the literature.
Figure 1-25. Structure of SPHPE.85
CH3
CH3
O OOH
nSO3H
v
FP c.
el
su
th
Table 1-14.ariable temp
igure 1-26. LPS-PDPrP-P
. Poly(diethDPrP-PA)
In a re
lectrolyte of
ulfonated co
hermal stabil
S1T33333333
Conductivitperature.85
Log10 σ vs. 1PA dry ( ) an
yl, dipropyl)
ecent study b
f poly(diethy
opolyimide (S
lity and the s
SPHPE-PDPr11% RHT (K)318 (1)330 (1)338 (1)329 (2)319 (2)339 (4)328 (4)318 (4)
ty of SPHPE
1000/T of SPnd at 11% R
)phosphazen
by the same
yl, dipropyl)p
SPI) that wa
solubility req
rP-PA
σ (S cm4.79 × 17.39× 101.54× 101.28× 109.35 × 11.51 × 11.11 × 17.55 × 1
55
E-PDPrP-PA
PHPE-PDPrRH ( ). Repr
ne/Naphthale
research gro
phosphazene
as doped with
quirements.
Drym-1) T (K)
0-4 297 (0-4 308 (0-3 318 (0-3 329 (0-4 339 (0-3 358 (0-3 374 (0-4 378 (
400 (
A under dry c
rP-PA dry (roduced by th
enic sulfonat
oup, they ma
e (PDEt, DP
h PA.86 Both
The two cop
)(3) 2(3) 3(3) 4(3) 6(3)(3)(3)(3) 4(3)
conditions an
) and at 11%the permissio
ted Copolyim
ade a new co
rP) and the n
h of the copo
polymers, PD
σ (S cm-1)2.27 × 10-4
3.19 × 10-4
4.32 × 10-4
6.00 × 10-46.73 × 10-4
1.09 × 10-3
3.14 × 10-3
4.93 × 10-3
7.10 × 10-3
nd 11% RH
% RH ( ), anon of Elsevie
mide (SPI-P
omposite
naphthalenic
olymers fit th
DEt, DPrP a
at
nd of er.85
DEt,
c
he
and
56
SPI (shown in Figures 1-27 and 1-28, respectively) were synthesized separately and
fabricated into composite membrane with solid PA.
Figure 1-27. Poly(diethyl, dipropyl)phosphazene (PDEt, DPrP).86
Figure 1-28. Sulfonated polyimide (SPI).86
The films were cast by solution casting in DMSO. After the films were dried, two
transparent, homogeneous and non-crystalline free standing films with a thickness of
110-125 µm were obtained with SO3H/N/PA mole ratios of 0.24:1:1 and 0.61:1:1. The
composite films were stable in the low medium temperature range (<160 °C), which is
the desired temperature of operating fuel cells. The conductivity measurements were
performed in a dry environment and at 11% RH in the 30 -127 °C temperature range. The
results of the two SPI-PDEt,DPrP-PA and composites, which were reported earlier, are
summarized in Figure1-29 (PPS-PDPrP-PA and SPHPE-PDPrP-PA).
N N O
O
OO
O
N N
O
OO
O
HO3S
SO3H
2
12 . H2O
P NEt
Et 2.6
P NPr
Pr
57
Figure 1-29. Log10 σ vs. 1000/T for different N containing materials doped with PA at variable H3PO4/N mole ratio in dry conditions. Reproduced by the permission of Elsevier.86
Although, the rationalization of the observed order of conductivity was difficult, it
can be concluded that the complete protonation of the phosphazene sites and the higher
chemical homogeneity attained in the SPI-PDEt, DPrP-PA composite did not result in an
expected conductivity enhancement relative to the SPHPE-PDPrP-PA composite.86
B. Azole Substituted Polyphosphazenes as PEMs In a recent publication by Bozkurt and co-workers,87 they explain the novel non-
humidified proton exchange membranes based on azole substituents that operate at higher
temperatures in the anhydrous state. The desired polymers were synthesized according to
the Scheme 1-15 shown below. Poly(aryloxy)chlorophosphazene (PEMPC) was
synthesized starting with the [PCl2N]n from ring opening polymerization of [PCl2N]3. The
azoles, triazole (Tri) and aminotriazole (ATri) were each substituted separately to
PEMPC backbone, resulting in two novel polymers, TriP and ATriP, respectively.
Polymer samples were dissolved in methanol and doped with the strong acid,
58
trifluoromethane sulfonic acid (TA) by adding various molar ratios (0.5, 1, 2 and 3) with
respect to the azole unit. The resultant solution was cast on to PTFE plates and dried in
vacuum. The thermal stability of the pure polymers and TA doped materials were
determined by the TGA, and they were stable up to approximately 150 °C, indicating
their chemical stability to be used in PEMFCs. The flexible membranes obtained from
that were then sandwiched between Pt electrodes, and AC conductivity, σac (ω) was
measured using high resolution dielectric impedance spectroscopy at several
temperatures. The AC conductivity was found to increase as the temperature increased
gradually as shown in Figure 1-30.
Scheme 1-15. Synthesis pathway of TriP and ATriP starting from [PCl2N]3
87
NP
NPN
PClCl
Cl Cl
ClCl
P NCl
Cln
NaO CH3
P NO
Cl
CH3
nP NO
ON
n
CH3
NN
P NN
OP NO
NH
CH3
NHN
N
NN
H2N
CH3
x y
n
250 °C
THF, RT, 1h
TriP
ATriP
N
HN
N
Et3N, Reflux
Et3N, RefluxN
N
HN
NH2
PDCP PEMPC
Fte
T
v
te
Fvp
d
igure 1-30. Aemperatures
The DC cond
s. log F by li
emperature.
igure 1-31. Various TA coermission of
From
opant conce
AC conducti(right). Rep
ductivities of
inear fitting o
The DC con
Variation of oncentrationf The Royal
TriP isother
ntration incr
ivity vs. freqroduced by p
f those polym
of the data, a
nductivity iso
f the proton cns as a functiSociety of C
rms, it was fo
reases only u
59
quency of Trpermission o
mers were al
and they dem
otherms are
conductivityion of reciprChemistry.87
found that the
until a certain
riP1TA (leftof The Roya
lso derived f
monstrated a
shown below
y of the TriP rocal temper
e proton con
n threshold r
) and ATriPal Society of
from the plat
a strong depe
w in Figure
(left) and Aature. Repro
nductivity in
ratio, and af
2TA at sevef Chemistry.8
teaus of log
endence on
1-31.
ATri (right) woduced by
ncreases as th
fter that, with
eral 87
σac
with
he
h the
60
presence of excess acid, it starts to decrease the conductivity. The maximum proton
conductivities obtained for anhydrous TriP2TA and ATriP2TA as 3 × 10-3 S cm-1 at 50
°C and 0.0412 S cm-1 at 130 °C, respectively. The major discovery is that considering all
the conditions—stable film forming and considerable high proton conductivity—
ATri0.5TA forms the optimum composition for use in PEMFCs. The proton conductance
occurrd as a result of the transport of protons among the protogenic solvents via the
Grotthuss mechanism. The acidic protons transfer along the unprotonated and protonated
triazoles in the polymer. Therefore, it is necessary to have free immobilized nitrogen sites
in the polymer. The conductivity of TriP and ATriP systems results from proton hopping
not only from one N-H site to a free nitrogen but also from one N-H site to sulfate ions.87
1.5 Conclusion
As evident from the discussion in Chapter I, the fuel cell technology depends
mainly on Nafion®, which is one of the perfluorinated proton exchange membranes.
However, it suffers from a few major drawbacks due to its dependence on humidity for
proton conduction, and therefore, complexities arise with water management.
Consequently, to address these drawbacks as well as for the advancement of fuel cell
technology, the research was steered towards alternative PEMs. Polyphosphazenes
emerged as one of the most promising candidate in this respect due to the inherent
properties that this inorganic polymer possesses.
The main focus of this section is on the progress of proton exchange membranes
based on polyphosphazenes that have been synthesized so far. Initially,
polyphosphazenes were functionalized using different acids giving rise to sulfonic acid,
61
phosphonic acid and sulfonimide functionalized polyphosphazenes. In many cases,
though they were better in terms of methanol crossover, but fell behind in terms of proton
conductivity compared to Nafion®. All of these membranes also depended on humidity.
With the advancement of fuel cell technology, the need for medium-temperature
operating membranes took place, and researchers were interested in synthesizing
polymers which can operate at medium temperature (120 – 160 °C) with low humidity.
One of the best examples for this type of polymers are poly(alkyl)phosphazene
composites doped with phosphoric acid.
A relatively new area is the search for anhydrous proton conducting polymers
which operate at higher temperatures, and only a handful of researchers have been
actively engaged in it. The nitrogen-containing heterocycles substituted to
polyphosphazenes were used as possible proton conducting polymers in this regard due to
the known high conductivity of some of azoles in the anhydrous state. The recent study
on triazole and aminotriazole co-substituted polyphosphazene doped with triflic acid have
shown a higher conductivity at high temperature (130 °C) in anhydrous state along with
their chemical stability for applications in PEMFCs. Therefore, PEMs based on nitrogen-
containing heterocycles substituted to polyphosphazene seem to be one of the most
promising candidates in current fuel cell research compared to many other alternatives.
62
CHAPTER II
SYNTHESIS AND STRUCTURAL CHARACTERIZATION OF
HEXACYCLOTRIPHOSPHAZENES AS MODEL COMPOUNDS TO
POLY(ORGANOPHOSPHAZENES)
2.1 Introduction
Although cyclic phosphazene synthesis goes back to the 19th century,88 it was not
until 1950s that researchers started studying these small molecules more intensively. Out
of the different types of small molecules available, cyclic trimers, have been studied in
greater detail due to their ease of synthesis and the availability of starting materials in
large quantities. Most cyclophosphazenes are crystalline solids and can be studied by
single X-ray diffraction. Therefore, these model compounds can be used as synthetic,
mechanistic, or structural substitutes for phosphazene high polymers due to the simplicity
of synthesis, purification, and characterization.38
There have been hundreds of different reactions aimed at the preparation of cyclic
phosphazene trimers alone, and most of those reactions can be used as model compound
studies for the high polymers.38 In all of these cyclic phosphazenes, these derivatives are
prepared mainly through nucleophilic substitution of chlorine atoms with substituent
groups such as alkoxy, aryloxy, amino, alkyl, aryl, inorganic or organometallic units and
by secondary or tertiary chemical reactions on organic or inorganic side groups already
63
present on the cyclic phosphazene.38 Over the years, there has been a great interest in
improving synthetic procedures towards cyclophosphazenes to obtain high yields in
shorter time. The results depend on the type of the substituent, the solvent, type of base,
reaction temperature and other factors.
The alkoxy and aryloxy substitutions have been studied in great detail among all
the possible substitutions. One of the best known cycloalkoxyphosphazenes is where
substituent is -OCH2CF3.89 The rate of aryloxy substitutions was found to be slower than
that of the alkoxy substitutions due to the steric bulk of aryloxides. Different types of
aryloxyphosphazenes have already been synthesized where they have the common
formula [PN(-OC6H4R)2]3 in which R = H,90,91 2- or 4-Me,90 2- or 4-Et,92 t-Bu,90 OMe,90
4-OPh,92 4-CPh3,92,93 4-COOR,90 4-F,90 4-Br,91 4-CN,91 4-NO2.
90,91 Many of these
compounds are found to be models for the respective high polymers. Overall, one of the
best methods to understand the behavior of high polymers are the studies on these
aryloxides with model systems, which also helps the development of reaction conditions
to be employed at macromolecular syntheses.38
Here, we report the preparation and characterization of several
hexakis(azolylmethylphenoxy)cyclotriphosphazenes having different number of nitrogen
atoms in the azole ring and all three isomers of hexakis(pyridinoxy)
cyclotriphosphazenes. Furthermore, the thermal analysis of all the compounds was also
carried out, and thereby their degradation behavior will be compared. While this work
was in progress, one of these compounds, hexakis[4-(1H-pyrazol-1-
ylmethyl)phenoxy]cyclotriphophazene (II-4), was synthesized by Wang and co-workers
using a method different from ours.94
64
2.2 Results and Discussion
2.2.1. Synthesis and Characterization of Starting Materials
Compounds II-1, II-2 and II-3 (Figure 2-1) were synthesized as starting materials
for the synthesis of compounds II-4, II-5, and II-6, respectively, according to a literature
procedure without the use of solvents.95 In that, 4-hydroxybenzylalcohol and the
corresponding azole were heated in a 1:1 ratio for 30 minutes giving water as a
byproduct (Scheme 2-1). The condensation is found to undergo via the intermediate, p-
methylenequinone shown in Scheme 2-2 based on previous work.96
II-1 II-2 II-3
Figure 2-1. Structures of compounds II-1, II-2 and II-3.
II-1: X=Y=Z=C; R=H II-2: X=C, Y=N, Z=C; R=H II-3: X=N, Y=N, Z=C; R=CH3 Scheme 2-1. Condensation reaction between azole and 4-hydroxybenzylalcohol to
obtain compounds II-1, II-2 and III-3.
+
OH
OH
155 °C
30 min
OH
NN
N
OH
N
NN
N
OH
NN
+ H2O X
Y ZN
NH
R
OH
NX Y
ZN
R
65
OH
N
NN
N
OH
N
NN
N
(a)
(b)
(II-3b)
(II-3a)N
N NNH
CH2
O
p-methylenequinone
O
O
H
H
Scheme 2-2. Proposed mechanism of the synthesis of compounds II-3a and II-3b
X-ray structures of compounds II-1 and II-2 were also obtained (Figure 2-2).
Colorless crystals of II-1 were obtained by slow evaporation from a concentrated solution
of dichloromethane whereas crystals of II-2 were grown from a concentrated solution of
tetrahydrofuran. There are two isomeric forms of II-3 (Scheme 2-2) which form because
5-methyltetrazole has two basic nitrogen atoms. The 1H NMR spectrum of the unpurified
II-3 shows the two sets of resonances (Figure 2-4). The protons of -CH2 group clearly
shows two resonances at 5.49 and 5.71 ppm. The presence of the two isomers was
confirmed by the single crystal X-ray diffraction. The two forms of II-3 can be partially
separated. Colorless crystals of II-3a were obtained by slow evaporation from a
concentrated solution of acetone whereas crystals of II-3b were grown from a
concentrated solution of dichloromethane (Figure 2-3).
66
Figure 2-2. Thermal ellipsoid plots of the crystal structures of II-1 (left) and II-2 (right). Thermal ellipsoids are drawn at 50% probability. Hydrogen atoms have been omitted for clarity. Figure 2-3. Thermal ellipsoid plots of the crystal structures of II-3a (left) and II-3b (right). Thermal ellipsoids are drawn at 50% probability. Hydrogen atoms have been omitted for clarity.
67
II-3
b
OH
N N
N
N
OH
N
N
N
N
II-3
a
Figure 2-4. 1H NMR spectrum of a mixture of compounds II-3a and II-3b in d6-DMSO.
68
2.2.2. Synthesis and Characterization of Hexakis(azolylmethylphenoxy) cyclotriphosphazenes
The azolylmethylphenoxide anion, ROӨ is prepared from the azolylmethylphenol,
ROH in dry THF in the presence of a strong base such as KH giving hydrogen gas as a
byproduct (eq 2-1). Replacement of all chlorine atoms in [PCl2N]3 is carried out from the
direct nucleophilic substitution of the azolylmethylphenoxide anions (eq 2-2).41
ROH + KH ROӨ K⊕ + H2 (g) (2-1)
ROӨ K⊕ + [PCl2N]3 [P(OR)2N]3 + KCl (s) (2-2)
The synthesis of azolylmethylphenoxy cyclotriphosphazenes using this procedure did not
go to completion even at elevated temperatures, but they were found to undergo complete
substitution with the use of the phase transfer catalyst (PTC) tetramethylammonium
bromide, which was found to give the desired products in high yields within a short time
(Scheme 2-3).97 It has been reported that when an aryloxide has poor solubility in
solvents like tetrahydrofuran, phase transfer reagents or crown ethers and elevated
temperatures should be used to promote complete substitution. Therefore, PTC is used to
increase the lyophilicity and nucleophilicity of the oxyanions.98 In substitution reactions
of [PCl2N]3 the reaction medium should be a good solvent for the [PCl2N]3 and the
nucleophile but a poor solvent for the side products, such as potassium chloride in the
case where the base is potassium hydride. The driving force for the complete substitution
is the precipitation of side products from the solution. If this requirement is not met,
incomplete replacement of the halogen atoms may occur. In addition, the substitution of
69
bulky side groups may require forcing reaction conditions for the complete
substitution.38,98
Where R is
R = Pyrazol 1,2,4-triazol 5-methyltetrazol
II-4 II-5 II-6
Scheme 2-3. General synthetic route of hexakis(azolylmethylphenoxy) cyclotriphosphazenes
The general synthetic route of II-4, II-5 and II-6 is depicted in Scheme 2-3. In
contrast to the direct substitution procedure developed in our lab, the reported alternative
synthesis of II-4 has been carried out in a multi-step process starting from [PCl2N]3 and
substituting [PCl2N]3 by 4-formylphenoxy followed by reduction to 4-
hydroxymethylphenoxy in the presence of NaBH4.99 Next, it was converted to 4-
PN
PNP
N
O O
O
O
O
O
R
R
R
R
R
R
OH
R
N
N
NN
NN
N
NN
2. [PCl2N]3, Reflux
1. KH, Me4N⊕
BrӨ, Et3N, THF, RT
70
bromomethylphenoxy and finally reacted with pyrazole to yield the desired product.94
Compared to the procedure described above, the synthetic procedure we used undergo the
same substitution in two steps starting from compound II-1 to obtain high yields in a
shorter time. A higher yield of compound II-5 (90%) was obtained even at room
temperature compared to the synthesis of II-4 and II-6. In the synthesis of II-6, a mixture
of II-3a and II-3b were used without separation. The purpose of adding triethylamine
into the reaction mixture was to neutralize any HCl formed during the reaction.100
The complete substitution can easily be confirmed through NMR spectroscopy.
Figure 2-5 and Figure 2-6 show the 1H NMR spectra of the starting material, compound
II-2 and its substituted trimer, compound II-5 respectively. In Figure 2-5, OH peak of
II-2 shows up at 9.50 ppm and in Figure 2-6, that peak has disappeared confirming the
complete substitution. All azolylmethylphenoxy compounds show a singlet peak in 31P
NMR, and they are depicted in Table 2-1 and Figure 2-7.Compared to [PCl2N]3 which
shows up at 20.6 ppm, compounds II-4, II-5 and II-6 each shows a resonance shifted up-
field. In comparison among the azolylmethylphenoxy cyclotriphosphazenes, the more N
atoms in cyclic azoles, the further it shifts up-field.
31P NMR of [PCl2N]3 was always run in deuterated chloroform and not in DMSO like the
substituted trimers. This is because it has been found that [PCl2N]3 undergoes
degradation reactions with DMSO to yield partially or fully substituted phosphazenes.101
73
100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 -10 -20 -30
[PCl2N]3
Compound II-5
Compound II-6
Compound II-4
Chemical shift (ppm)
Figure 2-7. 31
P NMR spectra showing the chemical shift variation of [PCl2N]3 in CDCl3,
compound II-4 (d6-DMSO), compound II-5 (d6-DMSO), and compound II-6 (d6-
DMSO).
Compounds Chemical Shift (δ), ppm
II-4 9.9
II-5 9.8
II-6 9.6
Table 2-1. 31
P NMR chemical shifts of hexakis(azolylmethylphenoxy)
cyclotriphosphazenes.
2.2.3 Synthesis and Characterization of Hexakis(pyridinoxy)cyclotriphosphazenes
The same approach as in Scheme 2-3 was applied to the synthesis of
cyclotriphosphazenes with pyridinoxy derivatives. The three pyridinols are deprotonated
with a strong base to give the nucleophile which then substitutes the chlorine atoms of
[PCl2N]3 (Scheme 2-4) to give II-7, II-8 and II-9. The synthesis of these compounds has
74
already been reported.102,103 But in the synthesis in Scheme 2-4, the use of the phase
transfer catalyst tetramethylammonium bromide led to higher yields of substituted
pyridinols in a shorter time compared to the literature procedures. The yields of II-7, II-
8 and II-9 were 91%, 90% and 93%, respectively. 31P NMR spectra of all pyridinoxy
substituted cyclic trimers were singlets (Table 2-2 and Figure 2-8). Their chemical shifts
are up-field compared to [PCl2N]3, the same trend observed with the
azolylmethylphenoxy trimers.
R-OH
R =
II-7 II-8 II-9
Scheme 2-4. Synthesis of compounds II-7, II-8 and II-9 from the pyridinols
Table 2-2. 31P NMR chemical shifts of hexakis(pyridinoxy)cyclotriphosphazenes.
Compounds Chemical Shift (δ), ppm II-7 7.5 II-8 11.0 II-9 8.3
1. KH, Me4N⊕
BrӨ, Et3N, THF, RT
2. [PCl2N]3, Reflux, ~1 d
NN N
PN
PNP
N
O O
O
O
RR
R
RO
R
R O
75
100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 ‐10 ‐20 ‐30
[PCl2N]3
Compound II-8
Compound II-9
Compound II-7
Chemical shift (ppm) Figure 2-8. 31P NMR spectra showing the chemical shift variation of [PCl2N]3 in CDCl3, (compound II-7 (d6-DMSO), compound II-8 (d6-DMSO), and compound II-9 (d6-DMSO). 2.2.4. X-ray Structural Characterization of Hexakis(azolylmethylphenoxy) and Hexakis(pyridinoxy) cyclotriphosphazenes
The structural characterization of fully substituted cyclotriphosphazenes was
carried out using single crystal X-ray diffraction studies. Crystal structures were obtained
for all the azolylmethylphenoxy cyclotriphosphazenes, except for compound II-6. All
structures bear six azolylmethylphenoxy derivative side groups. The crystal structures of
these compounds are shown in Figures 2-9 - 2-13.
76
.
Figure 2-9. Thermal ellipsoid plot of the crystal structure of II-4. Thermal ellipsoids are drawn at 50% probability. Hydrogen atoms have been omitted for clarity.
Colorless crystals of compound II-4 were grown from a concentrated solution of
ethanol. The structure of this compound was solved to an R factor of 0.0436 in space
group P-1. The crystal structure is shown in Figure 2-9. The P-N and P-O bond distances
range from 1.5706(19) to 1.5882(19) and 1.5765(17) to 1.5931(16) Å, respectively. The
N-P-N ring angle has an average of 117.75(10)° and the P-N-P ring angle of
121.14(12)°.
Figure 2-10. Thermal ellipsoid plot of the crystal structure of II-5. Thermal ellipsoids are drawn at 50% probability.Hydrogen atoms have been omitted for clarity.
77
The colorless crystals of compound II-5 were grown from a concentrated solution
of DMSO/THF. The structure of this compound was solved to an R factor of 0.0598 in
space group P-1. The crystal structure is shown in Figure 2-10. The P-N and P-O bond
lengths have an average of 1.580(3) and 1.586(2) Å respectively. The N-P-N angles vary
from 117.33(14) to 117.73(14)°, and the P-N-P angles vary from 120.56(16) to
122.49(16)°. Colorless crystals of compound II-7 were grown from the slow evaporation of a
solution of concentrated acetone. The structure of compound II-7 (Figure 2-11) was
solved to an R factor of 0.0273 in space group Pna2(1). The P-N and P-O bond length
have an average of 1.5773(18) and 1.5919(13) Å respectively. The average N-P-N angle
is 118.44(11) with individual angles of 118.03(10), 119.20(9) and 118.08(9) °. The P-N-P
ring angles have an average of 121.30(11) Å.
Figure 2-11. Thermal ellipsoid plot of the crystal structure of II-7. Thermal ellipsoids are drawn at 50% probability. Hydrogen atoms have been omitted for clarity.
The structure of compound II-8 (Figure 2-12) was solved to an R factor of 0.0466
in space group P2(1)/c. The P-N and P-O bond length have an average of 1.578(2) and
1.5838(17) Å respectively. The average N-P-N angle is 117.34(11) with individual
78
angles of 117.39(11), 117.17(11) and 117.46(11)°. The P-N-P ring angles have an
average of 122.19(13) Å.
Figure 2-12. Thermal ellipsoid plot of the crystal structure of II-8. Thermal ellipsoids are drawn at 50% probability. Hydrogen atoms have been omitted for clarity.
Colorless crystals of compound II-9 were grown from methanol and the structure
of this compound was solved to an R factor of 0.0470 in space group C2/c. The structure
is shown in Figure 2-13. The N-P-N ring angle has range from 116.47(16) to
117.73(12)° and the P-N-P ring angle vary from 121.58(18) to 122.47(13)°. The P-N and
P-O bond lengths vary from 1.578(2) to 1.584(2) and 1.5803(17) to 1.5956(18) Å
respectively.
Figure 2-13. Thermal ellipsoid plot of the crystal structure of II-9. Thermal ellipsoids are drawn at 50% probability. Hydrogen atoms have been omitted for clarity.
79
From these crystallographic data, it can be summarized that in all of these
azolylmethylphenoxy and pyridinoxy trimers, the N3P3 has a very slightly puckered ring
as seen with [PCl2N]3.103 All the rings have same dimensions in terms of bond length and
bond angle. In all substituted trimers, the P-N bond distances, the bond angles of N-P-N,
and P-N-P are very close to those found in other cyclic phosphazenes. The P-N bond
distances of the substituted trimers are within the bond distances of [PCl2N]3, which is
1.47-1.62 Å. The N-P-N and P-N-P bond angles are also comparable to the bond angles
found in trimer, which is ~ 120 ° for N-P-N and 117-125 Å for P-N-P bond angle.101 The
average bond length of P-O bond, O-P-O angle, and the P-O-C angles are the typical
values which are found in cyclic aryloxyphosphazenes.104
2.2.5. Thermal Analysis of Hexakis(azolylmethylphenoxy) and Hexakis(pyridinoxy) cyclotriphosphazenes
Thermal stability of the hexasubstituted azolylmethylphenoxy and
pyridinoxyphosphazene trimers was studied by thermogravimetric analysis (TGA).
Thereby the thermal degradation occurring via weight loss was determined. All the scans
were run at 10 °C/min under both air and inert (N2) atmosphere. Inert and air atmosphere
thermograms of all the azolylmethylphenoxy and pyridinoxy trimers are depicted in
Figures 2-14 and 2-15 respectively. All azolylmethylphenoxy trimers exhibit a several
steps of weight losses in both inert and air atmosphere which can be clearly seen from
their derivative thermograms. Figure 2-16 shows the derivatogram for compound II-6,
with several weight losses.
However, what is interesting is the TGA curves of pyridinoxy trimers. When
compounds II-7 and II-9 follow the same pattern with several steps compound II-8
80
exhibits one sharp weight loss though all three compounds differ only from the position
of N atom on the ring. TGA curve for compound II-8 which shows a one-step
degradation is shown in Figure 2-17 along with its derivatogram (DTG) whereas Figure
2-18 depicts the thermogram and derivatogram of compounds II-7 in which it shows a
three-step decomposition. This several steps of weight loss arises due to the loss of
different species with increasing temperature.105 Degradation temperatures and associated
parameters obtained from these thermograms are summarized in Table 2-4. D0.05
indicates the initial decomposition temperature (IDT) at which 5% decomposition occurs
and D1/2 represents the temperature at which 50% of decomposition occurs. The
maximum rate of decomposition temperature is denoted as MRDT.105 It can be seen from
the Table 2-3, that compound II-5 shows a good thermal stability as D0.05 value. In inert
atmosphere it was 355 °C whereas in air atmosphere it was 351 °C. Decomposition
temperature at half way, D1/2 was not reported in both inert and air atmosphere for the
temperature applied, which was 600 °C except for compounds II-7 and II-8 in inert
atmosphere and compounds II-7 and II-9 in air atmosphere. Residue obtained after the
complete decomposition of all trimers found to have the highest residue percentage for
compound II-5, which was 71 wt.% in inert atmosphere and 70 wt.% at air atmosphere.
The MRD value 19 %/min at 296 °C for compound II-7 was which was found to be the
highest in air atmosphere whereas it was 16 %/min at 370 °C for compound II-8 in inert
atmosphere.
Generally, 5% decomposition of all compounds in both inert and air atmosphere
is not that significantly different and they do not follow a certain order.
81
It is necessary to run TGA/MS such as pyrolysis/FTMS in order to determine the
fragments lost as we increase the temperature.106
By analyzing the leftover residue by EA,
it is also possible to determine the composition of the residue.105,107
Figure 2-14. Inert atmosphere thermogravimetric analysis of azolylmethylphenoxy and
pyridinoxy trimers.
82
Figure 2-15. Air atmosphere thermogravimetric analysis of azolylmethylphenoxy and
pyridinoxy trimers.
Figure 2-16. Inert atmosphere thermogram and derivatogram of compound II-6.
83
Figure 2-17. Inert atmosphere thermogram and derivatogram of compound II-8.
Figure 2-18. Inert atmosphere thermogram and derivatogram of compound II-7.
84
CompoundD 0.05 D 1/2 D 0.05 D 1/2 Inert
Compound II-4 247 - 427 226 - 360 58 61Compound II-5 355 - 362 351 - 371 72 70Compound II-6 255 - 346 260 - 340 58 58Compound II-7 278 393 299 278 424 296 34 41Compound II-8 322 384 370 320 - 350 44 60Compound II-9 279 - 360 228 426 384 60 36
Inert atmosphere (°C) Air atmosphere (°C) Residue analysis (%)MRDT MRDT Air
Table 2-3. Inert and air atmosphere TGA parameters of azolylmethylphenoxy and pyridinoxy trimers.
2.3 Conclusion
A series of new hexakis(azolylmethylphenoxy)cyclotriphosphazenes—azoles
being pyrazole, 1,2,4-triazole, and 5-methyltetrazole—have been synthesized. Along with
them, all three isomers of hexakis(pyridinoxy)cyclotriphosphazenes have also been
resynthesized using an approach slightly different to the literature procedure via
nucleophilic substitution in the presence of KH as a strong base. In synthesizing all of
these compounds, PTC was applied for a complete substitution. All cyclic compounds
were studied by a combination of NMR, ESI-MS, EA, FTIR spectroscopy, and single-
crystal X-ray diffraction. Furthermore, their thermal degradation was studied by TGA in
both inert and air atmosphere.
2.4 Experimental
2.4.1 General Considerations
Standard Schlenk techniques were used with all manipulations dealing with
potassium hydride and all reactions were carried out under nitrogen atmosphere. The
compound [PCl2N]3, purchased from Aldrich, was stored in an inert-atmosphere
glovebox. Triethylamine was also purchased from Aldrich. Pyrazole, 1,2,4-triazole, 5-
85
methyltetrazole, 2-hydroxypyridine, 3-hydroxypyridine and 4-hydroxypyridine were
purchased from TCI America Company. Tetramethylammonium bromide was purchased
from Eastman Kodak company. Potassium hydride in mineral oil purchased from Aldrich
was filtered and washed with dry THF and stored in a glovebox. Tetrahydrofuran was
dried and deoxygenated by alumina column in the Pure SolvTM solvent system
(Innovative Technologies, Inc). All other reagents were used without further purification.
NMR spectra were recorded on a Varian Gemini 300 MHz instrument using deuterated
DMSO and CDCl3 as NMR solvents. The 1H and 13C NMR spectra were referenced
relative to the resonances of deuterated solvent. The 31P NMR spectra were referenced
with external H3PO4 at δ 0 ppm. IR spectra were collected with a Bomem Excalibur
Series with FTS 3000 model FTIR Spectrometer. Unless otherwise stated the spectra
were recorded on pure compounds. All FTIR samples used were a mixture of sample (1
mg) ground with Thermo Spectra-Tech KBr powder (100 mg). All samples were vibrated
by a Schwingmuble vibrating mill for 20 seconds. Melting points were measured using a
Fluke Electrothermal MEL-TEMP® connected to a digital thermometer (Model 51 II).
Mass spectrometric analysis using electrospray ionization (ESI) technique was performed
using a Bruker Esquire-LC ion trap mass spectrometer by Dr. Bethany Subel and
Vincenzo Scionti in the Department of Chemistry at The University of Akron. Elemental
analysis and ICP analysis were performed by University of Illinois Microanalytical
Laboratory. Crystal structure data were collected and solved by Dr. Matthew J. Panzner
and Brian D. Wright in the Department of Chemistry at The University of Akron. Thermo
Gravimetric Analysis was done by a QSeries – [Q500 – 0882 – TGA Q500@Mfg – tga]
86
TGA instrument at a scanning rate of 10 °C/min under N2 and air atmosphere in the
Department of Polymer Science and Polymer Engineering at The University of Akron.
2.4.2 X-ray Crystallographic Structure Determination Details
Crystals of compounds II-3,II-4, II-5, II-7,II-8 and II-9 were coated in paratone
oil and mounted on a CryoLoop™ and placed on the goniometer head under a stream of
nitrogen cooled to 100 K.108 For all except the crystals of II-1, II-2 and II-7, X-ray data
were collected on a Bruker Apex CCD diffractometer with graphite-monochromated Mo
K∝ radiation (λ = 0.71073 Å) whereas X-ray data for II-1, II-2 and II-7 were collected
on a Bruker Kappa APEX II Duo CCD diffractometer with a Cu ImuS micro-focus
source with QUAZAR optics (1.54178 Å). The unit cell was determined by using
reflections from three different orientations.The data were integrated using SAINT.An
empirical absorption correction and other corrections were applied to the data using
multi-scan SADABS. Structure solution, refinement, and modeling were accomplished
by using the Bruker SHELXTL package.109 The structures were obtained by full-matrix
least-squares refinement of F2 and the selection of appropriate atoms from the generated
difference map.
2.4.3 Synthesis of 4-(1H-pyrazol-1-ylmethyl)phenol (II-1)
A mixture of pyrazole (6.9 g, 0.10 mol) and 4-hydroxybenzyl alcohol (12.4 g,
0.100 mol) was heated to 155 °C and intensively stirred for 30 min. The resultant yellow
solid was cooled, powdered, and thoroughly washed with cold ethanol and dried in air.
Yield: 8.88 g, 51.0 mmol, 51 %. Mp: 109 °C. Anal. Calc. for C10H10N2O: C, 68.95; H,
87
5.79; N, 16.08. Found: C, 68.96; H, 5.71; N, 15.01. ESI-MS (m/z): calcd for C10H10N2O
[M + H] + 175.2. Found 175.0. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- d6): δ 5.17 (s, 2H, C-(CH2)-
N), 6.23 (s, 1H, C=C(H)C), 6.71 (d, 2H, J = 8.09 Hz, CC-C(H)-CH), 7.13 (d, 2H, J =
8.09 Hz, OC-C(H)-CH)), 7.42 (s, 1H, N-C(H)C=C), 7.72 (s, 1H, N=C(H)C), 9.40 (s, 1H,
C- OH). 13C {1H} NMR (75 MHz, DMSO- d6): δ 156.9, 138.7, 129.6, 129.1, 127.8,
115.2, 105.3, 54.3.
X-ray crystal structure analysis of II-1: formula C10H10N2O, Mw = 174.20,
colorless crystal 0.45 x 0.19 x 0.14 mm3, a = 7.8400(18) Å, b = 11.148(3) Å, c =
20.680(5) Å, α = 90°, β = 95.647(3)°, γ = 90°. T = 273(2) K, Z = 8, monoclinic, space
group Pc, V = 1798.6(7) Å3, Dcalc = 1.287 Mg.m-3, λ = 0.71073 Å, μ = 0.086 mm-1,
13095 reflections collected, 7017 independent (Rint = 0.0638), 473 refined parameters,
R1/wR2 (I>2σ(I)) = 0.0688/0.1744 and R1/wR2 (all data) = 0.0719/0.1814 , maximum
(minimum) residual electron density 0.629 (-0.267) e. Å-3.
2.4.4 Synthesis of 4-(1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-ylmethyl)phenol (II-2)
The same procedure that was used to synthesize the compound II-1 was applied
to a mixture of 1,2,4-triazole (6.9 g, 0.10 mol) and 4-hydroxybenzyl alcohol (12.4 g,
0.100 mol). Yield: 13.1 g, 75.0 mmol, 75 %. Mp: 145 °C. Td: 192 °C. Anal. Calc. for
C9H9N3O: C, 61.70; H, 5.18; N, 23.99. Found: C, 61.61; H, 5.13; N, 23.48. ESI-MS
(m/z): calcd for C9H9N3O [M + Na] + 198.2. Found 198.1. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-
d6): δ 5.26 (s, 2H, C-(CH2)-N), 6.73 (d, 2H, J = 8.99 Hz, CC-C(H)-CH), 7.13 (d, 2H, J =
8.99 Hz, OC-C(H)-CH)), 7.95 (s, 1H, N=C(H)N), 8.58 (s, 1H, N=C(H)N), 9.51 (s, 1H, C-
88
OH). 13C {1H} NMR (75 MHz, DMSO- d6): δ 157.2, 151.6, 143.8, 129.5, 126.5, 115.3,
51.8.
X-ray crystal structure analysis of II-2: formula C9H9N3O, Mw = 175.19,
colorless crystal 0.20 x 0.08 x 0.05 mm3, a = 8.4986(8) Å, b = 5.4668(5) Å, c =
18.2326(17) Å, α = 90°, β = 90, γ = 90°. T = 100(2) K, Z = 4, orthorhombic, space group
Pca2(1), V = 847.09(14) Å3, Dcalc = 1.374 Mg.m-3, λ = 1.54178 Å, μ = 0.773 mm-1,
2726 reflections collected, 1130 independent (Rint = 0.0218), 119 refined parameters,
R1/wR2 (I>2σ(I)) = 0.0253/0.0665 and R1/wR2 (all data) = 0.0253/0.0665, maximum
(minimum) residual electron density 0.120 (-0.165) e. Å-3.
2.4.5 Synthesis of 4-(1H-5-methyltetrazol-1-ylmethyl)phenol (II-3)
A mixture of 5-methyltetrazole (8.40 g, 100 mmol) and 4-hydroxybenzyl alcohol
(12.4 g, 100 mmol) were heated together as described for the synthesis of II-1. Crystals
suitable for single X-ray diffraction were grown separately from acetone and
dichloromethane. Yield: 12.1 g, 64.0 mmol, 63 %. Mp: 137-138 °C. Anal. Calc. for
C9H10N4O: C, 56.83; H, 5.30; N, 29.46. Found: C, 56.85; H, 5.20; N, 28.80. ESI-MS
(m/z): calcd for C9H10N4O [M + Na]+ 213.2. Found 213. 0. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-
d6): δ 2.57 (s, 3H, C-CH3), 5.56 (s, 2H, C-(CH2)-N -major isomer), 5.77 (s, 2H, C-(CH2)-
N -minor isomer), 6.83 (d, 2H, J = 8.99 Hz, CC-C(H)-CH- major isomer), 7.20 (d, 2H, J
= 8.99 Hz, OC-C(H)-CH)-major isomer), 7.28 (d, 2H, J = 8.99 Hz, OC-C(H)-CH)-minor
isomer), 9.65 (s, 1H, C-OH). 13C {1H} NMR (75 MHz, DMSO- d6): δ 157.5, 151.8, 130.1
(minor isomer), 129.5, 124.7, 115.6, 49.5, 8.4.
89
X-ray crystal structure analysis of II-3a: formula C9H10N4O, Mw = 190.21,
colorless crystals 0.34 x 0.19 x 0.05 mm3, a = 8.933(3) Å, b = 9.818(3) Å, c = 10.736(4)
Å, α = 82.468(5)°, β = 77.736(5)°, γ = 81.594(5)°. T = 100(2) K, Z = 4, triclinic, space
group P-1, V = 905.3(5) Å3, Dcalc = 1.396 Mg.m-3, λ = 0.71073 Å, μ = 0.969 mm-1, 7080
reflections collected, 3682 independent (Rint = 0.0417), 257 refined parameters, R1/wR2
(I>2σ(I)) = 0.0659/0.1581 and R1/wR2 (all data) = 0.0844/0.1677, maximum (minimum)
residual electron density 0.472(-.281) e. Å-3.
X-ray crystal structure analysis of II-3b: formula C9H10N4O, Mw = 190.21,
colorless crystals 0.32 x 0.10 x 0.10 mm3, a = 7.401(2) Å, b = 16.035(4) Å, c = 8.239(2)
Å, α = 90°, β = 104.841(5)°, γ = 90°. T = 100(2) K, Z = 4, monoclinic, space group
P2(1)/c, V = 945.1(4) Å3, Dcalc = 1.337 Mg.m-3, λ = 0.71073 Å, μ = 0.093 mm-1, 7349
reflections collected, 1915 independent (Rint = 0.0363), 129 refined parameters, R1/wR2
(I>2σ(I)) = 0.0391/0.1028 and R1/wR2 (all data) = 0.0507/0.1069, maximum (minimum)
residual electron density 0.268(-0.171) e. Å-3.
2.4.6 Synthesis of Hexakis[4-(1H-pyrazol-1-ylmethyl)phenoxy]cyclotriphophazene (II-4) Potassium hydride (0.082 g, 2.05 mmol) and tetramethylammonium bromide
(0.90 mg, 0.0058 mmol) were weighed into a Schlenk flask inside the dry box and
dissolved in dry THF (15 mL) and hexachlorocyclotriphosphazene (0.088 g, 0.254 mmol)
dissolved in dry THF (20 mL) was added. 4-(1H-pyrazol-1-ylmethyl)phenol, II-1 (0.357
g, 2.05 mmol) dissolved in 20 mL of dry THF was added dropwise to the reaction
mixture under N2 purge. After 30 min, 0.2 mL of triethylamine was added dropwise. The
reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 days followed by refluxing at 80
90
°C for an additional day under N2 purge. The solid that remained inside the flask was
filtered using Celite® and washed with additional THF (20 mL). The volatiles were
removed in vacuo to a small volume (~1 mL) and a yellow sticky solid was formed by
the addition of water (100 mL). The suspension was stirred at room temperature for an
hour and the sticky solid was isolated by decanting the liquid. The yellow solid was dried
on the oven at 110 °C overnight, was powdered and it was washed with diethyl ether (70
mL) and dried in the air. Crystals suitable for single X-ray diffraction were grown from
ethanol. Yield: 0.269 g, 0.229 mmol, 90 %. Mp:128 °C. Anal. Calc. for C60H54N15O6P3:
C, 61.38; H, 4.64; N, 17.89, P, 7.91. Found: C, 60.87; H, 4.53; N, 16.55, P, 7.75. ESI-
MS (m/z): calcd for C60H54N15O6P3 [M+H+] 1175.1. Found 1174.4. FTIR (KBr, cm-1):
1507 (C-C,Ph),1178 ( P=N), 964 (P-O-Ph). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- d6): δ 5.31 (s,
2H, C-(CH2)-N), 6.29 (s, 1H, C=C(H)C), 6.73 (d, 2H, J = 8.39 Hz, CC-C(H)-CH), 7.05
(d, 2H, J = 8.39 Hz, OC-C(H)-CH)), 7.50 (s, 1H, N-C(H)C=C), 7.81 (s, 1H, N=C(H)C).
13C {1H} NMR (75 MHz, DMSO- d6): δ 149.0, 139.2, 134.7, 130.2, 128.9, 120.5, 105.5,
53.9. 31P{1H} NMR (121 MHz, DMSO- d6): δ 9.9.
X-ray crystal structure analysis of II-4: formula C60H54N15O6P3, Mw = 1174.09,
colorless crystal 0.27 x 0.09 x 0.02 mm3, a = 8.4999(9) Å, b = 16.3633(18) Å, c =
20.111(2) Å, α = 89.554(2)°, β = 82.848(2)°, γ = 85.779(2)°. T = 100(2) K, Z = 2,
triclinic, space group P-1, V = 2767.9(5) Å3, Dcalc = 1.409 Mg.m-3, λ = 0.71073 Å, μ =
0.177 mm-1, 19613 reflections collected, 11004 independent (Rint = 0.0381), 757 refined
parameters, R1/wR2 (I>2σ(I)) = 0.0436/0.0971 and R1/wR2 (all data) = 0.0759/0.1124,
maximum (minimum) residual electron density 0.321(-0.398) e. Å-3.
91
2.4.7 Synthesis of Hexakis[4-(1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-ylmethyl)phenoxy]cyclotriphophazene (II-5) Potassium hydride (0.34 g, 8.56 mmol) and tetramethylammonium bromide (2.73
mg, 0.018 mmol) were weighed into a Schlenk flask and dissolved in dry THF (30 mL)
and a solution of hexachlorocyclotriphosphazene (0.37 g, 1.06 mmol) dissolved in dry
THF (20 mL) was added. 4-(1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-ylmethyl)phenol, II-2 (1.5 g, 8.56 mmol)
dissolved in 35 mL of dry THF was added dropwise to the reaction mixture. After 30
min, 0.75 mL of triethylamine was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room
temperature for additional 20 h under N2 purge. The white solid was filtered using
Celite® and washed with THF (20 mL). The volatiles were removed in vacuo to a small
volume (~1 mL) and a white solid was formed by the addition of water (100 mL). The
suspension was stirred at room temperature for an hour and the white solid was filtered
and dried at 110 °C. The solid was washed with diethyl ether (30 mL), filtered and dried
in air. Crystals suitable for X-ray diffraction were grown from a solution of DMSO/THF.
Yield: 1.13 g, 0.96 mmol, 90 %. Mp: 135-137 °C. Anal. Calc for C54H48N21O6P3 : C,
54.96; H, 4.10; N, 24.93, P, 7.87. Found: C, 54.06; H, 3.99; N, 23.76, P, 6.89. ESI- MS
(m/z): calcd for C54H48N21O6P3 [M+Na+] 1203.0. Found 1202.8. FTIR (KBr, cm-1): 1507
(C-C,Ph),1174 ( P=N), 959 (P-O-Ph). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- d6): δ 5.40 (s, 6H, C-
(CH2)-N), 6.77 (d, 12H, J = 8.99 Hz, CC-C(H)-CH), 7.12 (d, 12H, J = 8.99 Hz, OC-
C(H)-CH), 8.02 (s, 6H, N=C(H)N), 8.67 (s, 6H, N=C(H)N). 13C {1H} NMR (75 MHz,
DMSO- d6): δ 151.9, 149.2, 144.4, 133.3, 129.3, 120.6, 51.3. 31P{1H} NMR (121 MHz,
DMSO- d6): δ 9.8.
X-ray crystal structure analysis of II-5: formula C54H48N21O6P3, Mw = 1180.04,
colorless crystal 0.27 x 0.16 x 0.04 mm3, a = 8.694(3) Å, b = 16.149(6) Å, c = 20.924(7)
92
Å, α = 111.030(6)°, β = 98.615(6)°, γ = 96.147(6)°. T = 100(2) K, Z = 2, triclinic, space
group P-1, V = 2669.7(16) Å3, Dcalc = 1.468 Mg.m-3, λ = 0.71073 Å, μ = 0.186 mm-1,
19200 reflections collected, 9375 independent (Rint = 0.0580), 757 refined parameters,
R1/wR2 (I>2σ(I)) = 0.0598/0.1195 and R1/wR2 (all data) = 0.0904/0.1312, maximum
(minimum) residual electron density 0.355(-0.413) e. Å-3.
2.4.8 Synthesis of Hexakis[4-(1H-5-methyltetrazol-1-lmethyl)phenoxy] cyclotriphophazene (II-6) The synthesis of compound II-6 was also carried out using the same steps that are
described in compound II-4 and II-5. In a 150 mL Schlenk flask, KH (0.16 g, 3.95
mmol) and tetramethylammonium bromide (1.26 mg, 0.0082 mmol) were dissolved in
dry THF (30 mL). Hexachlorocyclotriphosphazene (0.17 g, 0.49 mmol) dissolved in dry
THF (20 mL) was added. 4-(1H-5-methyltetrazol-1-ylmethyl)phenol, II-3 (0.75 g, 3.95
mmol) dissolved in 35 mL of dry THF was added dropwise. After 30 min, 0.35 mL of
triethylamine was added. The reaction mixture was refluxed at 80 °C for 24 h under
nitrogen purge. The white solid, presumably the salts formed during the reaction, was
filtered using Celite® and washed with THF (20 mL). After the removal of volatiles to a
small volume (~1 mL), water (100 mL) was added and a yellow oily product was
obtained. Water suspension was stirred at room temperature for an hour. Water was
decanted, and the product was dried on the oven overnight to yield a solid. The solid was
crushed with a spatula stirred with diethyl ether (30 mL) for 4 hours. The white powder
was filtered and dried in air. Yield: 0.50 g, 0.39 mmol, 80 %. Mp: 78-80 °C. Anal. Calc.
for C54H54N27O6P3 : C, 51.06; H, 4.29; N, 29.78, P, 7.32. Found: C, 52.52; H, 4.32; N,
27.73, P, 6.24. ESI- MS (m/z): calcd for C54H54N27O6P3 [M + Na] + 1293.1. Found
93
1293.1. FTIR (KBr, cm-1): 1507 (C-C,Ph),1164 (P=N), 955(P-O-Ph). 1H NMR (300
MHz, DMSO- d6): δ 2.42 (s, 3H, C-CH3), 5.61 (s, 2H, C-(CH2)-N -major isomer), 5.86
(s, 2H, C-(CH2)-N -minor isomer), 6.85 (d, 2H, J = 8.99 Hz, CC-C(H)-CH- major
isomer), 7.16 (d, 2H, J = 8.99 Hz, OC-C(H)-CH)-major isomer), 7.23 (d, 2H, J = 8.99
Hz, OC-C(H)-CH)-minor isomer). 13C {1H} NMR (75 MHz, DMSO- d6): δ 180.7, 152.2,
131.6, 129.5, 120.9, 89.2, 65.0, 48.9, 8.4. 31P{1H} NMR (121 MHz, DMSO- d6): δ 9.6.
2.4.9 Synthesis of Hexakis(2-pyridinoxy)cyclotriphosphazene (II-7)
Potassium hydride (0.84 g, 21.03 mmol) and tetramethylammonium bromide
(9.00 mg, 0.058 mmol) were weighed inside the glovebox into a Schlenk flask and dry
THF was added (20 mL). [PCl2N]3 (0.91 g, 2.60 mmol) dissolved in dry THF (20 mL)
was slowly added under N2 purge. A solution of 2-hydroxypyridine (2.0 g, 21.03 mmol)
dissolved in 35 mL of dry THF was added dropwise. After 30 min, 1.8 mL of
triethylamine was added. The reaction mixture was refluxed at 80 °C for a day under
nitrogen purge. The reaction mixture was filtered using Celite® and washed with THF (20
mL). The volatile components were removed in vacuo to a small volume (~1 mL) and a
yellow colored powder was formed by the addition of water (200 mL). The suspension
was stirred at room temperature for an hour. The yellow solid was filtered, stirred with
~100 mL diethyl ether, filtered and dried in air. Crystals suitable for X-ray diffraction
were grown from acetone. Yield: 1.66 g, 2.37 mmol, 91%. Mp: 174 °C. Anal. Calc. for
C30H24N9O6P3 : C, 51.51; H, 3.46; N, 18.02; P, 13.28. Found: C, 50.77; H, 3.18; N,
17.13; P, 13.31. ESI-MS (m/z): calcd for C30H24N9O6P3 [M + Na]+ 722.5 Found 722.1.
FTIR (KBr, cm-1): 1592 (C-C,Ph), 1183( P=N), 952 ( P-O-Ph). 1H NMR (300 MHz,
94
DMSO-d6): δ 7.07 (d, 1H, J = 8.09, C-C(H)=C), 7.19 (t, J = 8.09, C=C(H)-C), 7.78 (t, J =
8.09, C-C(H)=C), 8.14 (d, J = 8.09, C=C(H)-N). 13C {1H} NMR (75 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ
156.9, 147.8, 142.2, 121.2, 113.9. 31P {1H} NMR (121 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 7.5 (s).
X-ray crystal structure analysis of II-7: formula C30H24N9O6P3, Mw = 699.49,
colorless crystal 0.34 x 012 x 0.07 mm3, a = 24.9148(10) Å, b = 9.6737(4) Å, c =
12.7231(5) Å, α = 90°, β = 90, γ = 90°. T = 100(2) K, Z = 4, orthorhombic, space group
Pna2(1), V = 3066.5(2) Å3, Dcalc = 1.515 Mg.m-3, λ = 1.54178 Å, μ = 2.313 mm-1,
14252 reflections collected, 3811 independent (Rint = 0.0258), 433 refined parameters,
R1/wR2 (I>2σ(I)) = 0.0273/0.0727 and R1/wR2 (all data) = 0.0277/0.0730, maximum
(minimum) residual electron density 0.340(-0.244) e. Å-3.
2.4.10 Synthesis of Hexakis(3-pyridinoxy)cyclotriphosphazene (II-8)
Potassium hydride (0.84 g, 21.03 mmol) and tetramethylammonium bromide
(9.00 mg, 0.058 mmol) were weighed inside the glovebox into a Schlenk flask and dry
THF was added (20 mL). [PCl2N]3 (0.91 g, 2.60 mmol) dissolved in dry THF (20 mL)
was slowly added under N2 purge. A solution of 3-hydroxypyridine (2.0 g, 21.03 mmol)
dissolved in 35 mL of dry THF was added dropwise. After 30 min, 1.8 mL of
triethylamine was added. The reaction mixture was refluxed at 80 °C for a day under
nitrogen purge. The reaction mixture was filtered using Celite® and washed with THF (20
mL). The volatile components were removed in vacuo to a small volume (~1 mL) and a
yellow colored oily product was formed by the addition of water (200 mL). The
suspension was stirred at room temperature for an hour. Water was slowly decanted and
the solid was dried on the oven at 55 °C for 2 days to yield colorless crystals. Yield: 1.69
95
g, 2.34 mmol, 90%. Mp: 98 °C. Anal. Calc. for C30H24N9O6P3 : C, 51.51; H, 3.46; N,
18.02; P, 13.28. Found: C, 51.91; H, 3.41; N, 18.49; P, 14.44. ESI-MS (m/z): calcd for
C30H24N9O6P3[M + Na]+ 722.5. Found 721.1. FTIR (KBr, cm-1): 1576 (C-C,Ph), 1182(
P=N), 960 ( P-O-Ph). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 8.45 (d, 12H, J = 2.68, N=CH),
2-H arom.), 8.26 (s, OC-C(H)), 7.38 (m, J = 5.10, OC-C(H)=CH). 13C {1H} NMR (75
MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 150.0, 146.3, 142.0, 127.9, 124.8. 31P {1H} NMR (121 MHz,
DMSO-d6): δ 11.0 (s).
X-ray crystal structure analysis of II-8: formula C30H24N9O6P3, Mw = 699.49,
colorless crystal 0.33 x 017 x 0.16 mm3, a = 17.9505(19) Å, b = 22.430(2) Å, c =
7.5179(8) Å, α = 90°, β = 90.587(2)°, γ = 90°. T = 100(2) K, Z = 4, monoclinic, space
group P2(1)/c, V = 3026.8(6) Å3, Dcalc = 1.535 Mg.m-3, λ = 0.71073 Å, μ = 0.259 mm-1,
23971 reflections collected, 6145 independent (Rint = 0.0475), 433 refined parameters,
R1/wR2 (I>2σ(I)) = 0.0466/0.1123 and R1/wR2 (all data) = 0.0632/0.1176, maximum
(minimum) residual electron density 0.412(-0.346) e. Å-3.
2.4.11 Synthesis of Hexakis(4-pyridinoxy)cyclotriphosphazene (II-9)
Similar to the above procedure, a mixture of KH (0.42 g, 10.51 mmol) and
tetramethylammonium bromide (5.00 mg, 0.032 mmol) were dissolved in dry THF (30
mL) in a Schlenk flask. Solutions of [PCl2N]3 (0.453 g, 1.303 mmol) and 4-
hydroxypyridine (1.0 g, 10.51 mmol) dissolved in 35 mL of dry THF were added
dropwise. After 30 min, 0.90 mL of triethylamine was added and the reaction mixture
was refluxed at 80 °C for 1 day. Upon cooling, a white solid formed inside the flask,
which was filtered and washed with THF (20 mL). The volatile components were
96
removed in vacuo to a small volume and a white solid was formed by the addition of
water (100 mL). The suspension was stirred at room temperature for an hour. The white
solid was filtered and air dried overnight. The white powder was washed with diethyl
ether (30 mL), isolated by filtration and dried in air. Crystals suitable for single X-ray
diffraction were grown from THF/Et2O. Yield: 0.872 g, 1.21 mmol, 93%. Mp: 156 °C.
Anal. Calc. for C30H24N9O6P3 : C, 51.51; H, 3.46; N, 18.02; P,13.28. Found: C, 52.60; H,
3.52; N, 17.88; P, 13.21. ESI-MS( m/z) calcd for C30H24N9O6P3 [M + Na]+ 722.5. Found
721.2. FTIR (KBr, cm-1): 1579 (C-C,Ph), 1181 (P=N), 951 ( P-O-Ph). 1H NMR (300
MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 7.07 (d, 12H, J = 5.99 Hz, N-C(H)-CH), 8.50 (d, 12H, J = 5.99 Hz,
OC-C(H)-CH), 13C {1H} NMR (75 MHz, DMSO-d6 ): δ 155.8, 151.9, 115.7. 31P {1H}
NMR (121 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 8.3 (s).
X-ray crystal structure analysis of II-9: formula C30H24N9O6P3, Mw = 699.49,
colorless crystal 0.48 x 0.45 x 0.19 mm3, a = 14.037(8) Å, b = 10.9687) Å, c =
19.633(12) Å, α = 90°, β = 91.293(10)°, γ = 90°. T = 100(2) K, Z = 4, monoclinic, space
group C2/c, V = 3022(3) Å3, Dcalc = 1.538 Mg.m-3, λ = 0.71073 Å, μ = 0.260 mm-1,
11417 reflections collected, 3050 independent (Rint = 0.0621), 218 refined parameters,
R1/wR2 (I>2σ(I)) = 0.0470/0.1209 and R1/wR2 (all data) = 0.0578/0.1237, maximum
(minimum) residual electron density 0.705(-0.390) e. Å-3.
97
CHAPTER III
SYNTHESIS AND CHARACTERIZATION OF POLY(DICHLOROPHOSPHAZENE)
TO BE USED AS THE BACKBONE FOR MACROMOLECULAR SUBSTITUTION
3.1 Introduction
After the first failed attempt to synthesize soluble [PCl2N]n by Stokes in
1897,43,44 Allcock and co-workers became the pioneers in the preparation of the first
soluble linear [PCl2N]n by thermal ROP of [PCl2N]3.39,43 This discovery in the 1960s was
a major breakthrough in inorganic-backbone phosphazene chemistry due to the vast
applications possible by substituting different R groups to the phosphazene backbone.43
Although this method requires elevated temperatures, this is currently the main method to
high molecular weight polymers (Mw > 106) with relatively broad PDI (polydispersity
index), and this also remains the most widely used approach for the polymer synthesis to
date.39,110,111 Furthermore, the ring opening polymerization route provides little or no
control over the molecular weight.43
Scheme 3-1. Ring opening polymerization of [PCl2N]3 to [PCl2N]n43
P NCl
Cln
NP
NPN
PClCl
Cl Cl
ClCl250 °C
Sealed tube+ Insoluble polymer
98
The time required for the ROP depends on factors like temperature and purity of
[PCl2N]3. If heating temperature increases above 250 °C, it drastically accelerates both
the rates of polymerization and crosslinking. Reaction temperatures below 250 °C rapidly
slow the rates of polymerization, and 230 °C is found to be the lowest temperature to
carry out the uncatalyzed ROP.111 According to Allcock, the polymerization reaction
using 200 g of [PCl2N]3 requires 48 hours at 250 °C to obtain 70 % conversion to soluble
[PCl2N]n. At 300 °C, 50 % of conversion to the soluble [PCl2N]n takes place in an hour,
and within 17 minutes after that, the insoluble product starts forming. The soluble
[PCl2N]n can be depolymerized at temperatures above 350 °C to form [PCl2N]3 and other
cyclics as depicted in Scheme 3-2. This can also be achieved by heating at 200 °C under
reduced pressure.111
[PCl2N]3 + [PCl2N]4 + [PCl2N]5
Scheme 3-2. The depolymerization of [PCl2N]n above 350 °C48
The ROP of [PCl2N]3 requires a trace amount of water, however the exact
quantity needed is uncertain. Therefore, before transferring trimer into the tube, the
water- rinsed tube is always oven-baked for at least an hour. According to the studies
done by Allcock, a trace of water acts as an initiator and accelerates polymerization,
however at high concentration, it can act as an inhibitor. This is supported by the
mechanism of polymerization proposed by Emsley, which will be discussed later in this
chapter. At low concentration, water assists the ionization of chloride from P, which is a
P NCl
Cln >350 °C
Δ
k
O
fo
th
in
o
w
W
re
re
F[Phr
[P
ey step in th
OH and leads
ound to be h
he trimer wa
nert atmosph
f water. At v
water in [PCl
When more th
etarded and a
esulted.112
igure 3-1. VPCl2N]n as ars at 250 °C
Typic
PCl2N]3 in th
he reaction m
s to crosslink
igher but als
as exposed to
here. Figure
very low wat
l2N]3, increas
han 0.2 mol
at the highes
Variation in tha function of . Reproduce
ally, there ar
he melt or in
mechanism, w
ks. Accordin
so the rate of
o the atmosp
3-1 depicts t
ter concentra
sing amount
% of water
st water conc
he yield (solf water conced by permis
re two types
n solution. Ex
99
whereas a lar
ng to their stu
f polymeriza
phere, in com
the % yield o
ations, withi
ts of water in
was present,
centration (>
lid line) and entration aftesion of The
s of mechani
xcept for the
rger amount
udy, not only
ation was als
mparison to a
of polymer w
in the range
ncreased the
, the polyme
> 1%), insolu
intrinsic viser polymerizAmerican C
isms propose
e initiation st
t of water co
y the yield o
so found to o
a [PCl2N]3 st
with increasi
of 0.02 to ~
rate of poly
erization pro
uble polyme
scosity (brokzation of [PC
Chemical Soc
ed to explain
tep, both me
onverts P-Cl
of polymer w
occur faster w
tored under a
ing the amou
0.1 mol % o
ymerization.
ocess was
er often
ken line) of Cl2N]3 after ciety.111,112
n the ROP of
echanisms of
to P-
was
when
an
unt
of
15
f
f
100
ROP are similar to each other with a cationic chain growth polymerization. Emsley
proposes the protonation mechanism in which one of the nitrogens on [PCl2N]3 gets
protonated due to its basicity. This leads to the cleavage of the bond between nitrogen
and phosphorus and opens the ring leaving a lone pair on nitrogen. Next, that lone pair on
nitrogen attacks another [PCl2N]3, and the polymerization gets started. The mechanism is
shown in Scheme 3-3. According to this mechanism, the source of protons is from the
bound water to polymerization tube. Therefore, this explains the presence of traces of
water to initiate the ROP.113,114
Scheme 3-3. Mechanism of ROP of [PCl2N]3 by Emsley53,111,113,114 The second and most widely accepted mechanism for ROP has been proposed by
Allcock, which is shown in Scheme 3-4. The initiation involves the ionization of one of
the chlorides from [PCl2N]3 generating a phosphozenium cation. In the next step, a lone
+ H+
NP
NPN
PClCl
Cl Cl
ClCl
NP
NPN
PClCl
Cl Cl
ClClH
NP
NPN
PN
ClCl
PClCl
NP
NP
Cl
ClCl
Cl
Cl Cl
Cl Cl
NP
NPN
PClCl
Cl Cl
ClClH
NP
NPN
PClCl
Cl Cl
ClCl
101
pair on another [PCl2N]3 attacks the phosphorus cation and the ring of attacked trimer
opens up to give another phosphozenium cation and chain propagation starts.
Termination of the polymerization occurs when the unreacted [PCl2N]3 molecules are
over or by abstracting a chloride ion. Initiation can be done by thermal activation alone or
adding a Lewis acid such as BCl3 or AlCl3 into the system to act as a chloride ion
abstractor.115,116
Scheme 3-4. Mechanism of ROP of [PCl2N]3 by Allcock53,111,114
In the uncatalyzed ROP of [PCl2N]3, the yield is around 40% before the
crosslinking reactions take place.117 Therefore, the uncatalyzed ROP usually produces
insoluble polymer at high conversion. One of the approaches to improve the yield by the
thermal ROP is to employ catalysts to lower the reaction temperature. Catalysis by Lewis
acids like BCl3 and AlCl3 resulted in reduction of the polymerization temperature.39,117
NP
NPN
PClCl
Cl Cl
ClCl
NP
NPN
PClCl
Cl Cl
ClCl
NP
NPN
PClCl
Cl Cl
ClCl
NP
NPN
PN
ClCl
PClCl
NP
NP
Cl
ClCl
Cl
Cl Cl
Cl Cl
102
Sohn and co-workers explain the use of AlCl3 in the polymerization reaction which
decreases the temperature and the time of the reaction with increasing catalyst loading.
However, this method results in low molecular weight polymers (104 – 105). In 2008,
Manners and co-workers describe the use of trialkylsilylium carboranes,
R3Si(CHB11X11), as catalysts to lower the temperature of polymerization. One of the best
examples is Et3Si(CHB11H5Br6) which lowers the polymerization temperature to ambient
temperature.115,117,118 Another very important improvement is the increasing stability time
of [PCl2N]n in solution. It was reported that [PCl2N]n undergoes crosslinking in solvents
like THF, benzene, toluene and chlorobenzene, but in pure diglyme or in 75/25 (v/v) of
diglyme/THF, [PCl2N]n remains uncross-linked for more than four years in air.119
As the phosphazene research area broadened, researchers were also interested in
finding alternative methods for the polymer synthesis, to overcome drawbacks of the
ROP. As a result, alternative methods based on condensation polymerization began to
evolve and they opened the path to control the polymer molecular weight and molecular
weight distribution, giving rise to polymers with narrow polydispersities.48,120
The earliest method was the condensation of PCl5 or PCl3 with ammonia or
ammonium chloride discovered by Chris Allen and co-workers in the 1970’s. The
polymers made by this method were found to have very broad polydispersities with a
lower molecular weight compared to the ROP. Later De Jaeger made medium molecular
weight phosphazene polymers by the condensation of phosphoranimine, Cl3P=NP(O)Cl2.
This undergoes polymerization at 240 °C to 290 °C at atmospheric pressure with the
elimination of P(O)Cl3. Although it gives rise to higher molecular weight polymers
compared to earlier condensations, the polydispersity was found to be still broad.48 In
103
1995, while searching for a better alternative condensation type method to high polymers,
Allcock, Manners, and co-workers reported the first Lewis acid initiated living cationic
condensation polymerization in 1990’s.43
The proposed mechanism of the condensation polymerization of the
phosphoranimine, Cl3P=NSiMe3 which is the monomeric unit to [PCl2N]n in the presence
of trace amounts of PCl5 as an initiator is shown Scheme 3-5. The reaction can be done at
room temperature, and a narrow polydispersity can be achieved by controlling the
monomer to initiator ratio.121 In condensation polymerization, monomer was previously
synthesized directly from PCl5,116,122 which resulted in forming a polymerization inhibitor
chloroamine, ClN(SiMe3)2, and later PCl3 was found as a substitute.116,122
Scheme 3-5. Mechanism of polycondensation43
The initiation of the condensation of Cl3P=NSiMe3 involves two steps. First the
monomer reacts with two equivalents of PCl5 to obtain the ionic species as in step 1 in
Scheme 3-5, which then reacts with an additional equivalent of monomer to form the
short chain cationic species (step 2). By adding additional equivalent of monomer to the
Cl3P=NSiMe3 Cl3P=N-PCl3+ PCl6
-
Cl3P=N-PCl3+ PCl6
- [Cl3P=NPCl2=N-PCl3]+ PCl6-
[Cl3P=NPCl2=N-PCl3]+ PCl6-
+ n Cl3P=NSiMe3
2 PCl5
-Me3SiCl
- n Me3SiCl
- n Me3SiCl[Cl3P=(NPCl2)n=N-PCl3]+ PCl6
-+ n Cl3P=NSiMe3
104
cationic species as shown in step 3, oligomeric products can be obtained.43 In this type of
reaction, the molecular weight of the polymer increases continuously until the supply of
monomer in the system is depleted. Because this is a living polymerization, no chain
termination is involved.48 Although this reaction can be carried out in the bulk under
solvent free conditions or in solution, molecular weight control was compromised due to
the heterogeneous nature of the process. The molecular weight was controlled with
solution polymerization of Cl3P=NSiMe3. After investigating different types of
polymerization solvents, it was found that a high yield of polymer can be obtained in
dichloromethane within a short period of time. The effect of monomer to initiator ratio on
the molecular weight of the polymers has also been studied.121-123
It has also been reported that the time and temperature prior to the addition of
PCl5 affects the molecular weight and molecular weight distribution of the polymer as
shown in Table 3-1. As the time increases before adding PCl5, high molecular weight
polymers are obtained with broader polydispersities. In run 1, the resultant Cl3P=NSiMe3
mixture was stirred at RT overnight without adding any PCl5. The lowest PDI resulted in
run 2 when Cl3P=NSiMe3 was kept at 0 °C for 1 hour before addition of PCl5. According
to the same reference,122 [PCl2N]n can be synthesized completely after adding PCl5 and
stirring overnight at room temperature. The molecular weights were obtained of the air-
stable trifluoroethoxy derivative rather than of [PCl2N]n.
105
a Stirred at 0 °C. Table 3-1. Molecular weights and its distribution of [P(OCH2CF3)2N]n from the one-pot in situ polycondensation.122
The chloropolymer is often contaminated with cyclics, [PCl2N]3 to higher rings or
cyclic oligomers, and they can be removed by vacuum sublimation or distillation at
moderate temperature at 50 to 60 °C and 0.01 to 0.05 mm Hg pressure. The method
described as best for this purpose is the precipitation of a solution of the reaction mixture
in cyclohexane into heptane. Because all the rings, oligomers and chloropolymer have
complete solubility in solvents like benzene, toluene, cyclohexane, tetrahydrofuran, and
chloroform at room temperature, any of those solvents can be used in this regard.111
The chlorophosphazene polymer, [PCl2N]n is considered to be very sensitive to
both air and moisture, which makes it necessary to do the synthesis including bench top
workups, storage and substitutions in an air-free, dry environment to avoid degradation,
branching and cross-linking. Other than that, synthesis has become an ongoing issue due
to its cost, non-reproducibility and poor yields. Over the years, different research groups
have been trying to improve these syntheses in order to overcome above drawbacks.48
Reported here is the detailed synthesis of [PCl2N]n by both one-pot in situ
polycondensation of Cl3P=N(SiMe3)2 and ring opening polymerization of [PCl2N]3. Both
methods reported are slightly different from the synthetic routes given in the literature.
Run Time (before adding PCl5) PCl3 (mmol) LiN(SiMe3)2 (mmol) PCl5 (mmol) Mw PDI103,300 2.35
59,600 1.262 1 ha 10.3 10.3 0.51 49,600 1.243 1 h 8.2 8.2 0.17 20,900 1.614 6 h 8.3 8.3 0.41 124,000 2.145 2 days 80.2 81.3 3.98 245,100 3.95
1 0 h 218 220 0
106
The condensation polymerization was done according to a procedure reported by Bin
Wang122 whereas ROP was done according to the procedure described by Allcock.111 The
characterization of the two [PCl2N]n was done by 31P NMR and MS. Further, their
molecular weights were also determined by GPC of the derivative [P(OC6H5)2N]n.
Thermal studies of [P(OC6H5)2N]n were also carried out.
3.2 Results and Discussion
3.2.1 One-pot in situ polycondensation
The first approach carried out in our lab for the synthesis of [PCl2N]n was the
living cationic condensation as a one-pot in situ synthesis (Scheme 3-6). 48,120,122 In order
to obtain the pure polymer, the synthesis was slightly modified from the procedure
reported by Bin Wang.122 The first step involves the synthesis of chlorophosphine, Cl2P-
N(SiMe3)2 starting with PCl3 and LiN(SiMe3)2. This intermediate chlorophosphine is
converted to the monomer phosphoranimine, Cl3P=N(SiMe3)2 by reacting with SO2Cl2.
Being a source of chlorine gas, it oxidizes Cl2P-N(SiMe3)2 into the
Cl3P=N(SiMe3)2.116,122 This route to the polymer precursor has been described as an
improved and high yield one.116,121,123-125
107
III-1a
Scheme 3-6. Overall synthesis of compound III-1a
The initial characterization of the [PCl2N]n - III-1a was done by 31P NMR
spectroscopy. The first reaction was carried out with 10 times scale up but otherwise
identical procedure as reported in the literature,122 which involved stirring the reaction
mixture at room temperature overnight. The resultant polymer showed a sharp resonance
at -17.7 ppm in 31P NMR spectrum. It also showed another two significantly intense
peaks corresponding to [PCl2N]3 at 20.9 ppm and an intermediate species at 15.9 ppm
(Figure 3-2a), indicating the incompleteness of polymerization. As an adaption to the
procedure, the reaction mixture was then heated at 100 -110 °C for a day to accelerate
polycondensation. Figure 3-2b shows 31P NMR spectrum observed after heating, and it
clearly shows the disappearance of the intermediate species at 15.9 ppm. Interestingly,
PCl3 + LiN(SiMe3)2
Cl2P-N(SiMe3)2
Toluene 0 °C
- LiCl
SO2Cl2 0 °C
- Me3SiCl - SO2
Trace PCl5
- Me3SiCl
Cl3P=NSiMe
3
[PNCl2]
n
108
after the heat treatment, the resonance for [PCl2N]3 has decreased in intensity. As can be
seen in Figure 3-2b, the singlet for [PCl2N]n sharpens, suggesting its low polydispersity,
which is in agreement with the calculated PDI values for [PCl2N]n from condensation,
which will be discussed later in the chapter.
The next step involved the purification in order to get rid of the [PCl2N]3.
Purification has become very important in polyphosphazene chemistry in order to obtain
the pure polymer, which in turn has a great effect on the properties of
poly(organophosphazenes). In our lab, purification was achieved basically by two
different methods. The first method involved was the stirring of the polymer mixture in a
1:1 mixture of dry hexane: dry heptane at a higher temperature (~80 °C) for about 3
hours. Because all the rings have solubility in hexane and heptane,111 pure polymer was
obtained by decanting the solvent mixture. Although pure polymer was obtained by this
route, it could lead to crosslinking and thereby lowering polymer yield due to heating at a
higher temperature for a long time.
The next method involves dissolving the polymer mixture in a minimum amount
of dry THF (10 mL) because both rings and polymer dissolve in it as discussed earlier.
The solution was transferred by cannula into a Schlenk flask that contained vigorously
stirring dry hexane. As the THF solution drops into hexane, an oily precipitate forms on
the bottom of the flask. Once the transfer was done, the precipitate was separated by
decanting the solvent and redissolved in dry THF. Upon the removal of the volatile
components under vacuum, a single peak was observed in the 31P NMR spectrum. Figure
3-2c depicts the 31P NMR spectrum of the polymer after the purification.
109
Chemical shift (ppm)
Figure 3-2. 31
P NMR spectra showing the compound III-1a in CDCl3 (a) sampling after
stirring at RT for overnight, (b) after heating at 110 °C for a day, (c) hexane purified
polymer.
(a)
(b)
(c)
110
Among the series of reactions carried out using the above one pot in-situ
condensation of Cl3P=N(SiMe3)2 (Scheme 3-6), only 13 out of a total of 25 reactions
ended up giving pure polymer ranging from 6 – 46% in yield. The yield of polymer was
very low when PCl3 was added quickly into the reaction mixture. Therefore, another
variation added to the synthesis was by diluting PCl3 and SO2Cl2 with dry toluene and
adding them over a period of about an hour instead of a short time using the cannula
transfer. All the other times, pure polymer was not isolated and an insoluble, rubbery
material, believed to be cross-linked polymer, was isolated instead. The insoluble
polymer becomes swollen when exposed to organic solvents. Therefore, these results
clearly demonstrate the irreproducibility and inconsistency of the polymerization
reaction.
3.2.2 Ring Opening Polymerization – A Preliminary Study
As a preliminary study, ROP of [PCl2N]3 was carried out for the synthesis of
[PCl2N]n as our second approach. As mentioned earlier, this was done according to the
literature procedure reported by Allcock111 with some alterations. Although the
polymerization strictly depends on the purity of the monomer [PCl2N]339 to ensure the
absence of an unidentified polymerization inhibitor, the [PCl2N]3 purchased from the
Aldrich was used for this purpose without any sublimation. According to the integration
of the 31P NMR spectrum, [PCl2N]3 contains 16.6% of [PCl2N]4. Because the ROP of
[PCl2N]3 is not inhibited by [PCl2N]4, in fact both undergo the ROP, purification of
[PCl2N]3 was deemed unnecessary. During the high-temperature ROP, it is necessary to
constantly observe the sealed tube inside the oil bath until the time of viscosity increases
111
because the polymerization time is different from one sample to another. According to
Allcock, reaction needs to be terminated when 70% to 75% of the trimer has been
polymerized in order to obtain soluble polymer. Beyond this point, the polymer
undergoes cross-linking rapidly and unpredictably.111
Once the polymerization was over, the tube was broken by percussion inside the
glove bag, and the 31P NMR spectrum of an aliquot was run in CDCl3, which is depicted
in Figure 3-3(a). There is an intense peak for [PCl2N]3 at 20.6 ppm along with a smaller
amount of polymer at -17.6 ppm. There is also a shoulder peak at -17.7 ppm, which is
shown in Figure 3-4 and could be a result of different end groups. In between those two
peaks, the single peak at -5.9 ppm represents the tetramer, [PCl2N]4.40 There are two
peaks at -14.8 ppm, -14.9 ppm and another short single peak at -16.9 ppm. Assignment of
these peaks is inconsistent in the literature.40,126
112
Chemical Shift (ppm)
Figure 3-3. 31
P NMR spectra of compound III-1b in CDCl3 (a) sampling after breaking
the tube (b) after vacuum sublimation (c) purification into hexane, (d) polymer
completely purified by hexane.
(d)
(b)
(c)
(a)[PCl2N]3
[PCl2N]n
113
Chemical Shift (ppm)
Figure 3-4. Expanded 31
P NMR spectrum shown in Figure 3-3(a).
Dry chloroform was used to separate the insoluble polymer from the soluble
[PCl2N]n and the small rings. Once they dissolved in chloroform, the solution became
highly viscous, making it difficult to remove the insoluble polymer from the solution.
One of the best techniques to remove the insoluble polymer was to filter through oven-
dried glass wool in which the swelled insoluble polymer was held. Figure 3-3b shows the
peaks corresponding to the product obtained after the first sublimation after removing the
insoluble polymer. First the solvent, CHCl3 was pulled off on the Schlenk line at room
temperature overnight. Then vacuum sublimation was done at 70 °C first and then at 75
°C for about four days to remove the more volatile rings, primarily [PCl2N]3 and
[PCl2N]4. However, some crystals had deposited on the side of the sublimation apparatus
after crystals moved along the condenser. Once the apparatus was taken into the glove
box, some crystals of [PCl2N]3 and [PCl2N]4 were also removed manually from the round
- 14.8
-16.9
Shoulder peak
-17.7
[PCl2N]n
-17.6
- 14.9
[PCl2N]m m ≥ 5
(a)
114
bottom flask. Figure 3-3b is the spectrum taken after the sublimation where [PCl2N]3 and
[PCl2N]4 crystals were removed. This spectrum is similar to the spectrum shown at Figure
3-3a, but the intensity of [PCl2N]n peak is now higher than that of the [PCl2N]3 peak. The
next step was cleaning the product with dry hexane, in which all the cyclic rings dissolve.
In spectrum c, the rings are seen less intense after the first washing with dry hexane.
After several washings, all the rings were removed leaving only the polymer peak which
shows up at -17.6 ppm in Figure 3-3d. The shoulder peak is also no longer observed. The
results were not always the same even though the reactions were carried out the same
way. In spite of dissolving the reaction mixture in dry hexane to get rid of small cyclics,
they may still appear in the 31P NMR spectrum.
Therefore, this route to [PCl2N]n was also not reproducible, and several possible
improvements to increase the yield of polymer within a short reaction time would be the
use of pure [PCl2N]3 as a starting material, immediate percussion of the tube after the
polymerization, and increased temperature for vacuum sublimation and fast workups. The
time of termination greatly affects the molecular weight of the polymer. Therefore,
careful control of both temperature and time are necessary. More studies are necessary to
determine the optimum reaction conditions required for increased yields. The overall
process of ROP can be shown as follows (Scheme 3-7).
115
Scheme 3-7. Overall process of ROP (compound III-1b)
In order to obtain the pure polymer from the ROP of [PCl2N]n, it is important to
do many washings with dry hexane or heptane. This results in reduced polymer yields
and is a very time consuming process when compared to the condensation
polymerization. Other than that, it is necessary to constantly observe the polymerization
process to stop the reaction before the viscosity increases. The yield of the polymer from
the ROP, which is relatively a cheap approach due to the use of less expensive of
chemicals, was relatively low (~9%). The final polymer from the ROP is as a colorless
gel whereas a dark brown colored polymer is the result of condensation route. The failure
to terminate heating before the viscosity increases results in the formation of insoluble
polymer which is clearly observable as a transparent rubbery elastomer.
Although the 31P NMR is the primary characterization method in identifying the
polymer, it is necessary to run mass spectrometry to see the repeating unit of the polymer.
Figure 3-5 shows the ESI mass spectrum of the [PCl2N]n purchased from Aldrich.
Although the synthetic procedure was not known, [PCl2N]n had a good distribution, and
furthermore, longer polymer chains were detected. Therefore this can be used as a
NP
NPN
PClCl
Cl Cl
ClCl
[PCl2N]n + Rings + Insoluble polymer
[PCl2N]n + Rings
[PCl2N]n
250 °C
Δ
116
reference for the ESI-MS of the polymers synthesized in the lab. The ESI-Q/ToF mass
spectrometer was operated in the negative mode in order to detect negative ions
generated during the ionization process. The sample for the MS analysis was completely
dissolved in dry CHCl3. The resulting ESI mass spectrum of the polymer, III-1a is shown
in Figure 3-6. The major peaks occur at the expected intervals of 115 Da which exactly
match the molecular weight of the monomeric unit [PCl2N]. Although the repeating
pattern can be clearly seen with 115 Da per monomeric unit, the Aldrich polymer exhibits
a better distribution along with higher molecular weight compared to our polymer.
Figure 3-5. ESI mass spectrum of [PCl2N]n purchased from Aldrich.
1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000
1850 1900 1950 2000 2050 2100 2150 2200 m/z
115115
115
1869.1 1984.5 2099.3 2214.0
m/z
117
Figure 3-6. ESI-Q/ToF mass spectrum of compound III-1a.
Figure 3-7. Inset of the ESI-Q/ToF mass spectrum of compound III-1a from 800-1120
m/z.
An inset of the ESI-Q/ToF mass spectrum of compound III-1a from 800-1120
m/z is shown in Figure 3-7. It demonstrates three different distributions due to different
end groups. But it was also found that the mass of the end group of the main polymer
115
115
115
115
115
115
118
distribution was zero suggesting the polymer has a ring structure or the tadpole structure,
which is a linear chain with a cyclic in one end as shown in the Figure 3-8.
Figure 3-8. Suggested tadpole structure of the [PCl2N]n.
Because chlorine has two stable isotopic forms (35
Cl and 37
Cl), the isotopic distribution of
[PCl2N]n (III-1a) was also obtained (Figure 3-9) and it exactly matched the theoretical
isotopic distribution.
Figure 3-9. Isotopic distribution of compound III-1a
3.2.3. Molecular Weight Determination
In order to determine the molecular weight of [PCl2N]n synthesized from both
methods, poly[bis(phenoxy)phosphazene], P(OC6H5)2N]n was synthesized separately as
shown in Scheme 3-8. The air and moisture sensitive pure [PCl2N]n cannot be used for
N
PN
P
NP
Cl
Cl
ClCl
N P N P
Cl
Cl
Cl
Cl
Cl
Cln
m/z896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918
%
0
100906.33
904.34
902.33
900.38
905.35
908.35
907.36
910.33
909.33
912.33
911.34
914.35
916.33
119
GPC analysis due to its high reactivity. But once substituted, it becomes stable and
unreactive. The substitutions were done with both compounds, III-1a and III-1b
separately. The characterization of the P(OC6H5)2N]n polymers was done by both 31P
NMR and MALDI before running GPC. Figure 3-10 depicts the single peak at -19.3 ppm
in 31P NMR spectrum for compound III-2a. Compared to [PCl2N]n, the peak of
P(OC6H5)2N]n shifts down-field. For the compound III-2b, the peak was observed at -
19.2 ppm in the 31P NMR spectrum, whereas in the 1H NMR spectrum it was seen at 6.97
ppm as shown in Figure 3-11.
Scheme 3-8. Synthesis of P(OC6H5)2N]n (compound III-2). This was done for both III-1a and III-1b, separately, and yielded polymers III-2a and III-2b.
P NO
On
OH
2.[PCl2N]n, reflux
1. KH, THF, RT
120
31P Chemical Shift (ppm)
Figure 3-10. (a) 31
P NMR of compound III-1a (-17.8 ppm) and (b) 31
P NMR of
compound III-2a (-19.3 ppm) in CDCl3.
Figure 3-11. 1H NMR (top left) and
31P NMR (bottom right) spectra of compound
III-2b in CDCl3.
(b)
(a)
tu
3
T
un
d
th
m
to
as
1
F
Figure
urn confirms
253, 3484, 3
The peaks oc
nit of the po
istribution a
he same inter
major series.
Althou
o the fast deg
s depicted in
849, 2080 an
igure 3-12. M
e 3-12 show
s the mass of
3715, 3946, 4
curred at the
olymer. This
t 2945, 3176
rvals of 231
ugh the mas
gradation, th
n Figure 3-13
nd 2311 m/z
MALDI-ToF
s the MALD
f this polyme
4177, 4408,
e expected in
is not the on
6, 3407, 363
Da. This ser
s spectrum f
he MALDI-T
3. It also sho
z which occu
121
F spectrum o
DI-ToF spect
er. The mass
4639 corres
nterval of 23
nly series ob
8, 3869, 410
ries results f
for the comp
ToF spectrum
ows the majo
ur at expecte
of compound
trum of the c
s spectrum h
sponding to
31 Da, which
bserved in th
00, 4331, 45
from the loss
pound III-1b
m was obtain
or peaks at 6
ed intervals o
d III-2a.
compound II
has major pe
12-21 mers,
h represents
he spectrum.
62, 4793 and
s of –C6H5 (
b could not b
ned for the c
694, 925, 115
of 231 Da. T
II-2a which
aks at m/z 3
respectively
the monome
There is ano
d 5023 m/z w
77 Da) from
be obtained d
compound II
56, 1387, 16
There are ano
in
021,
y.
eric
other
with
m the
due
II-2b
618,
other
tw
in
w
[P
th
w
li
wo different
n Figure 3-12
Table
were obtained
P(OC6H5)2N
hen the weig
were calculat
iterature. Ac
minor distri
2, this has be
Figure 3-1
3-2 summar
d of THF sol
N]n, and polyd
ght average m
ed. Interestin
cording to th
ibutions that
een observed
3. MALDI-T
rizes the GP
lutions. The
dispersity in
molecular we
ngly, the res
he literature,
122
can be obse
d to be low i
ToF spectru
PC data of all
number ave
ndex (PDI) w
eight (Mw) a
sults are cont
, molecular w
erved. Comp
in molecular
um of compo
l the chlorop
erage molecu
were directly
and number o
tradicting w
weight distri
pared to the s
r weight.
ound III-2b.
polymers syn
ular weight (
y obtained fro
of repeat uni
with the value
ibution value
spectrum sho
nthesized wh
(Mn) of the
om GPC, an
its of [PCl2N
es reported in
es of [PCl2N
own
hich
nd
N]n
n the
N]n
123
from ROP are supposed to be broader giving higher PDI values. But all the values are
really low with very sharp phosphorus NMR peaks.
a [P(OC6H5)2N]n b[PCl2N]n Table 3-2. Weight average molecular weights (Mw) and polydispersity indices (PDI), and repeat units of [PCl2N]n obtained from GPC. 3.2.4. Thermal Analysis of Phenoxy Polyphosphazenes
Glass transition temperature (Tg) has become an excellent tool in determining the
flexibility of polymers, which helps predict their properties. As mentioned, it is a measure
of the flexibility, and below Tg, polymer becomes a glass and the backbone bonds tend to
have insufficient thermal energy to undergo significant thermal motions. As the
temperature reaches above its Tg, it allows torsional motions, becoming rubbery or
elastomeric. In mid 1960s, Allcock and co-workers reported the Tg of [PCl2N]n
synthesized by ROP route as -66 °C proving its inherent skeletal flexibility.60 At the same
time, they came up with values for lots of substituted polymers that had synthesized up to
that date.
Although we have not performed thermal studies of chloropolymer, an attempt was
made at determining the thermal properties of [P(OC6H5)2N]n. Thermograms of
[P(OC6H5)2N]n synthesized by Scheme 3-8 are shown in Figure 3-14. Both the two
[PCl2N]n Mn(Da)a PDIa Mw (Da)b Repeat units (n)b
III-1a 2.3 × 105 1.9 1.1 × 105 995
4.4 × 105 1.6 2.2 × 105 1900
III-1b 6.4 × 104 1.2 3.2 × 104 277
4.9 × 104 1.2 2.5 × 104 212
124
compounds show several steps of weight losses. Degradation temperatures and associated
parameters obtained from these thermograms are summarized in Table 3-3. D0.05, the
initial decomposition temperature (IDT) at which 5% decomposition occurs is about 50
°C higher for the compound III-2a compared to III-2b. The temperature at which 50% of
decomposition occurs (D1/2) follows the same trend. The maximum rate of decomposition
temperature, MRD was found to be 14 %/min at 376 °C for compound III-2a whereas it
was 6 %/min at 355 °C for compound III-2b.105
The Tg value for the [P(OC6H5)2N]n has been reported as -8 °C in literature60
suggesting it has a microcrystallinity due to the increased Tg compared to its precursor,
[PCl2N]n. Although polymer backbone is flexible itself, the introduction of –OC6H5
groups introduce steric interference due to the bulkiness and rigidity of the phenol ring.
Therefore, bulky and rigid substituents introduce restrictions to the flexibility of polymer.
Table 3-3. Inert atmosphere (N2) TGA parameters of [P(OC6H5)2N]n.
D 0.05 D 1/2 MRDTCompound III-2a 293 376 376 9.4Compound III-2b 244 378 355 19
Inert atmosphere (°C)Compound Residue analysis (%)
F
p
op
[P
T
m
w
in
w
igure 3-14. I
In thi
olycondensa
pening polym
PCl2N]n in te
The synthesiz
molecular we
were determin
nconsistent w
were perform
Inert atmosp
is chapter, sy
ation by sligh
merization w
erms of repro
zed polymer
eights and m
ned by GPC
with the liter
med by TGA.
phere (N2) th
ynthesis of [P
htly adapting
was also atte
oducibility a
s were initia
molecular wei
C by synthesi
rature. Moreo
.
125
hermograms
3.3 Conclus
PCl2N]n has
g the literatu
empted only
and yield of p
ally character
ight distribut
izing [P(OC6
over, therma
of compoun
sion
been report
ure procedur
as a prelimin
polymerizat
rized by NM
utions of thos
6H5)2N]n. Th
al studies of
nds III-2a an
ted mainly b
re. Furthermo
nary study. T
tion has been
MR and MS.
se polymers
he results ob
f the substitut
nd III-2b.
y one-pot in
ore, a ring
The synthes
n a challenge
Further,
synthesized
tained were
ted polymer
n situ
is of
e.
d
rs
126
3.4 Experimental
3.4.1 General Considerations
Standard Schlenk techniques were used with all manipulations in dealing with
potassium hydride (KH) and all reactions were carried out under a nitrogen atmosphere.
The same standard Schlenk techniques were also used for the synthesis of [PCl2N]n. The
compound (PCl2N)3, purchased from Aldrich, was stored in an inert-atmosphere
glovebox. Lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, LiN(SiMe3)2 and phosphorus (V) chloride,
PCl5 were purchased from Alfa Aesar and stored in the air free glove box. Phosphorus
(III) chloride, PCl3 (98% min) and sulfuryl chloride, SO2Cl2 (97%) which is a source of
chlorine gas were also purchased from Alfa Aesar. They were stored in Schlenk
flasks under an inert atmosphere and used as received. All the glassware was rinsed
thoroughly and oven dried at 100 °C prior to the synthesis. Phenol was purchased from
Aldrich and polyphenylmethylsiloxane was purchased from Gelest. The Schlenk and
vacuum lines had a maximum vacuum of ~ 10-3 mm and 2 ×10-4 mm, respectively.
Potassium hydride in mineral oil purchased from Aldrich was filtered and washed with
dry THF and stored in the glovebox. THF, toluene, hexane and chloroform were dried
and deoxygenated by a Pure SolvTM system. All other reagents were used without any
further purification. NMR spectra were recorded on a Varian Mercury 300 MHz
instrument using deuterated DMSO and CDCl3 as NMR solvents. The 1H NMR
resonances were referenced relative to the deuterated solvent. The 31P NMR spectra were
referenced with external H3PO4 at δ 0 ppm. Mass spectrometric analysis using
electrospray ionization (ESI) was performed by both Bruker Esquire-LC quadrupole ion-
trap (QIT) mass spectrometer and Waters Synapt HDMSTM quadrupole Time-of Flight
127
(Q/ToF) mass spectrometer. Matrix Assisted Laser Desorption/Ionization Time-of-Flight
(MALDI-ToF) mass spectra were acquired on a Bruker Reflex III MALDI-ToF mass
spectrometer. Compound III-2a was run under a negative mode using a matrix (α-cyano-
4-hydroxycinnamic acid: CHCA) in acetonitrile (70%) and water (30%) while positive
mode was used to run III-2b with the same sample preparation technique. Solution of
[PCl2N]n in dry CHCl3 were examined under negative mode. Mass spectrometric analysis
was performed by the mass spectrometry facility in the Department of Chemistry at the
University of Akron by Alyison Leigh, Vincenzo Scionti and Bryan Katzenmeyer.
Thermo Gravimetric Analysis was done by a QSeries – [Q500 – 0882 – TGA
Q500@Mfg – tga] TGA instrument at a scanning rate of 10 °C/min under N2 atmosphere
in the Department of Polymer Science and Polymer Engineering at The University of
Akron. Gel Permeation Chromatography (GPC), was run by Jon Page in the Department
of Polymer Science and Polymer Engineering. The molecular weights of the phenoxy
polymers were determined by means of a Hewlett-Packard HP1090 gel permeation
chromatograph equipped with a refractive index detector. The sample was eluted with a
0.1% by weight solution in THF through PLgel columns. Narrow molecular weight
distribution polystyrene was used as a standard for calibrations.
3.4.2. Synthesis of poly(dichlorophosphazene) via one-pot in situ polycondensation (III-1a) LiN(SiMe3)2 (30.0 g, 179 mmol) was weighed into a 500 mL Schlenk flask inside
the dry box. The solid was dissolved in about 150 mL of dry toluene and it was immersed
in an ice bath at 0 °C with the N2 purge. PCl3 (15.6 mL, 179 mmol) was diluted with 30
mL of dry toluene in a Schlenk flask and it was added dropwise into the Schlenk flask
128
containing LiN(SiMe3)2 at 0 °C by cannula over a period of 1 hour. The reaction mixture
was left at 0 °C for another half an hour under N2 purge. The ice bath was removed and
the mixture was stirred with no N2 purge for one more hour at room temperature. The
reaction mixture was brought back to 0 °C and SO2Cl2 (14.8 mL, 183 mmol), which was
diluted with 30 mL of dry toluene was added dropwise over an hour by cannula. The
reaction was stirred for an hour as the mixture reached room temperature. PCl5 (1.85 g,
8.95 mmol) was added to the mixture and it was stirred at room temperature overnight.
The temperature was raised to 100-110 °C for a day. After cooling to room temperature
the solid was removed using Celite®, the volatile components were removed in vacuo and
a dark brown viscous liquid was obtained. The liquid was redissolved in 10 mL of dry
THF and transferred to another Schlenk flask containing dry hexane. Because the
insoluble polymer stuck to the bottom of the flask, hexane was decanted and polymer was
redissolved in 10 mL of dry THF. The volatile components was removed under vacuum.
Yield: 7.70 g, 66.4 mmol, 37 %.
3.4.3. Synthesis of poly(dichlorophosphazene) via ring opening polymerization (III-1b)
[PCl2N]3 purchased from Aldrich was crushed into a fine powder and weighed into
the oven baked glass tube (110 °C for an hour) inside the glove box (16.7 g, 48.1 mmol).
The tube was flame sealed under vacuum on the high vacuum line. It was wrapped with a
copper wire and connected to an anti-clockwise rotating motor, which kept the tube in a
pre-heated silicone oil bath as it rocked back and forth. The temperature of the oil bath
was maintained at 250 °C for about 5 hours and 30 min until the liquid in the tube
became viscous. The tube was taken out of the oil bath and cooled overnight. The tube
129
was taken into the polyethylene glove bag, it was broken by percussion, and dry CHCl3
(20 mL) was added to dissolve all the rings, oligomers and polymers. The solution was
filtered in to a sublimation container through a funnel stuffed with oven baked glass
wool, in which the insoluble polymer is held. The glass wool was washed well with
additional CHCl3 to remove any soluble polymer and the washings were combined with
the other CHCl3 solution. The sublimation apparatus consisted of a round bottom flask
which contained the CHCl3 solutions and a long condenser. Under vacuum the volatile
components were removed on the Schlenk line overnight. Still under vacuum
sublimation, the temperature was maintained around 70 to 75 °C to remove all the small
rings. The sublimation was continued for 4 days on the Schlenk line and the apparatus
was taken into the glove box. The sublimate was separated from the polymer and dry
hexane was added to polymer to extract any rings left. This was done until no more rings
appear in 31P NMR spectrum of the polymer. The volatile components were removed
under vacuum. Yield: 0.52 g, 4.48 mmol, 9 %.
3.4.4. Synthesis of poly[bis(diphenoxy)phosphazene] using compound III-1a (III-2a)
Potassium hydride (0.43 g, 10.8 mmol) was weighed inside the dry box into a
Schlenk flask and about 10 mL of dry THF was added. Phenol (1.01 g, 10.8 mmol)
dissolved in about 20 mL of dry THF was added using a pipette under N2 purge.
Compound III-1a (0.50 g, 4.31 mmol) dissolved in 40 mL of dry THF was added. The
resultant clear yellowish reaction mixture was refluxed at 80 °C for 5 and ½ days. The
reaction mixture was cooled and the precipitate was removed by filtration. The solvent
was removed from the filtrate under vacuum to obtain a solid which was rinsed with
130
water to remove any salts present. The solid was dried in air to give a powder. Yield: 0.26
g, 1.12 mmol, 26 %. 31P {1H} NMR (CDCl3- d6): δ -19.3 ppm (s). 1H NMR (300 MHz,
CDCl3): δ 6.82 ppm (s).
3.4.5. Synthesis of poly[bis(diphenoxy)phosphazene] using compound III-1b (III-2b)
Potassium hydride (0.26 g, 6.41 mmol) was weighed inside the dry box into a
Schlenk flask and about 20 mL of dry THF was added. Phenol (0.58 g, 6.17 mmol) was
crushed into a fine powder and baked at 100 °C for 3 hours. It was dissolved in about 15
mL of dry THF and added into the stirred KH suspension using a pipette under N2 purge.
Compound III-1b (0.29 g, 2.47 mmol) dissolved in 5 mL of dry THF was added and the
resultant clear light brown colored mixture was refluxed at 80 °C for 7 days. The reaction
mixture was cooled and filtered using Celite® and the precipitate was isolated from the
filtrate. The volatile components were removed from the filtrate under vacuum to obtain a
light brown colored sticky solid. The solid was stirred at room temperature with water to
remove any salts present and a light brown powder was isolated. The powder was dried in
air. Yield: 0.11 g, 0.47 mmol, 19 %. 31P {1H} NMR (CDCl3- d6): δ -19.2 ppm (s). 1H
NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ 6.79 ppm (s).
131
CHAPTER IV
SYNTHESIS AND CHARACTERIZATION OF
POLY(AZOLYLMETHYLPHENOXY) AND POLY(PYRIDINOXY)
PHOSPHAZENES AS CANDIDATES FOR PEMS
4.1 Introduction
Polyphosphazenes comprise by far the largest class of inorganic backbone
polymers among all the inorganic polymers known.1 Since the first synthesis of [PCl2N]n,
more than 250 different nucleophilic reagents such as alkoxides, aryloxides, primary and
secondary alkyl and aryl amines and organometallic reagents have been used in
substitution reactions,37 giving rise to at least 700 different polymers38 via primary
substitution or by secondary reactions that modify the substituents introduced by the
primary substitution. Poly(organophosphazenes) possess numerous properties that are
attractive for a wide range of applications. This is achieved by replacing the halogens on
the phosphazene backbone by different substituents. This ease in tailoring properties was
a major breakthrough in inorganic backbone polymers.37,38
Scheme 4-1. Synthesis of [PR2N]n
P NCl
Cln
Macromolecular Substitution
P NR
Rn
ROPNP
NPN
PClCl
Cl Cl
ClCl
132
The simplest situation is where polymers have one type of substituent along the
chain. Additionally, mixed substituent polymers can also be synthesized with two or
more different reagents.127-129 The synthesis of polymers depends mainly on the
avoidance of unwanted side reactions to avoid complications during the substitution. The
first polymer to be made was [PN(OCH2CF3)2]n which was found to be a hydrophobic
film-forming material. [PN(OC6H5)2]n was another well studied polymer synthesized
during the same time.41
Although the major route towards the poly(organophosphazenes) is by
macromolecular substitution, a few cyclotriphosphazenes bearing organic side groups
have been found to undergo thermal ring opening polymerization.102,130,131 This is an
attractive synthetic method due to the ease of isolation and purification of the
cyclotriphosphazene compared to the high molecular weight polymers. Only a handful of
cyclic trimers fully substituted with transannular metallocenyl unit or transannular bridge
inducing ring strain have been found to undergo this kind of ROP.130
Sohn and co-workers describe the direct melt polymerization of
hexakispyridinoxycyclotriphosphazenes in to their corresponding linear polymers.102
According to their experimental details, hexakis(2-pyridinoxy)cyclotriphophazene
(compound II-7) and hexakis(4-pyridinoxy)cyclotriphophazene (compound II-9) were
found to undergo ring opening upon heating at temperatures ~ 150 and 200 °C,
respectively but not the hexakis(3-pyridinoxy)cyclotriphophazene (compound II-8). In
the ROP synthesis, ~0.5 g of pyridinoxy trimer was placed in a Pyrex tube, it was
subjected to vacuum at 0.1 mmHg and the tube was sealed. The sealed tube was heated in
an oven rotating at 1 rpm to stir the reactants. After the desired time, the tube was cooled
133
and broken, and the contents were washed with excess amounts of hexanes to obtain the
polymer.
This chapter discusses the synthesis and characterization of several different
poly(azolylmethylphenoxy)phosphazenes and poly(pyridinoxy)phosphazenes as
candidates for PEMs. The syntheses of the polymers was done by the substitution route
or by the ROP of organo-substituted triphosphazenes. The polymers and their precursors
were characterized by NMR and MS methods. For some of the polymers, thermal
properties of were measured by TGA and DSC.
4.2 Results and Discussion
4.2.1 Synthesis and Characterization of Azolylmethylphenoxy Polyphosphazenes
The synthetic pathway to poly{bis[4-(1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-
ylmethyl)phenoxy]phosphazene}(compound IV-1) is summarized in Scheme 4-2. In this
reaction, compound II-2 was reacted with slight excess of KH in THF to obtain the
triazolmethylphenoxide anion with the production of hydrogen gas as a byproduct. With
the introduction of [PCl2N]n to the reaction mixture, two equivalents of the anion undergo
a nucleophilic substitution reaction with one equivalent of polymer repeat unit. The
substituted polymer was collected as a light yellow powder in low yield. The data from
the two successful reactions are listed in Table 4-1. The yield of the polymer seems to
increase with increasing reaction time from 4 days to 6 days.
134
IV-1
Scheme 4-2. Synthesis of compound IV-1
Table 4-1. Synthesis of compound IV-1.
Determining the reaction time required for a complete substitution of the polymer
was one of the major issues in this substitution reaction. A few initial reactions ended up
giving water soluble polymer products. Partial substitution of the Cl atoms of [PCl2N]n
occurs with sterically hindering substituents. If the phosphazene backbone is only
partially substituted the polymer has defects attributable to the chlorines on phosphorus,
which cause the polymer to unzip and become water soluble and degradable. Due to
water solubility, purification of IV-1 became problematic. It was difficult to remove the
P NO
O
N
N NN
NN
n
OH
NN
N
1. KH, THF, RT
2. [PCl2N]n, reflux, 6 d.
II-2
Reaction No. Reaction time Yield (%)Wt (g) equi. mol Wt (g) equi. mol Wt (g) equi. mol
1 2.376 2.4 0.589 2.6 0.655 1 4d 62 13.334 2.4 3.307 2.6 3.675 1 6d 31
Compound II-2 KH PDCP
135
precipitated KCl from IV-1 by extraction or washing. Another cause of partial
substitution is that the polymer precipitates from the solution before complete chlorine
replacement. Therefore, in order to obtain complete substitutions, the reactions were run
for at least four days compared to the synthesis of substituted trimers.
Polymer IV-1 was characterized by 31
P NMR spectroscopy and a resonance was
observed at -18.8 ppm as shown in Figure 4-1. Compared to the [PCl2N]n, the peak is
broader and shifted up-field (Figure 3-2). In the 1H NMR spectrum (Figure 4-2), the
peaks are very broad compared to its hexa substituted trimer (Figure 2-7). The broader
peaks in the substituted polymer are a result of different polymer chains having different
lengths.
Chemical Shift (ppm)
Figure 4-1. 31
P NMR spectrum of compound IV-1 in d6-DMSO.
136
Chemical Shift (ppm)
Figure 4-2. 1H NMR spectrum of compound IV-1 in d6-DMSO.
Mass spectrometry has been a crucial tool in determining the repeating pattern of
polymers. The MALDI mass spectrum of IV-1 is shown in Figure 4-3. In this spectrum,
the major peaks occur at the expected interval of 393 Da corresponding to 5-17 mers.
137
Figure 4-3. MALDI-ToF spectrum of compound IV-1 showing the repeat unit of PN7C18O2H16.
The synthesis of polymer IV-2, poly{bis[4-(1H-5-methyltetrazol-1-
ylmethyl)phenoxy]phosphazene}is shown in Scheme 4-3. Compound II-3 and KH were
combined in one to one ratio to obtain the corresponding tetrazolmethylphenoxide, which
was reacted with [PCl2N]n. The polymer was isolated as a light brown solid. The 31P
NMR spectrum of IV-2 is shown in Figure 4-4. It shows not only a broad resonance for
the polymer at -19.4 ppm but also two peaks at -14.0 and -14.5 ppm representing
substituted pentamer and hexamer respectively. The two peaks appeared because
[PCl2N]n used in this reaction was not completely pure. The 1H NMR spectrum of IV-2 is
depicted in Figure 4-5 whereas the 13C NMR spectrum is shown in Figure 4-6.
3555
.135
2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 5500 6000 650039
48.1
84
4341
.247
4734
.301
2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 5500 6000 6500
393
m/z
393
393
138
IV-2
Scheme 4-3. Synthesis of compound IV-2
Chemical Shift (ppm)
Figure 4-4. 31
P NMR spectrum of compound IV-2 in d6-DMSO.
OH
N
N
NN
1. KH, THF, RT
2. [PNCl2]n, reflux, 4 d.
P N
O
O
N
NN
N
N
N
NN
n
II-3
139
Chemical Shift (ppm)
Figure 4-5. 1H NMR spectrum of compound IV-2 in d6-DMSO.
Chemical Shift (ppm)
Figure 4-6. 13
C NMR spectrum of compound IV-2 in d6-DMSO.
Figure 4-7 depicts the MALDI-ToF mass spectrum of IV-2 and it also confirms
the mass of the polymer. In this spectrum, the major distribution can be observed at the
expected intervals of 423 Da, which is consistent with the PN9C18O2H18 repeat unit of the
140
polymer. There appear to be three different end groups to IV-2 and only 3-6 mers
obtained.
Figure 4-7. MALDI-ToF spectrum of compound IV-2 showing the repeat unit of PN9C18O2H18.
4.2.2 Synthesis and Characterization of Pyridinoxy Polyphosphazenes
4.2.2.1 Synthesis via Substitution Route
In synthesizing pyridinoxy substituted polyphosphazenes, the same issue of
incomplete substitution was evident.
After several unsuccessful attempts of synthesizing compound IV-3, only one
reaction worked really well giving water insoluble polymer. The synthetic pathway for
compound IV-3 is illustrated in Scheme 4-4. In the synthesis, 3-pyridinol which was
reacted with KH in order to obtain 3-pyridinoxide and then it was reacted with [PCl2N]n
in refluxing THF for four days. The reaction yielded a brown IV-3 in 33 % yield.
1363
.613
93.7
1478
.5
1519
.6
1728
.4
1844
.3
1943
.4
2004
.3
2208
.9
2458
.7
2573
.6
1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400 2600m/z
1347
.7
1710
.51538
.6
1770
.5
2134
.2
1961
.3
2384
.0
2556
.9
141
The characterization of IV-3 was carried out by 31P NMR spectroscopy. Although
IV-1 had a poor solubility even in hot DMSO, a resonance was observed at -19.0 ppm d6-
DMSO as shown in Figure 4-8. The peak is broad and shifted up-field compared to
[PCl2N]n (Figure 3-2). In the 1H NMR spectrum (Figure 4-9), the peaks are very broad
compared to its hexa substituted trimer (Figure 2-8, Compound II-8). It is assumed that
the broader peaks in the substituted polymer are a result of different polymer chains
having different lengths and that the presence of water broadens peaks due to hydrogen-
bonding.
IV-3
Scheme 4-4. Synthesis of compound IV-3
P NO
O
N
N
nN
OH1. KH, THF, RT
2. [PCl2N]n, reflux, 4 d.
142
Chemical Shift (ppm)
Figure 4-8. 31
P NMR spectrum of compound IV-3 in d6-DMSO.
Chemical Shift (ppm)
Figure 4-9. 1H NMR spectrum of compound IV-3 in d6-DMSO.
143
The MALDI-ToF mass spectrum of the compound IV-3 is shown in Figure 4-10.
Four major distributions can be observed and they all have the expected interval of 233
Da, which is consistent with the PN3C10O2H8 repeat unit of the polymer, IV-3 and four
different sets of end groups for 4-12 mers.
Figure 4-10. MALDI-ToF spectrum of compound IV-3 showing the repeat unit of PN3C10O2H8.
4.2.2.2. Melt Polymerization Route of Pyridinoxy Cyclotriphosphazenes– A Preliminary Study
In considering the complexities that arose with the substitution reaction of
[PCl2N]n with pyridinoxides (Scheme 4-5), the melt ROP of pyridinoxy
cyclotriphosphazenes II-7, II-8, and II-9 has the potential to be a better route to
polymers. This is because the syntheses of pyridinoxytrimers (II-7, II-8 and II-9) occur
in high yields within a short time.
1105
.199
950.1
59
1183
.219
1338
.283
1571
.407
1416
.317
1649
.454
1804
.576
1882
.642
1010
.152
1087
.177
2115
.877
1320
.258
1553
.382
1786
.551
2037
.794
1243
.222
2019
.763
2349
.155
1475
.331
1165
.188
2271
.061
1708
.481
1942
.674
2582
.487
2486
.332
2174
.924
2815
.868
2719
.690
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 2250 2500 2750 3000 m/z
*
*
** *
*
*
**
Ø
Ø
Ø
Ø
Ø
Ø
Ø
Ø
Δ
ΔΔ
ΔΔ
Δ
Δ
Ψ Ψ Ψ ΨΨ
ΨΨ
Ψ
144
II-7 II-8 II-9
Figure 4-11. Structures of pyridinoxytrimers.
We attempted to reproduce the melt polymerization of II-7, II-8 and II-9 as
described in the literature. The process is similar to that already described for the ROP of
[PCl2N]3 to synthesize [PCl2N]n (Chapter III). A flame-sealed glass tube that contained
the pyridinoxytrimers was heated for the desired time with constant agitation. Table 4-2
summarizes the reaction conditions of all three compounds. Upon cooling the tube was
broken by percussion and in all three cases a black glassy solid was obtained. The solid
was then stirred with hexane for more than an hour.
Table 4-2. Melt polymerization of pyridinoxytrimers.
Although it was done earlier, we were unable to reproduce that procedure. Instead
of giving corresponding polymers, they all exhibited very broad 31P NMR resonances for
both compounds II-7 and II-9. The interesting feature noticed from 31P NMR was that
Compound Weight (g) Temperature (°C) Reaction time (h)Compound II-7 0.5 200 12Compound II-8 0.5 200 24Compound II-9 0.5 150 0.5
0.5 170 0.5
PN
PNP
N
O O
O
O
N
N
N
N
O
N
ON PN
PNP
N
O O
O
O
N
N
N
N
O
N
ON PN
PNP
N
O O
O
O
NN
N
N
O
N
ON
145
the original trimer peak had completely disappeared and the broad resonance was
observed in negative ppm. With compound II-8, there was no shift observed although the
reaction was carried out at 200 °C for a day.
Figure 4-12. 31P NMR spectra after direct melt polymerization reaction of II-7 (at 200 °C for 12 h) (a), and II-9 (at 170 °C for 30 min) (b).
31P_2_PYRIDINOXYPOLYMER_MELT_22611
100 80 60 40 20 0 -20 -40 -60 -80 -100Chemical Shift (ppm)
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
Nor
mal
ized
Inte
nsity
31P_4_pyridinoxypolymer_melt_3511
100 80 60 40 20 0 -20 -40 -60 -80 -100Chemical Shift (ppm)
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
Nor
mal
ized
Inte
nsity
(a)
(b)
4
le
ai
d
d
M
st
°C
te
.2.3. Therma
Therm
earn their the
ir atmospher
ecompositio
ecompositio
MRDT. Acc
tability. Only
C at both air
emperature o
Figure
al Analysis o
mal propertie
ermal stabili
re. D0.05 indi
on occurs and
on occurs.105
cording to th
y compound
r and inert at
of 800 °C.
4-13. Inert a
of Azolylme
es of few syn
ty. All the sc
icates the ini
d D1/2 repres
The maximu
he results sho
d IV-1 exhib
tmospheres.
atmosphere t
146
ethylphenoxy
nthesized po
cans were ru
itial decompo
sents the tem
um rate of d
own in Table
ited Td (D0.0
Again D1/2 w
thermogram
y and Pyridin
olymers were
un at 10 °C/m
osition temp
mperature at w
decompositio
e 4-3, not all
05) at a highe
was not obse
s of polymer
noxy Polyph
e also perfor
min under bo
perature (IDT
which 50%
on temperatu
l polymers h
er temperatur
erved at the h
rs IV-1, IV-
hosphazenes
rmed in orde
oth inert (N2
T) at which
of
ure is denote
had high ther
re up to at 27
heating
-2 and IV-3.
s
er to
2) and
5%
ed as
rmal
70
IV
re
p
fl
p
(-
CCC
Figure 4-
Table 4
Therm
V-3 are show
eorientationa
otential ener
lexible chain
olymers IV-
-66 °C) conf
Compound
Compound IVCompound IVCompound IV
14. Air atmo
4-3. Thermo
mal transition
wn in Figure
al freedom o
rgy barriers f
n requires a l
-1, IV-2 and
firming that t
D 0.05
V-1 290V-2 210V-3 148
Inert a
osphere therm
ogravimetric
n behaviors o
e 4-15. As al
of a polymer
for rotation a
lower potent
IV-3 exhibi
the substitut
D 1/2
-630327
atmosphere (°C
M
147
mograms of
parameters
obtained fro
ready discus
chain. The c
around the b
tial energy, a
ited values m
tion of bulky
D 0.0
331 273286 222343 149
C) A
MRDT
f polymers IV
of polymers
om DSC for p
ssed in Chap
chain flexibi
backbone ch
and it gives a
much higher
y groups dec
05 D 1/2
3 -2 6329 330
Air atmospher
V-1, IV-2 an
s IV-1, IV-2
polymers IV
pter III, Tg is
ility is depen
ain. A polym
a lower valu
than its prec
crease chain
300283339
re (°C) R
MRDT
nd IV-3.
2 and IV-3.
V-1, IV-2 an
s a measure
ndent upon t
mer with a m
ue of Tg. The
cursor, [PCl2
flexibility. T
Inert 63 542 315 8
Residue analysi
A
nd
of
the
more
e
2N]n
This
58358.1
is (%)
Air
148
happens due to the reduction of reorientational freedom of the phosphazene backbone.
All the polymers were found to be amorphous because they did not exhibit Tm or Tc
(crystalline temperature) values in their DSC curves.
Figure 4-15. DSC thermograms of polymers IV-1, IV-2 and IV-3.
Table 4-4. Degradation temperatures (Td), glass transition temperatures (Tg) and melting temperatures (Tm) of polymers from DSC.
25 50 75 100
End
o
Temperature (°C)
Compound IV-1 Compound IV-2 Compound IV-3
Phosphazene Polymers Td (D 0.05) (°C) Tg (°C) Tm (°C)Compound IV-1 290 96 -Compound IV-2 210 55 -Compound IV-3 148 50 -
149
4.3 Conclusion
A series of azolylmethylphenoxy and pyridinoxy substituted polyphosphazenes
were synthesized. All the azolylmethylphenoxy polymers were synthesized by
nucleophillic substitution polymerization using [PCl2N]n, which had been synthesized by
living cationic condensation polymerization. Some target polymers could not be
synthesized because full substitution of chlorides on [PCl2N]n could not be achieved.
With the pyridinoxy polymers, not only substitution but also melt polymerization
synthetic routes were tried. However, the melt polymerization was unsuccessful in
synthesizing polymers. The main characterization of the polymers was done by 31P NMR
and FTIR spectroscopies and MALDI/MS. Thermal properties of IV-1, IV-2 and IV-3
were examined by both TGA and DSC.
4.4 Experimental
4.4.1 General Considerations
Standard Schlenk techniques were used with all manipulations in dealing with
potassium hydride and all reactions were carried out under nitrogen atmosphere. 2-
hydroxypyridine, 3-hydroxypyridine and 4-hydroxypyridine were purchased from TCI
America Company. Synthetic details of compounds II-2, II-3, II-7, II-8 and II-9 are
given in Chapter II. Potassium hydride in mineral oil purchased from Aldrich was
filtered and washed with dry THF and stored in a glovebox. Tetrahydrofuran was dried
and deoxygenated by alumina column in the Pure SolvTM solvent system (Innovative
Technologies, Inc). All other reagents were used as received. NMR spectra were
recorded on a Varian Gemini 300 MHz and 500 MHz instruments using deuterated
150
DMSO, CD2Cl2 and CDCl3 as NMR solvents. The 1H and 13C NMR spectra were
referenced relative to the deuterated solvent. The 31P NMR was referenced with external
H3PO4 at δ 0 ppm. IR spectra were collected with a Bomem Excalibur Series with FTS
3000 model FTIR Spectrometer. Unless otherwise stated, spectra were recorded on pure
compounds. All FT-IR spectra were taken of a mixture of sample (1 mg) ground with
Thermo Spectra-Tech KBr powder (100 mg) that had been vibrated by a SchwingmÜble
vibrating mill for 20 seconds. Melting points were measured using Fluke Electrothermal
MEL-TEMP® connected to a digital thermometer (Model 51 II). Mass spectrometric
analysis was done by Vincenzo Scionti using the Matrix-Assisted Laser
Desorption/Ionization (MALDI) source and detector Time-of-Flight (ToF) detector on a
Bruker Reflex III MALDI-ToF instrument in the Department of Chemistry at The
University of Akron. Elemental analyses and ICP analysis were performed by University
of Illinois Microanalytical Laboratory. Thermo Gravimetric Analysis was done by a
QSeries – [Q500 – 0882 – TGA Q500@Mfg – tga] TGA instrument at a scanning rate of
10 °C/min under N2 and air atmosphere in the Department of Polymer Science and
Polymer Engineering at The University of Akron. Differential Scanning Calorimetry
(DSC) thermograms were obtained by using a Q2000 series instrument with a scanning
rate of 5 °C/min of both heating and cooling cycles under nitrogen atmosphere in the
Department of Polymer Science and Polymer Engineering at The University of Akron.
4.4.2 Synthesis of poly{bis[4-(1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-ylmethyl)phenoxy]phosphazene} (IV-1) Potassium hydride (3.307 g, 82.44 mmol) was weighed into a 1 L Schlenk flask
inside the dry box and was dissolved in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (50 mL) outside the
151
dry box. 4-(1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-ylmethyl)phenol (13.5 g, 76.1 mmol) dissolved in 65 mL
of anhydrous tetrahydrofuran was added dropwise to the KH/THF suspension.
Poly(dichlorophosphazene) (3.675 g, 31.71 mmol) dissolved in anhydrous
tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) was added into the reaction mixture under N2 purge. The
reaction mixture was refluxed at 80 °C for 6 days. After the mixture was cooled and
filtered, the precipitate was rinsed with (250 mL) to remove any salts. The precipitate was
washed separately with diethyl ether (100 mL) and acetone (50 mL) to remove reagents.
A fine yellow colored solid was obtained after the filtration and air-drying. Yield: 3.88 g,
9.86 mmol, 31 %. Anal. Calc. for (C18H16N7O2P)n: C, 58.53; H, 5.80; N, 21.72: P, 6.86.
Found: C, 52.00; H, 4.21; N, 20.72: P, 8.08. MALDI-ToF m/z: 1982, 2375, 2769, 3162,
3555, 3948, 4341, 4734, 5128, 5521, 5916, 6309, 6702. FTIR (KBr, cm-1): 1508 (C-C,
Ph), 1166 ( P=N), 943 (P-O-Ph). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 5.09 (s, 4H, CH2),
6.45 (bd, 4H, 2-H arom.), 6.63 (bd, 4H, 3-H arom.), 7.95 (s, 2H, 3-H), 8.49 (s, 2H, 5-H).
13C {1H} NMR (75 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 151.7, 149.2, 144.0, 129.4, 128.5, 120.2, 51.4.
31P {1H} NMR (DMSO-d6): δ -18.8 ppm.
4.4.3 Synthesis of poly{bis[4-(1H-5-methyltetrazol-1-ylmethyl)phenoxy]phosphazene} (IV-2) Potassium hydride (0.601 g, 15.0 mmol) was weighed into a Schlenk flask inside
the dry box and was dissolved in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (10 mL). 4-(1H-5-
methyltetrazol-1-ylmethyl)phenol (2.63 g, 13.84 mmol) dissolved in 35 mL of anhydrous
tetrahydrofuran was added dropwise. [PCl2N]n (0.668 g, 5.77 mmol) dissolved in
anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) was added into the reaction mixture. The reaction
mixture was refluxed at 80 °C for 4 days. The reaction mixture was cooled and filtered.
152
The precipitate was stirred with water 200 mL) for 2 hours. Filtration and air-drying
yielded a light brown solid. Yield: 0.52 g, 1.23 mmol, 21 %. MALDI-ToF m/z: 1348,
1770, 2194, 2617. FTIR (KBr, cm-1): 1509 (C-C,Ph), 1168 ( P=N), 938 (P-O-Ph). 1H
NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 2.67 (s, 6H, CH3), 5.40 (bd, 4H, CH2), 6.68 (bd, 4H, 2-H
arom.), 6.95 (bd, 4H, 3-H arom.). 13C {1H} NMR (75 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 152.1., 128.3,
120.4, 67.9, 49.9, 26.0, 8.4. 31P {1H} NMR (DMSO-d6): δ -19.4 ppm.
4.4.4 Synthesis of poly[bis(3-pyridinoxy)phosphazene] (IV-3)
Potassium hydride (0.626 g, 15.6 mmol) was weighed into a Schlenk flask inside
the dry box and was dissolved in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (20 mL). 3-Pyridinol (1.369
g, 14.40 mmol) dissolved in 25 mL of anhydrous tetrahydrofuran was then added
dropwise using a cannula over a 30 min period. The resultant white colored reaction
mixture was refluxed at 80 °C for about 3 hours. The mixture was cooled down to 50 °C
and dichloropolyphosphazene (0.695 g, 6.00 mmol) dissolved in anhydrous
tetrahydrofuran (15 mL) was added into the reaction mixture using a cannula (over a 30
min). The reaction mixture was again refluxed at 80 °C for 4 days. The volatile
components were removed in vacuo and a yellow sticky rubber-like film was obtained.
The product was stirred with water (200 mL) overnight and was filtered. The film was
dried at 100 °C for 3 hours and it turned into a dark brown solid. The volatile
components were removed on the high vacuum line overnight resulting in a hard
polymer. Yield: 0.47 g, 2.0 mmol, 33 %. MALDI-ToF m/z: 950, 1183, 1416, 1649, 1883,
2116, 2349, 2582, 2818. FTIR (KBr, cm-1):1545 (C-C, Ph), 1181 (P=N), 951 (P-O-Ph).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 8.15 (bd, 2H, N=CH), 2-H arom.), 7.95 (bd, OC-
153
C(H)), 6.97 (bd, OC-C(H)=CH). 13C {1H} NMR (75 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 153.6, 140.2,
138.0, 124.1, 122.0. 31P {1H} NMR (DMSO-d6): δ -19.0 ppm.
154
CHAPTER V
MEMBRANE CASTING, IMIDIZATION AND CONDUCTIVITY STUDIES
OF AZOLYLMETHYLPHENOXY PHOSPHAZENES
5.1 Introduction
5.1.1 PEMs based on N-Heterocycles
PEMs composed of N-containing heterocycles have been a field of interest for
scientists since the 1960s, and therefore, studies have been conducted on azoles,
including pyrazoles,132 imidazoles,132-138 benzimidazoles,9,139 triazoles,138,140-142 and
tetrazoles.143 The studies were aimed at replacing the water dependent proton
conductivity of PEMs and thereby developing high temperature functioning PEMs.
Because all of the azoles mentioned earlier generally have high melting points, they were
a successful substitute for water. The studies showed that the substitution of water with
these azoles lead to proton conductivities at higher temperatures (150 – 200 °C), which
were comparable to the conductivities of hydrated polymers.132
N-containing heterocycles form similar hydrogen bond networks compared to
water, and their transport properties are similar to those of water for a given temperature
relative to the melting point.132,140 But in order for N-containing heterocycles to be used
as a proton solvent in fuel cells, which is an open electrochemical system, they first need
to be immobilized in the polymer membrane to prevent any possible problems with
155
leaching. The conductivity of PEMs based on these heterocycles appears to be
completely dependent on the Grotthus mechanism, which is comprised of proton transfer
between heterocycles (protonated and nonprotonated) and hydrogen bond breaking and
forming processes (Figure 1-23).140 The proton transfer between protonated and
unprotonated nitrogens in triazoles is depicted in Figure 5-1.
Figure 5-1. Intermolecular proton transfer between neighboring protonated and nonprotonated triazoles.140
Kreuer was one of the pioneers in this field, and one of his earliest studies
involved intercalating pyrazole into a sulfonated polyetherketone. The conductivity of
this system increased with increasing pyrazole concentration, and the proton conductivity
obtained for the highest concentrations at 150 °C reached values that were comparable to
those of hydrated membranes around 50 °C.132 Studies involving imidazole were also
conducted in a few different ways. Initially, imidazole was intercalated into sulfonated
polyetherketone similarly to pyrazole, and the results obtained were of the same type,
however, imidazoles proved to have better transfer properties than pyrazole. Then
imidazole was intercalated into sulfanilic acid, and its proton conductivity was
investigated in the liquid state. In both imidazole containing systems described above, the
protonic defects were created by the protonation of imidazole which acted as a solvent for
the protons. As an alternative to those two, an H2SO4/imidazole system was prepared, and
NN
N HH
NN
NH
156
a higher proton conductivity was observed due to an increased number of defect protons
(HSO4-).132
As a first step towards full immobilization of imidazole as a proton solvent,
imidazole-terminated ethyleneoxide (EO) oligomers (Imi-x) were synthesized.134 The
molecular structure of (Imi-x) is shown in Figure 5-2. Imi-x systems exhibited dc
conductivities of 2-8 × 10-5 S cm-1 at 120 °C, once they were doped with triflic acid. For
water-free Imi-5, a conductivity of 2 × 10-3 S cm-1 was reported with 4.7 mol% acid
doping at 120 °C.134
Figure 5-2. Imidazole functionalized systems (Imi-x: x = 2-5).134
As an improvement to the previous studies, a fully polymer bound imidazole was
synthesized as the proton solvent comprising polystyrene with imidazole terminated
flexible side chains (Figure 5-3) were prepared. They had conductivities on the order of
10-3 S cm-1 at 200 °C, and this corresponded to a high mobility of protonic charge carriers
of 10-5 cm2 S-1.135 The conductivity of these systems was directly related to the ratio of
imidazoles to polymer support.
OON
NN
N
H
H
2-5
157
Figure 5-3. Imidazole bound to polystyrene via flexible spacers.135
Bozkurt and co-workers also started working with similar systems. When imidazole was
directly bound to the polymeric backbone, as in poly(4-vinyl-imidazole), P-4VI, the
reported conductivity was comparatively low (2 × 10-10 S cm-1 at 150 °C).136
Figure 5-4. Structure of P-4VI.136
As a continuation of the previous study, an anhydrous PEM was made by doping
poly(vinylphosphonic acid), PVPA with different stoichiometric ratios of imidazole-Im to
obtain PVPA x Im blend. They showed a maximum proton conductivity of 5 × 10-3
S cm-1 at 130 °C in anhydrous state when x = 2.137 This proves that incorporation of
flexible spacers supports high proton mobility over the imidazoles directly bound to the
polymer backbone.135
N NHn
NHN
NHN
NH
N
NNH
158
Figure 5-5. Structure of PVPA.137
Bozkurt and co-workers produced a new PEM by doping poly(styrene sulfonic
acid)—PSSA—with an imidazole derivative 1.12-diimidazol-2-yl-2,5,8,11-
tetraoxadodecane (imi3) as shown in Figure 5-6 to obtain different compositions of
PSSAimi3x . Once doped, PSSAimi30.5 had a conductivity of 1.5 × 10-4 S cm-1 at ambient
temperature.
Figure 5-6. Structures of PSSA (left) and imi3 (right).138
Benzimidazoles are another type of heterocycle used for PEM preparation. Honma
and co-workers reported the conductivity of an acid-base mixed material prepared by
mixing monododecylphosphate (MDP) and benzimidazole (BnIm). It exhibited 1 × 10-3
S cm-1 conductivity at 150 °C in the dry state. In this system, MDP acted as a proton
donor whereas BnIm acted as an acceptor for proton transport.139
S OOOH
n
NH
N H2C O
H2C
H2C O
H2C
NH
N
3
P
O
OHHO
n
159
MDP BnIm
Figure 5-7. Chemical structures of MDP (left) and BnIm (right).139
In the last decade, acid doped polybenzimidazoles have also been studied as
membranes for PEMS. Figure 5-8 illustrates two examples for these polymers. They
demonstrated very good properties, including appropriate proton conductivity for them to
be utilized in PEMFCs at temperatures as high as 200 °C without humidification. This
has been a vast area of research with plenty of benzimidazole derivatives, which have
become some of the better alternatives to Nafion®.9
PBI ABPBI
Figure 5-8. Structures of polybenzimidazole, PBI (left) and poly(2,5-benzimidazole), ABPBI (right).9
Numerous studies have been carried out using triazoles. Liu and co-workers
reported the proton conductivity of PEMs based on anhydrous sulfonated polysulfone
doped with triazole and they exhibited conductivity of 1.5 × 10-3 S cm-1 and 5 × 10-3 S
cm-1 at 100 °C and 140 °C respectively.142 Bozkurt and co-workers continued their
NH
N
N
NH
n
N
HN
n
N
HN
O P OHO
OH
160
studies on triazole systems by blending 1H-1,2,4-triazole with two different polymeric
host matrices, PVPA (Figure 5-5) and poly(2-acrylamido-2-methyl-1-propanesulfonic
acid (PAMPS, Figure 5-9), respectively, giving rise to PVPATrix and PAMPSTrix
films.140 In these systems, triazole was found to act as a plasticizer, and the PEM resulted
from PVPATri1.5 showed a maximum anhydrous conductivity of 2.3 × 10-3 S cm-1 at 120
°C whereas PAMPSTri2 exhibited 9.3 × 10-4 S cm-1 at 140 °C.140
Figure 5-9. Structure of PAMPS140
Another study aimed towards high temperature functioning PEMs was done by
doping poly(styrene sulfonic acid), PSSA, with triazole with several compositions to
obtain PSSATrix.138 PSSATrix reached 0.016 S cm-1 as the maximum conductivity at 150
°C, proving that triazole is a promising protogenic solvent in terms of proton
conductivity.138 As a continuation on these studies by Bozkurt and co-workers, triazole
and 3-amino-1,2,4-triazole (ATri) functionalized poly(glycidyl methacrylate)-PGMA
polymers were synthesized, and their suitability for PEMs were evaluated.141 The
polymers are shown in Figure 5-10. PGMA-ATri and PGMA-Tri were doped with
phosphoric and triflic acids separately using different molar ratios. PGMA-Tri 4 H3PO4
C
NH
n
CH3C CH3
CH2SO3H
O
161
showed the maximum proton conductivity in the anhydrous state of 9.0 × 10-3 S cm-1 at
150 °C whereas PGMA-ATri 2 H3PO4 exhibited 9.0 × 10-4 S cm-1 at 150 °C. There was
no significant proton conductivity for triflic acid doped samples.141
Figure 5-10. Structures of PGMA-ATri (left) and PGMA-Tri (right).141
Recently, phosphoric acid doped 5-aminotetrazole functional poly(glycidyl
methacrylate) – PGMAATet (Figure 5-11) was also investigated as a high temperature
operating PEM. It exhibited a conductivity of 0.01 S cm-1 at 150 °C in anhydrous state
when the dopant molar ratio was 4.143Although proton conduction occurred
predominantly between protonated and unprotonated tetrazole rings, proton hopping from
one N-H site to phosphate ions also contributed to the conductivity.143
O OHO
NN
N
nO O
HO
HN
n
NNHN
162
Figure 5-11. Structure of PGMAATet.143
Not only azoles but also pyridine derivatives have been investigated as proton
conductors (Figure 5-12).9 Poly(2-vinylpyridine), (P2VP) and poly(4- vinylpyridine),
(P4VP) doped with phosphoric acid have been studied by J. C. Lassegues. The former
exhibited 1 × 10-4 S cm-1 at 27 °C, and the latter was reported to have a higher
conductivity of 5.8 × 10-3 S cm-1 at 100 °C when doped with two moles of the acid.9,144
Figure 5-12. Structures of P2VP (left) and P4VP (right).9,144
nN
nN
O OHO
HN
HNN N
N
n
163
5.1.2 Imidization Studies
Polyimides have been used in blends over the years due to the excellent thermal
and chemical properties they exhibit. They also have excellent mechanical properties
suitable for a fuel cell environment because they can survive under severe conditions.145
This polymer itself has film forming properties. Imidization is a critical process in which
the resulting polymer exhibits high thermal, chemical and mechanical properties.
Although polyimides can be either aliphatic or aromatic, aromatic polyimidess are
used most because of their better thermal stability.146 They belong to a class of
heterocyclic polymers, and they exhibit some outstanding mechanical properties such as
excellent thermo-oxidative stability, high resistance to solvents, good processability,
good adhesion properties, and long term stability.146-149 Not only the polyimide, but also
the precursors for the polyimides, that is poly(amic acid)s-PAAs, are commercially
available. Dupont developed the first commercially available polyimide, known as
KaptonTM shown in Figure 5-13.145
Figure 5-13. KaptonTM polyimide.145
5.1.2.1 Synthesis of Poly(amic acid)s-PAAs
Synthesis of PAAs and/or copoly(amic acid)s can be done by
using different solvents, reaction temperatures, and times. Reaction temperatures and
NN O
O
OO
O
n
164
tim could range from 0 °C to RT and from 2 to 24 hours respectively. The self-catalyzed
cyclization to form polyimides cannot occur due to the strong interaction between the
amic acid and the basic solvent in which PAA is stored. The polar solvent forms strong
hydrogen-bonded complexes with the carboxylic acid groups of PAAs. However, PAAs
are usually stored in a cool place in a form of powder or solid polymers to prevent a
reverse reaction.146
Typically, aromatic polyimides are prepared by a two-step polycondensation
reaction.107 In the first stage, a pyromellitic dianhydride, PMDA and an oxydiamine,
ODA are reacted in an aprotic dipolar solvent, such as dimethylacetamide (DMAc),147,149
N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) and NMP,146,148 in order to obtain the PAA as shown in
Scheme 5-1. This can be done at ambient temperature or below.
Scheme 5-1. General synthetic scheme of PAA107
5.1.2.2 Conversion of PAA into Polyimide
In the second part of the reaction, PAA is converted to polyimides as shown in
Scheme 5-2 in which an intramolecular cyclodehydration takes place.107 The KaptonTM
polyimide mentioned above (Figure 5-13) was also synthesized with this two-step
method as shown in Scheme 5-3.
OC
RC
OCC
O O
OO
+ H2N-R’-NH2n CR
CCC
O O
OO
NOHO H
R'H
NH
n
165
Scheme 5-2. Conversion of PAA into polyimide107
Scheme 5-3. Synthesis of KaptonTM polyimide via two-step thermal imidization
Imidization of PAAs to polyimides can be achieved both thermally as well as
chemically. In a thermal imidization, the viscous PAA is cast on a substrate and subject
to thermal treatment at a higher temperature for several hours. The temperature and the
time of imidization have been found to be different, depending on the structure of the
precursor. For example, with the imidizing condition of 300 °C for 1 hour some of the
PAAs based on 2,2´,6,6´-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride imidized completely while
others required longer time.146 Other imidized conditions that have been reported are 300
CR
CN
CC
O O
OO
R' N
n
CR
CCC
O O
OO
NOHO H
R'H
NH
n
ONC
C OHO
O
CNO
CHOO
HH
n
NN O
O
OO
O
n
PAA(PMDA-ODA)
PI(PMDA-ODA)
166
°C for 1 hour and then 320 °C for ½ hour,150 260 °C for 3 hours149 and so on. This is the
preferred method when the final product is in a film or a coating form.
In chemical imidization, PAA is normally treated with a mixture of an aliphatic
carboxylic acid dianhydride such as acetic anhydride148 and trifluoroacetic anhydride,146
and a tertiary amine such as pyridine.146,148 The mechanism involves the reaction of the
tertiary amine with an anhydride, which is more susceptible to nucleophilic attack.
However, some techniques require a final treatment with high temperature near 300 °C (>
Tg) to complete the imidization.145
Over the years, researchers have worked with different types of dianhydrides and
diamines to synthesize the PAAs with desired properties such as dielectric materials for
microelectronics, high temperature adhesives, nonlinear optical materials, membranes for
separation technology, atomic oxygen resistant polymers and so on.105 In 1972, Tsimpris
and co-workers used benzene-1,2,4,5-tetracarboxyllic-1,2,4,5- dianhydride (PMDA) and
1,4-diaminobenzene (p-phenylenediamine, PPD) for this purpose.107 In 2004, Tiwari and
co-workers reported the synthesis of polyimide starting with the PMDA, 1,2,4,5-
tetracarboxyllic-1,2,4,5- dianhydride and ODA (4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether).105 In 2006,
Sakayoki and co-workers reported the synthesis of polyimides from 2,2',6,6'-BPDA
(biphenyltetracarboxyllic dianhydride) with a range phenoxyanilines146 and so on.
In addition to this two-step polyimide synthetic route, there is also a one-step
method of polyimidization, and it involves heating a stoichiometric mixture of monomers
(a dianhydride and a diamine) in a high boiling solvent or a mixture of solvents such as
m-cresol, p-chlorophenol, nitrobenzene and dipolar aprotic amide solvents. Compared to
the two-step method, the latter suffers from a few drawbacks, including the toxicity of
167
solvents and a long reaction time (over 18 hours). Salicylic acid has become a better
solvent compared to m-cresol, p-chlorophenol and benzoic acid due to its high acidity,
low volatility, and excellent solvating power. In the presence of salicylic acid, complete
cyclization to polyimides occurred within 2 hours.148
In our attempts to synthesize a PEM which can function at a high temperature in
non-humidified conditions, we are currently working with inorganic-backbone
poly(organophosphazenes). The choice of polyphosphazene as the backbone was made
due to its inherent flexibility and high thermo-oxidative properties. The main focus of our
research is on using nitrogen containing heterocycles, azoles and pyridines as substituents
on the phosphazene backbone. The reason behind our decision was based on the results
of the previous conductivity studies performed on the azoles and pyridines. Thereby we
hypothesize these basic nitrogens can act as proton transfer sites across the membrane via
the hopping mechanism. One of the greatest advantages of phosphazene/N-heterocycle
systems over the Nafion® is their ability to function in the absence of water. This paves
the path towards high performing PEMFCs. Therefore, in this chapter, we describe the
methods of film casting, including solution and blade casting, imidization and doping
studies of phosphazene/N-heterocycle membranes.
168
5.2 Results and Discussion
In order to continue film casting, commercially available polyimide precursor,
poly(pyromellitic dianhydride-4,4'-oxydianiline) amic acid 15 wt% solution in NMP, was
used as a primary component to make the membrane, and the imidization was carried out
later in casting the membrane. From all the substituted phosphazenes synthesized, the
casting studies were primarily focused on triazole based systems, compounds II-5 and
IV-1. The triazole based systems have been studied towards possible PEMs due to their
higher degradation temperatures close to 300 °C compared to all the other compounds
(Figures 2-16, 2-17 and 4-12 and 4-13). They were also found to be stable at imidization
conditions at 200 °C for 3 hours. Compounds IV-1 was found to have limited
processibility due to its insolubility or partial solubility in common organic solvents. In
the search for a better solvent to cast them into films, N-methyl pyrrolidone (NMP) was
chosen. NMP acts not only as a solvent to dissolve the polymer, but also provides the
plasticizing effect required in film casting. The films obtained by solution casting on a
Teflon® surface became brittle over drying with several loadings of polymer, IV-1 to
NMP (5, 10, 15 and 20 %). Because IV-1 could not form films by themselves, a necessity
of a polymer matrix, which can act as a supporter, emerged. Polymer blending is the best
option to overcome this problem because it enhances the physical characteristics of the
final material over those of the individual components comprising the blend.106
169
5.2.1. Characterization
5.2.1.1 Thermal analysis
The thermal stability of PPA and polyimide films were recorded by
thermogravimetric analysis. All the scans were run at 10 °C/min under inert atmosphere
(N2). D0.05 indicates the initial decomposition temperature (IDT) at which 5%
decomposition occurs and D1/2 represents the temperature at which 50% of
decomposition occurs. The maximum rate of decomposition temperature is denoted as
MRDT.105 The thermal properties of the commercially available PAA was performed in
the lab in order to determine the optimal conditions required for possible maximum
imidization via thermal imidization. PAA undergoes an intramolecular cyclodehydration
on imidization as it loses water followed by the solvent, NMP as shown in Scheme 5-3.106
This cyclodehydration can be monitored by thermal analysis of PAA and PI. In order to
carry out thermal analysis, a film was cast from the commercial PAA on poly(ethylene
terephthalate) (PET) surface by heating it at 60 °C overnight to effect slow removal of the
solvent.105 The polymer solution concentration of 10% (w/w) was found to be suitable for
the preparation of good quality films.
The thermogram and the derivatogram for PAA are shown in Figure 5-14. It
clearly indicates four different steps of degradation. Table 5-1 explains the thermal
behavior at each region and the corresponding temperature responsible for each process.
The first step results from the evaporation of water and NMP, followed by the cyclization
of PPA to PI. This proceeds at around 215 °C. As can be seen from Figure 5-14, in the
second region polyimide is stable, and it extends up to ~550 °C. Region III corresponds
to
p
F
T
(a
ru
by
im
o the rapid d
olyimide is f
igure 5-14. I
Table 5-1. Di
The m
after overnig
unning TGA
y heating PA
midized film
Re
degradation o
formed.
Inert atmosp
ifferent regio
maximum po
ght heating a
A and FTIR. W
AA films at 2
m is shown in
egionI removIIIIIIV pyro
of backbone,
phere thermo
ons of the TG
ssible imidiz
at 60 °C) at d
With those t
200 °C for 3
n Figure 5-15
Thermal Bval of NMP, w
polyimide rapid deg
olyzed residue
170
, and above 7
ogram and de
GA curve of
zation was d
different tem
techniques, i
3 hours. The
5. Compared
Behaviorwater and cycliz
is stablegradationfrom the polym
700 °C, pyro
erivatogram
f poly(PMDA
determined b
mperatures fo
it was found
thermogram
d to Figure 5
Temperzation 215
550600
mer abo
olyzed residu
m of PAA(PM
A-ODA) am
by heating th
or several ho
d that imidiza
m and derivat
5-14, where i
rature (°C)5 ± 100 ± 100 ± 50
ove 700
ue of the
MDA-ODA)
mic acid.107
he PAA film
ours and by
ation takes p
togram of
its precursor
.
place
r, this
sh
ri
d
O
5
co
an
(C
(C
p
w
ab
fo
hows only on
igidity and h
egradation te
FigurODA) imide.
.2.1.2 FTIR
The d
onversion of
nd the appea
C=O) and 28
C=O), 1550
olyimide, th
which overlap
bsorption ba
or C-N stretc
ne region th
high mechani
emperature (
e 5-15. Inert
spectroscop
degree of imi
f PAA to pol
arance of the
800-3200 cm
cm-1 (C-NH
he strongest i
ps with the s
ands are obse
ching and 72
at is respons
ical properti
(D0.05) is abo
t atmosphere
py
idization is u
lyimide can b
e imide peak
m-1 (OH) for
H) and 3200-3
imide peak o
strong carbox
erved at 178
25 cm-1 for C
171
sible for the
ies of imidiz
out 520 °C.
e thermogram
usually moni
be followed
k. The PAA s
carboxylic a
3300 cm-1 (N
occurs at 172
xylic acid ba
0 cm-1 for C
C=O bending
backbone de
zation can be
m and deriva
itored by inf
by the disap
shows IR ab
acid groups
N-H) for the
20 cm-1 for C
and of the po
C=O asymme
g.
egradation. T
e seen becau
atogram of p
frared spectr
ppearance of
bsorptions at
and peaks at
e amide grou
C=O symme
oly(amic aci
etrical stretch
Therefore, th
se its
poly(PMDA
roscopy. The
f the amide p
1700 cm-1
t 1660 cm-1
up. In the
etrical stretch
id). Other im
hing, 1380 c
he
A-
e
peak
hing,
mide
cm-1
172
Because FTIR is an important tool in determining the imidization as stated above,
it was carried out starting with the PAA before the imidization. Figure 5-14 shows the IR
spectrum of PAA film with a broad peak for water at 2800-3200 cm-1 for O-H, at 1720
cm-1 for the C=O of the acid, at 1659 cm-1 for the amide peak (C=O), 3273 cm-1 (N-H)
and at 1544 cm-1 for C-NH. Finally, the thermal imidization of PAA was performed by
heating the PAA films to 200 °C, holding it at 200 °C for 1, 2, 3 and 12 hours for
comparison and slow cooling from 200 °C to room temperature. On imidization, the
appearance of the imide peak can be clearly observed from the IR spectra (Figure 5-14) at
726 (C=O bending), 1776 (asym C=O stretching), 1724 (sym C=O stretching) and 1378
cm-1 (C-N stretching). With heating at 200 °C for 1 hour, more than 90 % cyclization was
obtained. Increasing the heating time up to 3 hours seemed to provide optimum
imidization. The IR spectrum obtained after 12 hours was almost the same as the IR
spectrum obtained after 3 hours.
Ffo
igure 5-16. For 1, 2, 3 and
PI (3 h)
PI (2 h)
PI (1 h)
PAA
PI (12 h)
FTIR spectrad 12 hours.
a (absorbanc
173
ce mode) of
PAA and PI
Wavenumb
I after imidiz
ber (cm-1)
zation at 2000 °C
5
5
ca
(P
co
th
T
T
.2.2 Casting
.2.2.1 Soluti
Once
asting of IV
PPA) was al
ompositions
hickness 100
Thermal stabi
Table 5-2, IV
Fig
Studies
ion casting o
optimum co
-1 was carrie
so added as
, only 10 wt
0 µm upon im
ility of the b
V-1/PI has a
Figure
gure 5-18. In
of IV-1
onditions req
ed out in NM
a proton don
t% IV-1 cou
midization. W
blend was de
high therma
5-17. IV-1/
nert atmosph
174
quired for im
MP with PAA
nor into the b
ld be added
With 20 and
etermined by
al stability th
KaptonTM p
here thermog
midization we
A. In casting
blend. Out o
into PAA to
30 wt% IV-
y TGA. As sh
han IV-1 itse
olyimide ble
grams of IV-
ere determin
g, phenylpho
of three poss
o obtain a fle
-1, films bec
hown in Figu
elf.
end.
-1, PI and IV
ned, the solut
osphonic aci
sible
exible film o
came brittle.
ure 5-18 and
V-1/PI.
tion
d
of
d
5
su
u
N
N
so
th
re
o
im
II
Fso
.2.2.2 Soluti
Althou
upport to giv
sed in the so
NMP. As the
NMP, was use
olution casti
his polymer t
espectively.
f II-5, surpri
midization d
I-5 wt%, the
igure 5-19. Iolution casti
Table
ion casting o
ugh II-5 is s
ve the film fo
olution castin
polymer ma
ed as the pri
ng studies sh
to give flexi
Although D
isingly they
due to improp
e resultant fil
II-5/KaptonT
ng.
Polymer
IV-1PIIV-1/PI
5-2. TGA pa
of II-5
soluble in org
orming abili
ng of IV-1/P
atrix for II-5
imary compo
howed that b
ible films up
0.05 was expe
were compa
per temperat
lms became
TM polyimid
D 0.05
290517506
Inert
175
arameters of
ganic solven
ity to obtain
PI blend was
5, commercia
onent to mak
both 10 wt%
on imidizati
ected to be h
arably low. T
ture control.
brittle under
de composite
D 1/2 M---
atmosphere (°
f IV-1, PI an
nts for film c
II-5/PI com
s applied wit
ally availabl
ke the compo
% and 20 wt%
ion, having t
higher for im
This could b
All the oth
r imidizing c
e 10 wt% (le
ResidMRDT
331590604
C)
nd IV-1/PI
casting, PAA
mposite. The
th the use of
le PAA 15 w
osite membr
% of II-5 cou
thicknesses o
midized comp
e a result of
er times with
conditions.
ft) and 20 w
due analysis (%Inert635662
A was used a
same techni
f II-5 and PP
wt% solution
rane. Initial
uld be added
of 80 and 70
posites than
f partial
h increasing
wt% (right) fr
%)
as a
ique
PA in
in
d into
0 µm,
that
g the
rom
176
Figure 5-20. Inert atmosphere thermograms of II-5, PI, 20II-5/80PI and 10II-5/90PI.
Table 5-3. TGA parameters of II-5, PI, 10II-5/90PI and 20II-5/80PI.
5.2.2.3 Blade casting of II-5
Blade casting was carried out with 20 wt% II-5 and 80 wt% PAA. The film was
allowed to air dry at 50 °C for 12 hours to evaporate NMP, and then thermal imidization
was done by heating it to 200 °C, holding it at that temperature for 3 hours followed by
the slow cooling from 200 °C to room temperature to obtain a flexible II-5/PI composite
membrane 45 µm thick (Figure 5-21). The inert atmosphere thermogram of this
composite is shown in Figure 5-22 along with TGA parameters in Table 5-4. Compared
to the early solution cast films, the blade cast film exhibited a higher degradation
temperature than II-5, proving that the film has been completely imidized.
50
60
70
80
90
100
50 125 200 275 350 425 500 575 650 725 800
Wei
ght (
%)
Temparature (°C)
II-5PI20II-5/80PI10II-5/90PI
Trimer Residue analysisD 0.05 D 1/2 MRDT
II-5 355 - 362 71PI 517 - 590 5610II-5/90PI 340 - 594 5720II-5/80PI 295 - 564 54
Inert atmosphere (°C)
Figure
Fi
Wei
ght (
%)
e 5-21. II-5/
Table
igure 5-22. In
Trimer
II-5PIII-5/PI
50
60
70
80
90
100
50 125
/KaptonTM po
5-4. TGA p
nert atmosph
Inert atD 0.05
355 517 391
200 275 3
PI
II-5/PI
II-5
177
olyimide com
arameters of
here thermog
tmosphere (°C D 1/2 M - - -
50 425 500Tem
mposite from
f II-5, PI an
grams of PI
C) ResidMRDT 362 590 606
575 650 7mperature
m blade cast
nd II-5/PI.
, II-5/PI and
due Analysis (
715657
725 800(°C)
ting.
d II-5.
(%)
178
5.2.3 Acid Doping Levels, Thermal Stability and Proton Conductivity of Cast Films
5.2.3.1 Acid Doping Levels
The composite film resulted from blade casting, II-5/PI, was not doped and
therefore could not be used as a PEM. Therefore, a series of acid solutions (H3PO4,
H2SO4, and HNO3) were prepared as acidic dopants in different concentrations ranging
from 2 to10 mol/L as shown in Table 5-5. The doping was carried out by impregnating
the same sized composite films in acid solutions for 7 days at room temperature. Table 5-
6 summarizes the calculated acid doping level (%). With all the acids as the concentration
increases, amount of acid deposited on the membranes also gradually increased.
Compared to the effect from H3PO4 and H2SO4, HNO3 exhibited a significantly higher
effect in terms of acid deposition.
Table 5-5. Acid concentrations used in doping II-5/KaptonTM Polyimide composite.
Dopant Dopant MembraneConcentration (mol/L) Designation
2 2M H3PO4/II-5/PI4 4M H3PO4/II-5/PI
H3PO4 6 6M H3PO4/II-5/PI8 8M H3PO4/II-5/PI10 10M H3PO4/II-5/PI2 2M H2SO4/II-5/PI4 4M H2SO4/II-5/PI
H2SO4 6 6M H2SO4/II-5/PI8 8M H2SO4/II-5/PI10 10M H2SO4/II-5/PI2 2M HNO3/II-5/PI4 4M HNO3/II-5/PI
HNO3 6 6M HNO3/II-5/PI8 8M HNO3/II-5/PI10 10M HNO3/II-5/PI
179
Table 5-6. Acid doping levels of doped II-5/PI membranes.
* Acid-doping level = [(Wafter doped – Wbefore doped)/Wbefore doped] × 100 where W = weight
Membranes Weight Weight Acid-doping level Acid-doping level before doped (g) after doped (g) (%) (avg) (%)
2M H3PO4/II-5/PI 0.1314 0.1328 1.07 1.280.1260 0.1279 1.50
4M H3PO4/II-5/PI 0.1393 0.1415 1.58 1.690.116 0.1181 1.80
6M H3PO4/II-5T/PI 0.1349 0.1376 2.00 1.950.1148 0.1170 1.90
8M H3PO4/II-5/PI 0.1323 0.1361 2.87 2.680.1124 0.1152 2.50
10M H3PO4/II-5/PI 0.1337 0.1377 2.99 2.790.1138 0.1168 2.60
2M H2SO4/II-5/PI 0.1314 0.1328 1.07 1.060.1228 0.1241 1.06
4M H2SO4/II-5/PI 0.1363 0.1391 2.05 2.030.1193 0.1217 2.01
6M H2SO4/II-5/PI 0.1382 0.1414 2.32 2.260.1223 0.125 2.21
8M H2SO4/II-5/PI 0.1369 0.1411 3.07 3.060.1247 0.1285 3.05
10M H2SO4/II-5/PI 0.1375 0.1462 6.33 6.270.1142 0.1213 6.22
2M HNO3/II-5/PI 0.1390 0.1473 5.97 5.950.1182 0.1252 5.92
4M HNO3/II-5/PI 0.1367 0.1515 10.83 12.220.1132 0.1286 13.60
6M HNO3/II-5/PI 0.1389 0.1630 17.35 17.250.1143 0.1339 17.14
8M HNO3/II-5/PI 0.1366 0.1644 20.35 20.470.1112 0.1341 20.59
10M HNO3/II-5/PI 0.1365 0.1703 24.76 24.950.1122 0.1404 25.13
180
5.2.3.2 Thermal Analysis
The thermal stability of both undoped and doped membranes was monitored by
thermogravimetric analysis. Inert atmosphere thermograms of all of the membranes are
depicted in Figures 5-23 and 5-25 respectively. Degradation temperatures and
corresponding associated parameters obtained from these thermograms are summarized
in Table 5-7. The undoped II-5/PI showed the highest thermal stability, up to 391 °C.
Once doped, their degradation temperature (D0.05) was lower than that of the undoped,
and they follow the same order; as the concentration increases, the degradation
temperature also decreases. With II-5/PI doped with H3PO4 and H2SO4, a good thermal
stability as D0.05 value was obtained (higher than 300 °C). But HNO3 doped films
exhibited very low degradation temperatures compared to other two. Decomposition
temperature half way D1/2 was not reported for the temperature applied, which was
800 °C. The residue obtained after the complete decomposition of all was found to have
the highest residue percentage for 2M H2SO4/II-5/PI composite, which was 63 wt% in
inert atmosphere.
Fm
Fm
Fm
igure 5-23. Imembranes.
Figure 5-24. membranes.
igure 5-25. I
membranes.
Inert atmosp
Inert atmosp
Inert atmosp
phere thermo
phere thermo
phere thermo
181
ograms of un
ograms of un
ograms of un
ndoped and H
ndoped and
ndoped and H
H3PO4 doped
H2SO4 dope
HNO3 doped
d II-5/PI
ed II-5/PI
d II-5/PI
182
Table 5-7. Inert atmosphere TGA parameters of doped II-5/PI membranes.
5.2.3.3 Proton Conductivity
The proton conductivities of the doped IV-1/PI blend and both solution and blade
cast II-5/PI composites have not yet been measured. Because all the doped membranes
are to be used in high temperature fuel cells, a fuel cell facility which can operate at a
higher temperature needs to be utilized for measuring their proton conductivities. For a
chemically similar composite previously made in our lab, Tria-Trimer, C48H36N21P3 (40
wt%)/KaptonTM polyimide (60 wt%) doped with PPA (1:6 stoichiometric ratio of Tria-
Trimer to PPA) the maximum proton conductivity was recorded as 9.2 × 10-4 S cm-1 at
D 0.05 D 1/2 MRDTUndoped II-5/PI 391 - 607 572M H3PO4/II-5/PI 386 - 600 614M H3PO4/II-5/PI 384 - 596 626M H3PO4/II-5/PI 378 - 595 618M H3PO4/II-5/PI 364 - 597 6110M H3PO4/II-5/PI 348 - 597 582M H2SO4/II-5/PI 390 - 597 634M H3PO4/II-5/PI 387 - 601 626M H3PO4/II-5/PI 374 - 601 578M H3PO4/II-5/PI 367 - 599 5610M H3PO4/II-5/PI 315 - 602 592M HNO3/II-5/PI 273 - 597 554M HNO3/II-5/PI 151 - 597 556M HNO3/II-5/PI 139 - 595 548M HNO3/II-5/PI 127 - 592 5210M HNO3/II-5/PI 120 - 595 51
Inert atmosphere (°C)Membrane Residue analysis (%)
183
130 °C in anhydrous state. 151 Compared to other high temperature operating PEMs as
well as to Nafion® discussed in Chapter I, this value is relatively low.
5.3 Conclusion
In this chapter, film casting being the main focus, PAA was selected as the
polymeric support in casting phosphazene-based PEMs. The PAA can be imidized to
give good mechanical and thermal properties to the resulting blend and composite over
the individual components in the blend and composite. A series of heating cycles and IR
spectroscopy were used in determining the optimum conditions required for imidization.
Once imidization conditions were determined, IV-1/PI blend (10 wt% IV-1, 90 wt% PI)
and II-5/PI composites (10 wt% II-5, 90 wt% PI and 20 wt% II-5, 80 wt% PI via
solution casting and 20 wt% II-5, 80 wt% PI via blade casting) were cast. Except the
blade cast film, the rest were doped with PPA. The blade cast composite, II-5/PI
membrane was doped with H3PO4, H2SO4 and HNO3. With increasing acid
concentration, acid doping level also gradually increased. Compared to other two acids,
the latter caused a significanly lower degradation temperatures. The proton conductivity
of all the doped membranes is yet to be reported.
5.4 Experimental
5.4.1 General Considerations
The synthetic procedure of compounds II-5 and IV-I used in this chapter are
described in chapter II, synthesis of hexakis[4-(1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-
ylmethyl)phenoxy]cyclotriphophazene (II-5) and chapter IV, synthesis of poly{bis[4-
(1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-ylmethyl)phenoxy]phosphazene} (IV-1), respectively.
184
Poly(pyromellitic dianhydride-4,4’-oxydianiline) amic acid, 15 wt% solution in NMP
was purchased from Aldrich. N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP, 99.5%), purchased from
Alfa Aesar, was dried with Na2SO4 and 0.4 nm molecular sieves before use. IR spectra
were collected with a Bomem Excalibur Series with FTS 3000 model FTIR Spectrometer
in the Department of Polymer Science and Polymer Engineering at The University of
Akron. Thermo Gravimetric Analysis was done by a Q Series – [Q500 – 0882 – TGA
Q500@Mfg – tga] TGA at a scanning rate of 10 °C/min under N2 atmosphere in the
Department of Polymer Science and Polymer Engineering at The University of Akron.
Blade casting was performed by the casting machine in the College of Polymer Science
and Polymer Engineering at The University of Akron.
5.4.2 Preparation of IV-1/KaptonTM Polyimide Blend doped with PPA via Solution Casting
The polymer solutions were cast on a poly(ethylene terephthalate) (PET) film (5 ×
5 cm2) by diluting 15 wt% PPA in NMP in to 10 wt% and dissolving IV-1 (0.050 g,
0.127 mmol) in wet NMP (0.45 g, 4.54 mmol) in order to obtain 0.5 g of IV-1solution in
10 wt% NMP which constituted 10 % of the final blend. The rest of the blend (90 %) was
prepared by dissolving PAA, 15 wt% (3.00 g) in wet NMP (1.5 g, 15.1 mmol) in order to
obtain 4.5 g 10 wt % PAA solution. The two blends were mixed together at room
temperature for 30 min to give the desired polymer blend (5.0 g in10 wt% NMP). PPA
(0.010 g, 63.6 mmol) solid was also added to the same mixture and stirred well at room
temperature for another 1and 1/2 hour. The resultant mixture was poured on to a PET
film, and the thickness of the PAA films was controlled by the thickness (1.00 mm) of
microscopic slides. Evaporation of the volatile components was done at 50 °C for 12
185
hours on a hot plate. The dried PAA film was released from the PET film directly and
clamped in all direction before the imidization process. Thermal imidization was done by
heating the PAA films to 200 °C, holding it at 200 °C for 3 hours followed by the slow
cooling from 200 °C to room temperature.
5.4.3 Preparation of II-5/KaptonTM Polyimide Composites doped with PPA via Solution Casting a). 10II-5/90PI
Compound II-5 (0.050 g, 0.0423 mmol) was dissolved in wet NMP (0.45 g, 4.54
mmol) in order to obtain 0.5 g of II-5 solution in 10 wt% NMP, which constituted 10 %
of the composite. The rest of the composite (90 %) was prepared by dissolving PAA (3 g)
in wet NMP (1.5 g, 15.1 mmol) in order to obtain 4.5 g of 10 wt% PAA solution. The two
solutions were mixed together at room temperature for another 30 min to get the desired
trimer composite (5.0 g, 10 wt% NMP). PPA (0.0402 g, 0.254 mmol) solid was also
added to the same mixture and stirred well at room temperature for 1 and ½ hour. The
resultant mixture was poured on to a PET film, and the thickness of the PAA films was
controlled by the thickness (1.00 mm) of microscopic slides. Evaporation of the volatile
components was done at 50 °C for 12 hours on a hot plate. The dried PAA film was
released from the PET film directly and clamped in all direction before the imidization
process. Thermal imidization was done by heating the PAA film to 200 °C, holding it at
200 °C for 3 hours followed by the slow cooling from 200 °C to room temperature.
186
b). 20II-5/80PI
Compound II-5 (0.1 g, 0.085 mmol) was dissolved in wet NMP (0.9 g, 5.70
mmol) in order to obtain 0.5 g of II-5 solution in 10 wt% NMP which constituted 20 %
of the composite. The rest of the composite (80 %) was prepared by dissolving PAA
(2.67 g) in wet NMP (1.33 g, 13.4 mmol) in order to obtain 4.5 g PAA solution. Two
solutions were mixed together at room temperature to give the desired trimer composite
(5.0 g, 10 wt% NMP). PPA (0.0803 g, 0.508 mmol) solid was also added to the same
mixture and stirred well at room temperature. The resultant mixture was poured on to a
PET film, and the thickness of the PAA film was controlled by the thickness (1.00 mm)
of microscopic slides. Evaporation of the volatile components was done at 50 °C for 12
hours on a hot plate. The dried PAA film was released from the PET film directly and
clamped in all direction before the imidization process. Thermal imidization was done by
heating the PAA film to 200 °C, holding it at 200 °C for 3 hours followed by the slow
cooling from 200 °C to room temperature.
5.4.4 Preparation of II-5/KaptonTM Polyimide Composite via Blade Casting
An amount equal to 20 wt% of compound II-5 (4.5 g, 3.81 mmol) was mixed
together with 80 wt% PAA, 15 wt% solution in dry NMP (115.42 g) in a planetary
centrifugal mixer (Thinky) at a speed of 2000 rpm at room temperature for 5 minutes.
The resultant mixture was cast by doctor blade in a casting machine onto a poly(ethylene
terephthalate) film at a rate of 10 cm /1 min. The doctor blade with a gap of 0.457 mm
was used to control the thickness of the membrane. The film was heated at 50 °C
overnight to evaporate the volatile components in the casting machine without any air
187
flow. The dried composite membrane (II-5/PAA) was released from the PET film
directly and clamped in all direction and the thermal imidization was carried out under
vacuum (200 °C for 3 hours) in order to obtain the II-5/PI composite. The undoped II-
5/PI composite membrane was obtained in an average thickness of 45 µm.
5.4.5 Preparation of acid doped II-5/KaptonTM Polyimide Composite
Blade cast II-5/PI blend film pieces of the size of 4 × 4 cm2 were dried at 110 °C
for 2 hours and the weight of each film was recorded (Wbefore doped). The films were
immersed into different acidic solutions, H2SO4, H3PO4 and HNO3 with the
concentrations of 2,4,6,8, and 10 mol/L at room temperature for 7 days. The films were
taken off from acid solutions and wiped with Kimwipes® and air dried for an hour (Wafter
doped).
188
CHAPTER VI
CONCLUDING REMARKS
The use of solid polymer electrolytes which can function at a high temperature in
a non-humidified environment has gained tremendous interest in the recent past in the
field of PEMFCs. The most viable electrolytes are N-heterocyclics substituted to
polyphosphazene backbone. When phosphazene backbone brings thermo-oxidative
stability, which is necessary to function at harsh conditions used in fuel cells,
heterocycles are responsible for proton transfer along the membrane. Due to the presence
of N-containing side groups, proton transfer occurs through proton hopping from
protonated to nonprotonated nitrogen atoms without the use of a vehicle. This is the key
in operating at a higher temperature in a non-humidified state in contrast to Nafion® in
which proton conduction depends on the external humidification.
The focus of our study was to find a better alternative to currently available PEMs
by using polyphosphazene as the backbone and azoles and pyridines as substituents. In
trying to reach that goal, three different types of azoles (pyrazole, 1,2,4-triazole and 5-
methyltetrazole) and three different pyridinols (2-pyridinol, 3-pyridinol and 4-pyridinol)
were chosen. According to previous studies, researchers have found that as the
substituent of interest connects to the backbone polymer through chains, they exhibit
higher conductivity. Therefore, the azoles previously mentioned were reacted with 4-
hydroxybenzyl alcohol to obtain the corresponding azolylmethylphenols
189
(compounds II-1, II-2, II-3). They were successfully substituted to
hexachlorocyclotriphosphazene in order to obtain compounds II-4 through II-6, and
compounds IV-7 through IV-9 were synthesized with the use of respective pyridinols. In
order to carry out substitutions with chloropolymer, the synthesis of chloropolymer was
also done in the laboratory by living cationic polycondensation as a one-pot in situ
method. Upon the completion of that step, the substitutions were carried out in order to
obtain compounds IV-1, IV-2 and IV-3 with starting materials II-2, II-3 and 3-pyridinol,
respectively.
The initial studies performed on both trimers and polymers resulted in brittle
films. Consequently, a polymeric supporter, poly(PMDA-ODA) amic acid 15 wt%
solution in NMP was employed. Only the compounds based on triazole systems (II-5 and
IV-1) were able to maintain thermal stability under the film casting conditions (200 °C
for 3 hours) in order to obtain imidized flexible films. The degree of imidization was
monitored via TGA and FTIR. But only IV-1/PI blend (10 wt% IV-1, 90 wt% PI) and II-
5/PI composites (10 wt% II-5, 90 wt% PI and 20 wt% II-5, 80 wt% PI via solution
casting and 20 wt% II-5, 80 wt% PI via blade casting) were able to be cast to obtain
suitable films. The best imidized film was obtained from blade casting, and it was
successfully doped with H2SO4, H3PO4 and HNO3 whereas all the other solution cast
films were doped with phenylphosphonic acid. The acid doping studies indicated that the
films get doped with increasing acid concentration gradually.
However, we have not met the final goal of our study. Although we were able to
synthesize azolylmethylphenoxy phosphazenes and fabricate them into flexible
membranes followed by successful acid doping studies, in order to determine whether the
190
synthesized membranes are better candidates for PEMs, it is necessary to measure the
proton conductivities of those synthesized membranes.
191
BIBLIOGRAPHY
1. Zhao, T. S.; Kreuer, K.; Nguyen, T. V., In Advances in Fuel Cells, Elsevier Ltd.: Oxford, 2007, Chapter 1.
2. Li, X., In Principles of Fuel Cells, Taylor & Francis Group, LLC.: New York,
2006, Chapter 1. 3. Winter, M.; Brodd, R. Chem. Rev. 2004, 104, 4245-4269.
4. Hickner, M.; Ghassemi, H.; Kim, Y.; Einsla, B.; McGrath, J. Chem. Rev. 2004, 104, 4587-4612. 5. Kreuer, K. ChemPhysChem. 2002, 3, 771-775.
6. Bai, H.; Ho, W. Polym. Int. 2011, 60, 26-41.
7. Hamilton, P. J.; Pollet, B. G. Fuel Cells 2010, 10, 489-509.
8. Carrette, L.; Friedrich, K. A.; Stimming, U. ChemPhysChem. 2000, 1, 162-193.
9. Asensio, J. A.; Sanchez, E. M.; Gomez-Romero, P. Chem. Soc. Rev. 2010, 39, 3210-3239.
10. Garland, N. L.; Kopasz, J. P. J. Power Sources 2007, 172, 94-99.
11. Silva, R. F.; De Francesco, M.; Pozio, A. Electrochim. Acta 2004, 49, 3211-3219.
12. Rikukawa, M.; Sanui, K. Prog. Polym. Sci. 2000, 25, 1463-1502.
13. Mauritz, K.; Moore, R. Chem. Rev. 2004, 104, 4535-4585.
14. Smitha, B.; Sridhar, S.; Khan, A. A. J. Membr. Sci. 2005, 259, 10-26.
15. Kreuer, K.; Paddison, S.; Spohr, E.; Schuster, M. Chem. Rev. 2004, 104, 4637-4678.
16. Kreuer, K. Chem. Mater. 1996, 8, 610-641.
192
17. Röschenthaler, G.; Storzer, W. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 1982, 21, 208-209. 18. Schauff, S. Ph.D. Dissertation, Characterization of new materials in
chromatography and fuel cell development by modern NMR techniques, Max Planck Institute for Polymer Research, Mainz, Germany, 2007.
19. Seeyangnok, Samitthichai. Ph.D. Dissertation, Novel Synthesis of Derivatives of
1,2-diimidazolyl-benzene and Their Silver Carbene Complexes, University of Akron, OH, 2007.
20. Antonucci, P. L.; Aricò, A. S.; Cretì, P.; Ramunni, E.; Antonucci, V. Solid State
Ionics 1999, 125, 431-437. 21. Dimitrova, P.; Friedrich, K. A.; Stimming, U.; Vogt, B. Solid State Ionics 2002,
150, 115-122. 22. Sumner, J. J.; Creager, S. E.; Ma, J. J.; DesMarteau, D. D. J. Electrochem. Soc.
1998, 145, 107-110. 23. Genies, C.; Mercier, R.; Sillion, B.; Petiaud, R. ; Cornet, N. ; Gebel, G.; Pineri, M.
Polymer 2001, 42, 5097-5105. 24. Genies, C.; Mercier, R.; Sillion, B.; Cornet, N. ; Gebel, G.; Pineri, M. Polymer 2001, 42, 359-373. 25. Fang, J.; Guo, X.; Harada, S.; Watari, T.; Tanaka, K.; Kita, H.; Okamoto, K. Macromolecules 2002, 35, 9022-9028. 26. Bishop, M.; Karasz, F.; Russo, P.; Langley, K. Macromolecules 1985, 18, 86-93. 27. Kobayashi, T.; Rikukawa, M.; Sanui, K.; Ogata, N. Solid State Ionics 1998, 106, 219-225. 28. Mikhailenko, S.; Zaidi, S.; Kaliaguine, S. J. Polym. Sci. Part B: Polym. Phys. 2000,
38, 1386-1395. 29. Zaidi, S.; Mikhailenko, S.; Robertson, G.; Guiver, M.; Kaliaguine, S. J. Membr. Sci. 2000, 173, 17-34. 30. Jones, D. J.; Rozière, J. J. Membr. Sci. 2001, 185, 41-58.
31. Glipa, X.; Bonnet, B.; Mula, B.; Jones, D. J.; Rozière, J. J. Mater. Chem. 1999, 9, 3045-3049.
32. Oono, Y.; Sounai, A.; Hori, M. J. Power Sources 2009, 189, 934-949.
193
33. Schechter, A.; Savinell, R. F. Solid State Ionics 2002, 147, 181-187. 34. Wu, H.; Ma, C,; Kuan, H.; Wang, C.; Chen, C.; Chiang, C. J. Polym. Sci. Part B: Polym. Phys. 2006, 44, 565-572. 35. Kerres, J.; Ullrich, A.; Meier, F.; Hring, T. Solid State Ionics 1999, 125, 243-249. 36. Senadeera, G. K. R.; Careem, M. A.; Skaarup, S.; West, K. Solid State Ionics 1996,
85, 37-42 37. Allcock, H. R., In Chemistry and Applications of Polyphosphazenes, John Wiley &
Sons, Inc.: New Jersey, 2003, Chapter 1. 38. Mark, J.; Allcock, H. R.; West, R., In Inorganic Polymers, Oxford University Press,
Inc.: New York, 2005, Chapter 3. 39. Amin, A. M.; Wang, L.; Wang, J.; Yu, H.; Huo, J.; Gao, J.; Xiao, A. Designed
Monomers and Polymers 2009, 12, 357-375. 40. Allcock, H. R., In Chemistry and Applications of Polyphosphazenes, John Wiley &
Sons, Inc.: New Jersey, 2003, Chapter 4. 41. Allcock, H. R., In Chemistry and Applications of Polyphosphazenes, John Wiley &
Sons, Inc.: New Jersey, 2003, Chapter 7. 42. Allcock, H. R., In Chemistry and Applications of Polyphosphazenes, John Wiley &
Sons, Inc.: New Jersey, 2003, Chapter 3 43. Allcock, H.R. J. Inorg. and Organomet. Polym. and Mater. 2006, 16, 277-294. 44. Stokes, H.N. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1897, 19, 782-785.
45. Carriedo, G.; Alonso, F.; Gomez-Elipe, P.; Fidalgo, J.; Alvarez, J.; Presa-Soto, A. Chem. Eur. J. 2003, 9, 3833. 46. Allen, C. W. U.S. Patent 6,309,619, 2001. 47. D’Halluin, G.; Jaeger, R. D.; Chambrette, J. P.; Potin, P. Macromolecules 1992, 25,
1254-1258. 48. Allcock, H. R., In Chemistry and Applications of Polyphosphazenes, John Wiley &
Sons, Inc.: New Jersey, 2003, Chapter 6. 49. Allcock, H. R. Chem. Rev. 1972, 72, 315.
194
50. Allcock, H. R., In Chemistry and Applications of Polyphosphazenes, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.: New Jersey, 2003, Chapter 12.
51. Chatani, Y.; Yatsuyanagi, K. Macromolecules 1987, 20, 1042-1045. 52. Chaplin, A. B.; Harrison, J. A.; Dyson, P. J. Inorg. Chem. 2005, 44, 8407-8417.
53. Gilheany D. G. Chem. Rev. 1994, 94, 1339-1374. 54. Panzner, M. J. Ph.D. Dissertation, Silver N-heterocyclic Carbenes and Substituted
Cyclotriphosphazenes, University of Akron, Akron, OH, 2006. 55. Allcock, H. R., In Chemistry and Applications of Polyphosphazenes, John Wiley &
Sons, Inc.: New Jersey, 2003, Chapter 17. 56. Allcock, H. R.; Wood, R. M. J. Polym Sci. Part B: Polym Phys. 2006, 44, 2358-
2368. 57. Wycisk, R.; Pintauro, P. N. J. Membr. Sci. 1996, 199, 155-160. 58. Tang, H.; Pintauro, P. N.; Guo, Q.; O’Connor, S. J. Appl. Polym. Sci. 1999, 71,
387-399. 59. Allcock, H. R., In Chemistry and Applications of Polyphosphazenes, John Wiley &
Sons, Inc.: New Jersey, 2003, Chapter 2. 60. Allcock, H. R., In Chemistry and Applications of Polyphosphazenes, John Wiley &
Sons, Inc.: New Jersey, 2003, Chapter 13. 61. Allcock, H. R.; Gebura, M.; Kwon, S.; Neenan, T. X. Biomaterials 1988, 9, 500-
508. 62. Allcock, H. R.; Klingenberg, E. H.; Welker, M. F. Macromolecules 1993, 26, 5512-
5519. 63. Patnaik, S. S.; Farmer, B. L. Polymer 1992, 33, 5121-5127. 64. Sun, D. C.; Magill, J. H. Polymer 1987, 28, 1242-1243. 65. Montoneri, E.; Gleria, M.; Ricca, G.; Pappalardo, G. C. J. Macromol. Sci. Chem. A.
1989, 26, 645. 66. Montoneri, E.; Gleria, M.; Ricca, G.; Pappalardo, G. C. J. Macromol. Chem. 1989,
190, 191. 67. Allcock, H. R.; Fitzpatrick, R. J. Chem. Mater. 1991, 3, 1120.
195
68. Guo, Q.; Pintauro, P. N.; Tang, H.; O’Connor, S. J. Membr. Sci. 1999, 154, 175-
181. 69. Tang, H.; Pintauro, P. N. J. Appl. Polym. Sci. 2001, 79, 49-59.
70. Burjanadze, M.; Paulsdorf, J.; Kaskhedikar, N.; Karatas, Y.; Wiemhöfer, H. D. Solid State Ionics 2006, 177, 2425-2430.
71. Hofmann, M. A.; Ambler, C. M.; Maher, A. E.; Chalkova, E.; Zhou, X. Y.; Lvov, S.
N.; Allcock, H. R. Macromolecules 2002, 35, 6490-6493. 72. Carter, R.; Wycisk, R.; Pintauro, P. N.; Byrne, C.; Mukerjee, S. Blended
Polyphosphazene Membranes for Direct Methanol Fuel Cells: Membrane Fabrication. Presented at the 2001 Joint International Meeting -200th Meeting of the Electrochemical Society, Inc. and 52nd Annual Meeting of the International Society of Electrochemistry, San-Francisco, California, September 2-7, 2001.
73. Carter, R.; Wycisk, R.; Yoo, H.; Pintauro, P. Electrochem. Solid-State Lett. 2002, 5,
A195-A197. 74. Wycisk, R.; Lee, J.; Pintauro, P. J. Electrochem. Soc. 2005, 152, A892-A898. 75. Goldwhite, H. Introduction to Phosphorus Chemistry, Cambridge University Press;
Cambridge, 1981. 76. Allcock, H. R.; Hofmann, M. A.; Wood, R. M. Macromolecules 2001, 34, 6915-
6921. 77. Allcock, H. R.; Hofmann, M. A.; Ambler, C. M.; Lvov, S. N.; Zhou, X. Y.
Chalkova, E.; Weston, j. J. Membr. Sci. 2002, 201, 47-54. 78. Allcock, H. R.; Hofmann, M. A.; Ambler, C. M.; Morford, R. V. Macromolecules
2002, 35, 3484-3489. 79. Fedkin, M. V.; Zhou, X.; Hofmann, H. A.; Chalkova, E.; Weston, J. A.; Allcock, H.
R.; Lvov, S. N. Mater. Lett. 2002, 52, 192-196. 80. Zhou, X.; Weston, J.; Chalkova, E.; Hofmann, M. A.; Ambler, C. M.; Allcock, H.
R.; Lvov, S. N. Electrochim. Acta 2003, 48, 2173-2180. 81. Koppel, I. A.; Taft, R. W.; Anvia, F.; Zhu, S.; Hu, L.; Sung, K.; DesMarteau, D. D.;
Yagupolskii, L. M.; Yagupolskii, Y. L.; Ignaťev, N. V.; Kondratenko, N. V.; Volkonskii, A. Y.; Vlasov, V. M.; Notario, R.; Maria, P. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1994, 116, 3047-3057.
196
82. Zhang, Z.; Wang, X.; Nie, J. Chin. J. Chem. 2006, 24, 9-12.
83. Xiao, J.; Zhang, Z.; Nie, J. J. Mol. Catal. A: Chem. 2005, 236, 119-124.
84. Dotelli, G.; Gallazzi, M. C. J. Mater. Sci. 2004, 39, 6937
85. Dotelli, G.; Gallazzi, M. C.; Perfetti, G.; Montoneri, E. Solid State Ionics, 2007, 178, 1442.
86. Dotelli, G.; Gallazzi, M. C.; Bagatti, M.; Montoneri, E.; Boffa, V. Solid State Ionics 2007, 178, 1442.
87. Hac1velioglu, F.; Ozden, S.; Celik, S. U.; Yesilot, S.; K1l1c, A.; Bozkurt, A. J.
Mater. Chem. 2011, 21, 1020-1027. 88. Gleria, G.; Jaeger, R. D. Applicative Aspects of Cyclophosphazenes, Nova Science
Publishers, Inc.: New York, 2004, Chapter 1. 89. Ratz, R.; Schroeder, H.; Ulrich, H.; Kober, E.; Grundmann, C. J. Am. Chem. Soc.
1962, 84, 551-555.
90. Ye, C.; Zhang, Z.; Liu, W. Synth. Commun. 2002, 32, 203-209.
91. Gabino, A. J. Appl. Polym. Sci. 1996, 59, 1879-1885.
92. Haddon, R.; Chichester-Hicks, S. Macromolecules 1989, 22, 1027-1031.
93. Allcock, H. R.; Al-Shali, S.; Ngo, D.; Visscher, K.; Parvez, M.; J. Chem. Soc. Dalton Trans. 1996, 17, 3549-3559.
94. Wang, L.; Ye, Y.; Zhong, S. B.; Zhao, Y. F. Chin. Chem. Lett. 2009, 20, 58-61. 95. Osyanin, V. A.; Selezneva, E. S.; Belousova, Z. P.; Zarina, L. F.; Krel’, N. E.;
Purygin, P. P. Pharm. Chem. J. 2003, 37, 30-31.
96. Sidorana, N. E.; Osyanin, V. A. Chem. Heterocycl. Compd. 2007, 43, 1065-1071. 97. Bertani, R.; Chaux, F.; Gleria, M.; Metrangolo, P.; Milani, R.; Pilati, T.; Resnati,
G.; Sansotera, M.; Venzo, A. Inorg. Chim. Acta 2007, 360, 1191-1199. 98. Kim, Y. B.; Allcock, H. R. Macromolecules 1994, 27, 3933-3942.
99. Yuan, W.; Zhu, L.; Huang, X.; Zheng, S.; Tang, X. Polym. Degrad. Stab. 2005, 87, 503-509.
100. Singh, A.; Krogman, N. R.; Sethuraman, S.; Nair, L. S.; Sturgeon, J. L.; Brown, P.
W.; Laurencin, C. T.; Allcock. H. R. Biomacromolecules 2006, 7, 914-918.
197
101. Walsh, E. J.; Kaluzene, S. Jubach, T. J. Inorg. Nucl. Chem. 1976, 38, 397-399.
102. Cho, Y.; Baek, H.; Sohn, Y. S. Macromolecules 1999, 32, 2167-2172.
103. Carriedo, G. A.; Elipe, P. G.; Alonso, F. J. G.; Fernández-Catuxo, L.; Díaz, M.R.; Granda, S. G. J. Organomet. Chem. 1995, 498, 207-212.
104. Allen, C. W. Coord. Chem. Rev. 1994, 130, 137-173.
105. Tiwari, A.; Nema, A. K.; Das, C. K.; Nema, S. K. Thermochim. Acta 2004, 417, 133-142.
106. Davis, C. R.; Zimmerman, J. A. J. App. Polym. Sci. 1994, 54, 153-162.
107. Mayhan, K. G.; Tsimpris, C. W.; C. K. Thermochim. Acta 1972, 5, 133-145.
108. Hope, H. In Experimental Organometallic Chemistry, American Chemical Society: Washington DC, 1987, Chapter 10. 109. Sheldrick, G. M., SHELX97, Programs for Crystal Structural Analysis. University of Gottingen: Gottingen, Germany, 1997.
110. Mujumdar, A. N.; Young, S. G.; Merker, R. L.; Magill, J. H. Macromolecules 1990, 23, 14-21.
111. Allcock, H. R., In Chemistry and Applications of Polyphosphazenes, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.: New Jersey, 2003, Chapter 5.
112. Allcock, H. R.; Gardner, J. E.; Smeltz, K. M. Macromolecules 1975, 8, 36-42.
113. Emsley, J.; Udy, P. B. Polymer 1972, 13, 593-594.
114. Tun, Z. Master Thesis, Interactions of Group 13 Lewis Acids with Hexachlorocyclotriphosphazene, University of Akron, Akron, OH, 2008.
115. Blackstone, V.; Soto, A. P.; Manners, I. Dalton Trans. 2008, 2008, 4363-4371
116. Wang, B.; Rivard, E.; Manners, I. Inorg. Chem. 2002, 41, 1690-1691.
117. Zhang, Y.; Huynh, K.; Manners. I.; Reed, C. A. Chem. Commun. 2008, 494-496.
118. Zhang, Y.; Tham, F. S.; Reed, C. A. Inorg. Chem. 2006, 45, 10446-10448.
119. Adrianov, A. K.; Chen, J.; LeGolvan, M. P. Macromolecules 2004, 37, 414-420.
120. Manners, I.; Honeyman, C, H. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1995, 117, 7035-7036.
198
121. Allcock, H. R.; Crane, C. A.; Morrissey, C. T.; Nelson, J. M.; Reeves, S. D.; Honeyman, C. H.; Manners, I. Macromolecules 1996, 29, 7740-7747.
122. Wang, B.; Macromolecules 2005, 38, 643-645.
123. Rivard E.; Lough, A. J.; Chivers, T.; Manners, I. Inorg. Chem. 2004, 43, 802-811.
124. Rivard, E.; Huynh, K.; Lough, A. J.; Manners, I. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2004, 126, 2286-2287.
125. Rivard E.; Lough, A. J.; Manners, I. Inorg. Chem, 2004, 43, 2765-2767.
126. Heston, A. J.; Banerjee, D.; Rinaldi, P. L.; Tessier, C. A. J. Inorg. and Organomet. Polym. and Mater. 2007, 17, 477-481.
127. Allcock, H. R.; Connolly, M. S.; Sisko, J. T.; Al-Shali, S. Macromolecules 1988,
21, 323-334. 128. Allcock, H. R.; Cook, W. J.; Mack, D. P. Inorg. Chem. 1972, 11, 2584-2590. 129. Diefenbach, U.; Stromburg, B. J. Inorg. and Organomet. Polym. and Mater. 2006, 16, 295-306. 130. Allcock, H. R.; Desorcie, J. L.; Riding, G, H. Polyhedron 1987, 6, 119-157.
131. Allcock, H. R. Acc. Chem. Res. 1979, 12, 351-358.
132. Kreuer, K. D.; Fuchs, A.; Ise, M.; Spaeth, M.; Maier, J. Electrochim. Acta 1998, 43, 1281-1288.
133. Münch, W.; Kreuer, K. –D. Silvestri, W.; Maier, J.; Seifert, G. Solid State Ionics
2001, 145, 437-443. 134. Schuster, M.; Meyer, W. H.; Wegner, G.; Herz, H. G.; Ise, M.; Schuster, M.;
Kreuer, K. D.; Maier, J. Solid State Ionics 2001, 145, 85-92. 135. Herz, H. G.; Kreuer, K. D.; Maier, J.; Scharfenberger, G.; Electrochim. Acta 2003,
48, 2165-2171. 136. Bozkurt, A.; Meyer, W. H. Solid State Ionics 2001, 138, 259-265.
137. Sevil, F.; Bozkurt, A. J. Phys. and Chem. Solids. 2004, 65, 1659-1662.
138. Göktepe, F.; Bozkurt, A.; Günday, S. T. Polym. Int. 2008, 57, 133-138.
139. Yamada, M.; Honma, I. Electrochim. Acta 2003, 48, 2411-2171.
199
140. Günday, S. T.; Bozkurt, A.; Meyer, W. H.; Wegner, G. J .Polym. Sci. Part B. Polym. Phy. 2006, 44, 3315-3322.
141. Celik, S. Ü.; Akbey, Ü.; Bozkurt, A. Macromol. Chem. Phsy. 2008, 209, 593-603.
142. Li, S.; Zhou, Z.; Zhang, Y.; Liu, M. Chem. Mater. 2005, 17, 5884-5886.
143. Celik, S. Ü.; Bozkurt, A. Eur. Polym. J. 2008, 44, 213-218.
144. J. C. Lasseguez., in proton conductors: solids, membranes and Gels-Materials and Devices, ed. P. Colombian, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1992, 311-328.
145. Ghosh, M. In polyimides: Fundamentals and applications, Marcel Dekker, Inc.:
New York, 1996, Chapter 2. 146. Sakayori, K.; Shibasaki, Y.; Ueda, M. J. Polym. Sci. Part A: Polym. Chem. 2006,
44, 6385-6393. 147. Chang, J.; Park, K. M.; Lee, S.; OH, J. B. J. Polym. Sci. Part B: Polym. Phys. 2000,
38, 2537-2545. 148. Mehdipour-Ataei, S.; Bahri-Laleh, N.; Amirshaghaghi, A. Polym. Degrad. Stab.
2006, 91, 2622-2631. 149. Peesapati, V.; Rao, U. N. Polym. Int. 1997, 43, 8-12.
150. Khatua, S. C.; Maiti, S. J. App. Polym. Sci. 2001, 82, 976-988.
151. Moolsin, S. Ph.D. Dissertation, Cyclotriphosphazenes and Polyphosphazenes with Azolylphenoxy and Aminophenoxy side groups as Fuel Cell Membrane Candidates, University of Akron, Akron, OH, 2011.
201
APPENDIX A
SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL FOR THE X-RAY CRYSTAL STRUCTURE OF
C10H10N2O (II-1)
Table A-1. Crystal data and structure refinement for II-1. Empirical formula C10H10N2O Formula weight 174.20 Temperature 273(2) K Wavelength 0.71073 Å Crystal system Monoclinic Space group Pc Unit cell dimensions a = 7.8400(18) Å α = 90° b = 11.148(3) Å β = 95.647(3)° c = 20.680(5) Å γ = 90° Volume 1798.6(7) Å3 Z 8 Density (calculated) 1.287 Mg/m3 Absorption coefficient 0.086 mm-1 F(000) 736 Crystal size 0.45 x 0.19 x 0.14 mm3 Theta range for data collection 1.83 to 26.30°. Index ranges -9<=h<=9, -13<=k<=13, -25<=l<=25 Reflections collected 13095 Independent reflections 7017 [R(int) = 0.0638] Completeness to theta = 26.30° 99.9 % Absorption correction Semi-empirical from equivalents Max. and min. transmission 0.9884 and 0.9624 Refinement method Full-matrix least-squares on F2 Data / restraints / parameters 7017 / 2 / 473 Goodness-of-fit on F2 1.033 Final R indices [I>2sigma(I)] R1 = 0.0688, wR2 = 0.1744 R indices (all data) R1 = 0.0719, wR2 = 0.1814 Absolute structure parameter -0.1(11) Largest diff. peak and hole 0.629 and -0.267 e.Å-3
202
Table A-2. Atomic coordinates ( x 104) and equivalent isotropic displacement parameters (Å2x 103) for II-1. U(eq) is defined as one third of the trace of the orthogonalized Uij tensor. ________________________________________________________________________ x y z U(eq) ________________________________________________________________________ O(1) 679(2) 3514(2) 2952(1) 27(1) O(2) -3412(2) 11061(2) 1308(1) 28(1) O(3) 5578(2) 8504(2) 2876(1) 29(1) O(4) 11273(2) 6061(2) 1120(1) 28(1) N(1) 7953(3) 1061(2) 3537(1) 23(1) N(2) 7181(3) 67(2) 3740(1) 24(1) N(3) 3529(3) 8653(2) 592(1) 24(1) N(4) 2549(3) 7728(2) 358(1) 25(1) N(5) -1383(3) 6047(2) 3591(1) 24(1) N(6) -449(3) 5081(2) 3820(1) 27(1) N(7) 4077(3) 3600(2) 682(1) 24(1) N(8) 4903(3) 2625(2) 481(1) 25(1) C(1) 9243(4) 686(3) 4501(1) 34(1) C(2) 9174(4) 1451(2) 3979(1) 31(1) C(3) 7364(3) 1598(3) 2902(1) 27(1) C(4) 5605(3) 2168(2) 2897(1) 22(1) C(5) 4167(4) 1573(2) 2601(1) 23(1) C(6) 2544(4) 2036(2) 2614(1) 26(1) C(7) 2318(3) 3125(2) 2940(1) 22(1) C(8) 7988(4) -165(2) 4324(1) 28(1) C(9) 5380(3) 3257(2) 3199(1) 25(1) C(10) 3747(4) 3737(2) 3227(1) 24(1) C(11) -1792(3) 10655(2) 1270(1) 22(1) C(12) -1344(4) 9569(2) 1582(1) 24(1) C(13) 294(4) 9111(2) 1568(1) 24(1) C(14) 1526(3) 9712(2) 1249(1) 22(1) C(15) 3282(4) 9179(2) 1226(1) 27(1) C(16) 4672(4) 8968(3) 181(1) 34(1) C(17) 4457(4) 8220(3) -342(1) 36(1) C(18) 3117(4) 7457(3) -210(1) 28(1) C(19) 1079(4) 10809(2) 946(1) 23(1) C(20) -566(4) 11272(2) 954(1) 24(1) C(21) 3981(3) 8078(2) 2929(1) 23(1) C(22) 2732(4) 8707(2) 3231(1) 25(1) C(23) 1096(4) 8225(2) 3239(1) 26(1) C(24) 688(3) 7111(2) 2959(1) 22(1) C(25) -1084(3) 6581(2) 2957(1) 26(1) C(26) -2485(4) 6404(2) 4006(1) 30(1)
203
Table A-2. Atomic coordinates ( x 104) and equivalent isotropic displacement parameters (Å2x 103) for II-1 (continued) C(27) -2297(4) 5647(3) 4536(1) 34(1) C(28) 3574(4) 6975(2) 2645(1) 25(1) C(29) 1945(3) 6496(2) 2662(1) 23(1) C(30) -1026(4) 4844(2) 4392(1) 28(1) C(31) 2863(4) 3225(3) -303(1) 34(1) C(32) 2869(4) 3983(3) 228(1) 31(1) C(33) 4646(3) 4172(2) 1314(1) 24(1) C(34) 6380(3) 4734(2) 1303(1) 22(1) C(35) 7857(4) 4109(2) 1532(1) 24(1) C(36) 9465(3) 4563(2) 1462(1) 24(1) C(37) 9647(3) 5681(2) 1176(1) 23(1) C(38) 6577(3) 5875(2) 1027(1) 24(1) C(39) 8188(4) 6344(2) 965(1) 25(1) C(40) 4151(4) 2396(2) -117(1) 27(1) ________________________________________________________________________ Table A-3. Bond lengths [Å] and angles [°] for II-1. O(1)-C(7) 1.359(3) O(1)-H(1A) 0.8200 O(2)-C(11) 1.358(3) O(2)-H(2A) 0.8200 O(3)-C(21) 1.354(3) O(3)-H(3) 0.8200 O(4)-C(37) 1.359(3) O(4)-H(4) 0.8200 N(5)-C(26) 1.336(3) N(5)-N(6) 1.361(3) N(5)-C(25) 1.480(3) N(6)-C(30) 1.334(4) N(7)-C(32) 1.337(4) N(7)-N(8) 1.353(3) N(7)-C(33) 1.481(3) N(8)-C(40) 1.341(3) C(1)-C(2) 1.373(4) C(1)-C(8) 1.390(4) C(1)-H(1) 0.9300 C(2)-H(2) 0.9300 C(3)-C(4) 1.517(4) C(3)-H(3A) 0.9700 C(3)-H(3B) 0.9700 C(4)-C(9) 1.384(4)
C(4)-C(5) 1.397(4) C(5)-C(6) 1.376(4) C(5)-H(5) 0.9300 C(6)-C(7) 1.407(4) C(6)-H(6) 0.9300 C(7)-C(10) 1.394(4) C(8)-H(8) 0.9300 C(9)-C(10) 1.394(4) C(9)-H(9) 0.9300 C(10)-H(10) 0.9300 C(11)-C(20) 1.395(4) C(11)-C(12) 1.401(3) C(12)-C(13) 1.385(4) C(12)-H(12) 0.9300 C(13)-C(14) 1.393(4) C(13)-H(13) 0.9300 C(14)-C(19) 1.403(4) C(14)-C(15) 1.505(4) C(15)-H(15A) 0.9700 C(15)-H(15B) 0.9700 C(16)-C(17) 1.363(4) C(16)-H(16) 0.9300 C(17)-C(18) 1.399(4)
204
Table A-3. Bond lengths [Å] and angles [°] for II-1 (continued) C(17)-H(17) 0.9300 C(18)-H(18) 0.9300 C(19)-C(20) 1.391(4) C(19)-H(19) 0.9300 C(20)-H(20) 0.9300 C(21)-C(28) 1.386(4) C(21)-C(22) 1.400(4) C(22)-C(23) 1.392(4) C(22)-H(22) 0.9300 C(23)-C(24) 1.395(4) C(23)-H(23) 0.9300 C(24)-C(29) 1.392(4) C(24)-C(25) 1.509(4) C(25)-H(25A) 0.9700 C(25)-H(25B) 0.9700 C(26)-C(27) 1.381(4) C(26)-H(26) 0.9300 C(27)-C(30) 1.393(4) C(27)-H(27) 0.9300 C(28)-C(29) 1.388(4) C(28)-H(28) 0.9300 C(29)-H(29) 0.9300 C(30)-H(30) 0.9300 C(31)-C(32) 1.385(4) C(31)-C(40) 1.394(4) C(31)-H(31) 0.9300 C(32)-H(32) 0.9300 C(33)-C(34) 1.499(4) C(33)-H(33A) 0.9700 C(33)-H(33B) 0.9700 C(34)-C(35) 1.394(4) C(34)-C(38) 1.409(4) C(35)-C(36) 1.379(4) C(35)-H(35) 0.9300 C(36)-C(37) 1.392(4) C(36)-H(36) 0.9300 C(37)-C(39) 1.396(4) C(38)-C(39) 1.384(4) C(38)-H(38) 0.9300 C(39)-H(39) 0.9300 C(40)-H(40) 0.9300
C(7)-O(1)-H(1A) 109.5 C(11)-O(2)-H(2A) 109.5 C(21)-O(3)-H(3) 109.5 C(37)-O(4)-H(4) 109.5 C(2)-N(1)-N(2) 111.6(2) C(2)-N(1)-C(3) 128.4(2) N(2)-N(1)-C(3) 120.0(2) C(8)-N(2)-N(1) 104.7(2) C(16)-N(3)-N(4) 111.4(2) C(16)-N(3)-C(15) 128.1(2) N(4)-N(3)-C(15) 120.5(2) C(18)-N(4)-N(3) 105.2(2) C(26)-N(5)-N(6) 111.9(2) C(26)-N(5)-C(25) 128.1(2) N(6)-N(5)-C(25) 120.0(2) C(30)-N(6)-N(5) 104.3(2) C(32)-N(7)-N(8) 111.5(2) C(32)-N(7)-C(33) 127.8(2) N(8)-N(7)-C(33) 120.4(2) C(40)-N(8)-N(7) 104.9(2) C(2)-C(1)-C(8) 104.2(3) C(2)-C(1)-H(1) 127.9 C(8)-C(1)-H(1) 127.9 N(1)-C(2)-C(1) 108.0(3) N(1)-C(2)-H(2) 126.0 C(1)-C(2)-H(2) 126.0 N(1)-C(3)-C(4) 112.4(2) N(1)-C(3)-H(3A) 109.1 C(4)-C(3)-H(3A) 109.1 N(1)-C(3)-H(3B) 109.1 C(4)-C(3)-H(3B) 109.1 H(3A)-C(3)-H(3B) 107.9 C(9)-C(4)-C(5) 118.8(2) C(9)-C(4)-C(3) 121.4(2) C(5)-C(4)-C(3) 119.8(2) C(6)-C(5)-C(4) 121.4(2) C(6)-C(5)-H(5) 119.3 C(4)-C(5)-H(5) 119.3 C(5)-C(6)-C(7) 119.6(3) C(5)-C(6)-H(6) 120.2 C(7)-C(6)-H(6) 120.2 O(1)-C(7)-C(10) 123.8(2) O(1)-C(7)-C(6) 116.7(2) C(10)-C(7)-C(6) 119.5(2) N(2)-C(8)-C(1) 111.5(2)
205
Table A-3. Bond lengths [Å] and angles [°] for II-1 (continued) N(2)-C(8)-H(8) 124.3 C(1)-C(8)-H(8) 124.3 C(4)-C(9)-C(10) 120.9(2) C(4)-C(9)-H(9) 119.5 C(10)-C(9)-H(9) 119.5 C(9)-C(10)-C(7) 119.8(2) C(9)-C(10)-H(10) 120.1 C(7)-C(10)-H(10) 120.1 O(2)-C(11)-C(20) 123.7(2) O(2)-C(11)-C(12) 117.0(2) C(20)-C(11)-C(12) 119.3(2) C(13)-C(12)-C(11) 119.9(2) C(13)-C(12)-H(12) 120.0 C(11)-C(12)-H(12) 120.0 C(12)-C(13)-C(14) 121.4(2) C(12)-C(13)-H(13) 119.3 C(14)-C(13)-H(13) 119.3 C(13)-C(14)-C(19) 118.4(2) C(13)-C(14)-C(15) 120.3(2) C(19)-C(14)-C(15) 121.3(2) N(3)-C(15)-C(14) 112.8(2) N(3)-C(15)-H(15A) 109.0 C(14)-C(15)-H(15A) 109.0 N(3)-C(15)-H(15B) 109.0 C(14)-C(15)-H(15B) 109.0 H(15A)-C(15)-H(15B) 107.8 N(3)-C(16)-C(17) 107.7(3) N(3)-C(16)-H(16) 126.1 C(17)-C(16)-H(16) 126.1 C(16)-C(17)-C(18) 104.7(2) C(16)-C(17)-H(17) 127.6 C(18)-C(17)-H(17) 127.6 N(4)-C(18)-C(17) 110.9(2) N(4)-C(18)-H(18) 124.6 C(17)-C(18)-H(18) 124.6 C(20)-C(19)-C(14) 120.7(2) C(20)-C(19)-H(19) 119.7 C(14)-C(19)-H(19) 119.7 C(19)-C(20)-C(11) 120.3(2) C(19)-C(20)-H(20) 119.8 C(11)-C(20)-H(20) 119.8 O(3)-C(21)-C(28) 116.9(2)
O(3)-C(21)-C(22) 123.6(2) C(28)-C(21)-C(22) 119.5(2) C(23)-C(22)-C(21) 119.8(2) C(23)-C(22)-H(22) 120.1 C(21)-C(22)-H(22) 120.1 C(22)-C(23)-C(24) 120.8(2) C(22)-C(23)-H(23) 119.6 C(24)-C(23)-H(23) 119.6 C(29)-C(24)-C(23) 118.6(2) C(29)-C(24)-C(25) 119.9(2) C(23)-C(24)-C(25) 121.5(2) N(5)-C(25)-C(24) 112.4(2) N(5)-C(25)-H(25A) 109.1 C(24)-C(25)-H(25A) 109.1 N(5)-C(25)-H(25B) 109.1 C(24)-C(25)-H(25B) 109.1 H(25A)-C(25)-H(25B) 107.8 N(5)-C(26)-C(27) 107.6(3) N(5)-C(26)-H(26) 126.2 C(27)-C(26)-H(26) 126.2 C(26)-C(27)-C(30) 104.2(2) C(26)-C(27)-H(27) 127.9 C(30)-C(27)-H(27) 127.9 C(21)-C(28)-C(29) 120.3(3) C(21)-C(28)-H(28) 119.9 C(29)-C(28)-H(28) 119.9 C(28)-C(29)-C(24) 121.0(2) C(28)-C(29)-H(29) 119.5 C(24)-C(29)-H(29) 119.5 N(6)-C(30)-C(27) 112.0(2) N(6)-C(30)-H(30) 124.0 C(27)-C(30)-H(30) 124.0 C(32)-C(31)-C(40) 103.9(2) C(32)-C(31)-H(31) 128.1 C(40)-C(31)-H(31) 128.1 N(7)-C(32)-C(31) 108.0(3) N(7)-C(32)-H(32) 126.0 C(31)-C(32)-H(32) 126.0 N(7)-C(33)-C(34) 111.2(2) N(7)-C(33)-H(33A) 109.4 C(34)-C(33)-H(33A) 109.4 N(7)-C(33)-H(33B) 109.4 C(34)-C(33)-H(33B) 109.4 H(33A)-C(33)-H(33B) 108.0 C(35)-C(34)-C(38) 117.9(2)
206
Table A-3. Bond lengths [Å] and angles [°] for II-1 (continued) C(35)-C(34)-C(33) 120.7(2) C(38)-C(34)-C(33) 121.3(2) C(36)-C(35)-C(34) 121.2(2) C(36)-C(35)-H(35) 119.4 C(34)-C(35)-H(35) 119.4 C(35)-C(36)-C(37) 120.4(2) C(35)-C(36)-H(36) 119.8 C(37)-C(36)-H(36) 119.8 O(4)-C(37)-C(36) 116.8(2)
O(4)-C(37)-C(39) 123.7(2) C(36)-C(37)-C(39) 119.4(2) C(39)-C(38)-C(34) 121.1(2) C(39)-C(38)-H(38) 119.5 C(34)-C(38)-H(38) 119.5 C(38)-C(39)-C(37) 119.9(2) C(38)-C(39)-H(39) 120.1 C(37)-C(39)-H(39) 120.1 N(8)-C(40)-C(31) 111.7(2) N(8)-C(40)-H(40) 124.2 C(31)-C(40)-H(40) 124.2
Symmetry transformations used to generate equivalent atoms:
207
APPENDIX B
SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL FOR THE X-RAY CRYSTAL STRUCTURE OF
C9H9N3O (II-2)
Table B-1. Crystal data and structure refinement for II-2.
Empirical formula C9H9N3O Formula weight 175.19 Temperature 100(2) K Wavelength 1.54178 Å Crystal system Orthorhombic Space group Pca2(1) Unit cell dimensions a = 8.4986(8) Å α = 90° b = 5.4668(5) Å β = 90° c = 18.2326(17) Å γ = 90° Volume 847.09(14) Å3 Z 4 Density (calculated) 1.374 Mg/m3 Absorption coefficient 0.773 mm-1 F(000) 368 Crystal size 0.20 x 0.08 x 0.05 mm3 Theta range for data collection 4.85 to 65.93°. Index ranges -10<=h<=9, -4<=k<=6, -14<=l<=21 Reflections collected 2726 Independent reflections 1130 [R(int) = 0.0218] Completeness to theta = 65.93° 98.3 % Absorption correction Numerical Max. and min. transmission 0.9594 and 0.9449 Refinement method Full-matrix least-squares on F2 Data / restraints / parameters 1130 / 1 / 119 Goodness-of-fit on F2 0.933 Final R indices [I>2sigma(I)] R1 = 0.0253, wR2 = 0.0665 R indices (all data) R1 = 0.0253, wR2 = 0.0665 Absolute structure parameter 0.5(2) Largest diff. peak and hole 0.120 and -0.165 e.Å-3
208
Table B-2. Atomic coordinates ( x 104) and equivalent isotropic displacement parameters (Å2x 103) for bw. U(eq) is defined as one third of the trace of the orthogonalized Uij tensor. ________________________________________________________________________ x y z U(eq) ________________________________________________________________________ O(1) 1099(1) 2986(2) 2570(1) 22(1) N(1) 2358(1) 1509(2) 5994(1) 18(1) N(2) 1552(1) 3577(2) 6184(1) 22(1) N(3) 768(1) 356(2) 6870(1) 22(1) C(1) 1656(1) 2594(3) 3256(1) 19(1) C(2) 1223(2) 549(2) 3672(1) 20(1) C(3) 1840(2) 246(2) 4365(1) 20(1) C(4) 2874(2) 1953(3) 4668(1) 19(1) C(5) 3556(2) 1561(3) 5419(1) 21(1) C(6) 623(2) 2787(3) 6710(1) 24(1) C(7) 2701(2) 4299(2) 3547(1) 20(1) C(8) 3290(2) 3986(3) 4250(1) 20(1) C(9) 1878(2) -365(3) 6406(1) 20(1) Table B-3. Bond lengths [Å] and angles [°] for II-2. O(1)-C(1) 1.3553(18) O(1)-H(1) 0.8400 N(1)-C(9) 1.3339(19) N(1)-N(2) 1.3661(15) N(1)-C(5) 1.462(2) N(2)-C(6) 1.316(2) N(3)-C(9) 1.3271(19) N(3)-C(6) 1.3660(19) C(1)-C(7) 1.392(2) C(1)-C(2) 1.399(2) C(2)-C(3) 1.379(2) C(2)-H(2) 0.9500 C(3)-C(4) 1.396(2) C(3)-H(3) 0.9500 C(4)-C(8) 1.393(2) C(4)-C(5) 1.502(2) C(5)-H(5A) 0.9900 C(5)-H(5B) 0.9900 C(6)-H(6) 0.9500 C(7)-C(8) 1.388(2) C(7)-H(7) 0.9500
C(8)-H(8) 0.9500 C(9)-H(9) 0.9500 C(1)-O(1)-H(1) 109.5 C(9)-N(1)-N(2) 109.87(12) C(9)-N(1)-C(5) 129.16(12) N(2)-N(1)-C(5) 120.97(11) C(6)-N(2)-N(1) 102.33(11) C(9)-N(3)-C(6) 102.52(12) O(1)-C(1)-C(7) 117.90(13) O(1)-C(1)-C(2) 122.28(13) C(7)-C(1)-C(2) 119.82(14) C(3)-C(2)-C(1) 119.45(13) C(3)-C(2)-H(2) 120.3 C(1)-C(2)-H(2) 120.3 C(2)-C(3)-C(4) 121.50(13) C(2)-C(3)-H(3) 119.3 C(4)-C(3)-H(3) 119.3 C(8)-C(4)-C(3) 118.46(14) C(8)-C(4)-C(5) 120.95(13)
209
Table B-3. Bond lengths [Å] and angles [°] for II-2 (continued) C(3)-C(4)-C(5) 120.57(13) N(1)-C(5)-C(4) 112.81(11) N(1)-C(5)-H(5A) 109.0 C(4)-C(5)-H(5A) 109.0 N(1)-C(5)-H(5B) 109.0 C(4)-C(5)-H(5B) 109.0 H(5A)-C(5)-H(5B) 107.8 N(2)-C(6)-N(3) 114.90(12)
N(2)-C(6)-H(6) 122.5 N(3)-C(6)-H(6) 122.5 C(8)-C(7)-C(1) 119.94(13) C(8)-C(7)-H(7) 120.0 C(1)-C(7)-H(7) 120.0 C(7)-C(8)-C(4) 120.83(13) C(7)-C(8)-H(8) 119.6 C(4)-C(8)-H(8) 119.6 N(3)-C(9)-N(1) 110.37(13) N(3)-C(9)-H(9) 124.8 N(1)-C(9)-H(9) 124.8
Table B-4. Anisotropic displacement parameters (Å2x 103) for II-2. The anisotropic displacement factor exponent takes the form: -2p2[ h2 a*2U11 + ... + 2 h k a* b* U12 ] ________________________________________________________________________ U11 U22 U33 U23 U13 U12 ________________________________________________________________________ O(1) 26(1) 24(1) 17(1) 2(1) -4(1) 0(1) N(1) 20(1) 19(1) 15(1) -2(1) 0(1) 1(1) N(2) 26(1) 20(1) 21(1) -3(1) 0(1) 4(1) N(3) 23(1) 26(1) 17(1) -3(1) 1(1) -3(1) C(1) 18(1) 21(1) 17(1) -2(1) 1(1) 4(1) C(2) 20(1) 20(1) 19(1) -2(1) 1(1) -2(1) C(3) 21(1) 20(1) 20(1) 1(1) 4(1) 0(1) C(4) 18(1) 22(1) 17(1) -2(1) 2(1) 2(1) C(5) 19(1) 25(1) 18(1) -2(1) 1(1) 0(1) C(6) 23(1) 26(1) 23(1) -8(1) 1(1) 2(1) C(7) 23(1) 19(1) 20(1) 2(1) 2(1) 0(1) C(8) 20(1) 19(1) 22(1) -3(1) -1(1) 0(1) C(9) 21(1) 21(1) 18(1) -1(1) -2(1) -1(1) ________________________________________________________________________ Table B-5. Hydrogen coordinates ( x 104) and isotropic displacement parameters (Å2x 10 3) for II-2. ________________________________________________________________________ x y z U(eq) ________________________________________________________________________ H(1) 465 1868 2458 33 H(2) 510 -622 3477 24 H(3) 1555 -1155 4643 24 H(5A) 4141 -5 5424 25
210
Table B-5. Hydrogen coordinates ( x 104) and isotropic displacement parameters (Å2x 10 3) for II-2. H(5B) 4314 2889 5526 25 H(6) -94 3827 6960 29 H(7) 3010 5676 3263 25 H(8) 3986 5173 4449 24 H(9) 2273 -1986 6371 24 ________________________________________________________________________
Symmetry transformations used to generate equivalent atoms:
211
APPENDIX C
SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL FOR THE X-RAY CRYSTAL STRUCTURE OF
C9H10N4O (II-3a)
Table C-1. Crystal data and structure refinement for II-3a.
Empirical formula C9H10N4O Formula weight 190.21 Temperature 100(2) K Wavelength 0.71073 Å Crystal system Triclinic Space group P-1 Unit cell dimensions a = 8.933(3) Å α = 82.468(5)° b = 9.818(3) Å β = 77.736(5)° c = 10.736(4) Å γ = 81.594(5)° Volume 905.3(5) Å3 Z 4 Density (calculated) 1.396 Mg/m3 Absorption coefficient 0.097 mm-1 F(000) 400 Crystal size 0.34 x 0.19 x 0.05 mm3 Theta range for data collection 1.95 to 26.30°. Index ranges -11 ≤ h ≤ 11, -12 ≤ k ≤ 12, -13 ≤ l ≤ 13 Reflections collected 7080 Independent reflections 3642 [R(int) = 0.0417] Completeness to theta = 26.30° 99.0 % Absorption correction Semi-empirical from equivalents Max. and min. transmission 0.9951 and 0.9676 Refinement method Full-matrix least-squares on F2 Data / restraints / parameters 3642 / 0 / 257 Goodness-of-fit on F2 1.025 Final R indices [I>2sigma(I)] R1 = 0.0659, wR2 = 0.1581 R indices (all data) R1 = 0.0844, wR2 = 0.1677 Largest diff. peak and hole 0.472 and -0.281 e.Å-3
212
Table C-2. Atomic coordinates ( x 104) and equivalent isotropic displacement parameters (Å2x 103) for II-3a. U(eq) is defined as one third of the trace of the orthogonalized Uij tensor. ________________________________________________________________________ x y z U(eq) ________________________________________________________________________ O(1) 14401(2) 6283(2) 2814(2) 27(1) N(1) 7057(2) 7324(2) 3588(2) 23(1) N(2) 7398(3) 8147(2) 2470(2) 32(1) N(3) 6363(3) 9222(2) 2554(2) 31(1) N(4) 5355(2) 9110(2) 3701(2) 25(1) C(1) 12868(3) 6160(2) 3029(2) 20(1) C(2) 11853(3) 7092(2) 3781(2) 22(1) C(3) 10283(3) 7023(3) 4018(2) 23(1) C(4) 9677(3) 6031(2) 3518(2) 20(1) C(5) 10696(3) 5090(2) 2786(2) 20(1) C(6) 12281(3) 5145(2) 2537(2) 19(1) C(7) 7962(3) 5947(3) 3786(3) 25(1) C(8) 5799(3) 7926(3) 4320(2) 22(1) C(9) 5027(3) 7345(3) 5592(3) 28(1) O(2) 12382(2) 393(2) 4220(2) 23(1) N(5) 8197(2) 3175(2) 263(2) 19(1) N(6) 7774(2) 4314(2) 902(2) 22(1) N(7) 6278(2) 4448(2) 1195(2) 24(1) N(8) 5700(2) 3426(2) 763(2) 24(1) C(10) 11819(3) 897(2) 3131(2) 19(1) C(11) 10274(3) 824(3) 3154(2) 23(1) C(12) 9637(3) 1379(3) 2099(2) 23(1) C(13) 10526(3) 2017(2) 1014(2) 19(1) C(14) 12074(3) 2072(2) 1000(2) 19(1) C(15) 12729(3) 1506(2) 2046(2) 19(1) C(16) 9832(3) 2672(3) -133(2) 24(1) C(17) 6920(3) 2646(2) 190(2) 20(1) C(18) 6880(3) 1372(3) -411(3) 28(1) ________________________________________________________________________
213
Table C-3. Bond lengths [Å] and angles [°] for II-3a. O(1)-C(1) 1.360(3) N(6)-N(5)-C(16) 120.0(2) N(1)-C(8) 1.335(3) N(7)-N(6)-N(5) 105.9(2) N(1)-N(2) 1.360(3) N(6)-N(7)-N(8) 111.4(2) N(1)-C(7) 1.485(3) C(17)-N(8)-N(7) 105.3(2) N(2)-N(3) 1.296(3) C(8)-N(1)-N(2) 108.9(2) N(3)-N(4) 1.365(3) C(8)-N(1)-C(7) 130.5(2) N(4)-C(8) 1.313(3) N(2)-N(1)-C(7) 120.5(2) C(1)-C(2) 1.397(3) N(3)-N(2)-N(1) 106.0(2) C(1)-C(6) 1.399(3) N(2)-N(3)-N(4) 110.3(2) C(2)-C(3) 1.382(4) C(8)-N(4)-N(3) 106.7(2) C(3)-C(4) 1.394(4) O(1)-C(1)-C(2) 117.8(2) C(4)-C(5) 1.393(3) O(1)-C(1)-C(6) 122.8(2) C(4)-C(7) 1.510(3) C(2)-C(1)-C(6) 119.4(2) C(5)-C(6) 1.392(3) C(3)-C(2)-C(1) 120.2(2) C(8)-C(9) 1.475(4) C(2)-C(3)-C(4) 121.2(2) O(2)-C(10) 1.375(3) C(3)-C(4)-C(5) 118.4(2) N(5)-C(17) 1.341(3) C(3)-C(4)-C(7) 121.2(2) N(5)-N(6) 1.353(3) C(5)-C(4)-C(7) 120.4(2) N(5)-C(16) 1.463(3) C(6)-C(5)-C(4) 121.2(2) N(6)-N(7) 1.297(3) C(5)-C(6)-C(1) 119.7(2) N(7)-N(8) 1.365(3) N(1)-C(7)-C(4) 112.2(2) N(8)-C(17) 1.322(3) N(4)-C(8)-N(1) 108.1(2) C(10)-C(11) 1.387(4) N(4)-C(8)-C(9) 126.1(2) C(10)-C(15) 1.390(3) C(11)-C(12)-C(13) 120.9(2) C(11)-C(12) 1.387(4) C(14)-C(13)-C(12) 118.7(2) C(12)-C(13) 1.393(3) C(14)-C(13)-C(16) 119.7(2) C(13)-C(14) 1.389(3) C(12)-C(13)-C(16) 121.6(2) C(13)-C(16) 1.521(3) C(13)-C(14)-C(15) 120.9(2) C(14)-C(15) 1.390(3) C(10)-C(15)-C(14) 119.7(2) C(17)-C(18) 1.489(4) N(5)-C(16)-C(13) 111.0(2)
N(8)-C(17)-N(5) 108.8(2) N(1)-C(8)-C(9) 125.7(2) N(8)-C(17)-C(18) 125.4(2) C(17)-N(5)-N(6) 108.6(2) N(5)-C(17)-C(18) 125 C(17)-N(5)-C(16) 131.2(2) C(11)-C(10)-C(15) 120.0(2) O(2)-C(10)-C(11) 117.7(2) C(12)-C(11)-C(10) 119.8(2) O(2)-C(10)-C(15) 122.2(2)
214
Table C-4. Anisotropic displacement parameters (Å2x 103) for II-3a. The anisotropic displacement factor exponent takes the form: -2π2[ h2 a*2U11 + ... + 2 h k a* b* U12 ] ________________________________________________________________________ U11 U22 U33 U23 U13 U12 ________________________________________________________________________ O(1) 20(1) 22(1) 41(1) -10(1) -6(1) 1(1) N(1) 22(1) 22(1) 25(1) -1(1) -3(1) -2(1) N(2) 30(1) 29(1) 30(1) 7(1) -2(1) 3(1) N(3) 27(1) 28(1) 32(1) 6(1) -2(1) 5(1) N(4) 22(1) 22(1) 29(1) 0(1) -5(1) 0(1) C(1) 21(1) 13(1) 26(1) 4(1) -8(1) 0(1) C(2) 24(1) 13(1) 30(1) -2(1) -9(1) -1(1) C(3) 26(1) 14(1) 28(1) -1(1) -6(1) 4(1) C(4) 20(1) 14(1) 23(1) 6(1) -7(1) 1(1) C(5) 23(1) 12(1) 24(1) 4(1) -9(1) -1(1) C(6) 23(1) 11(1) 23(1) 0(1) -7(1) 3(1) C(7) 22(1) 17(1) 33(1) 6(1) -5(1) 0(1) C(8) 21(1) 21(1) 27(1) -3(1) -8(1) -3(1) C(9) 26(1) 25(1) 31(2) -3(1) -2(1) -1(1) O(2) 22(1) 20(1) 26(1) 3(1) -8(1) 1(1) N(5) 22(1) 13(1) 20(1) 3(1) -4(1) 1(1) N(6) 23(1) 15(1) 27(1) 1(1) -6(1) 1(1) N(7) 22(1) 18(1) 31(1) 0(1) -7(1) 2(1) N(8) 22(1) 18(1) 31(1) 0(1) -6(1) -1(1) C(10) 23(1) 12(1) 23(1) -2(1) -9(1) 3(1) C(11) 22(1) 19(1) 25(1) 8(1) -3(1) -2(1) C(12) 17(1) 23(1) 29(1) 4(1) -6(1) -3(1) C(13) 21(1) 11(1) 23(1) 1(1) -4(1) 1(1) C(14) 22(1) 11(1) 23(1) 1(1) -3(1) 0(1) C(15) 16(1) 13(1) 26(1) -4(1) -4(1) 0(1) C(16) 19(1) 24(1) 24(1) 4(1) -3(1) 3(1) C(17) 22(1) 16(1) 22(1) 6(1) -6(1) -1(1) C(18) 34(2) 20(1) 30(1) -1(1) -5(1) -4(1) ________________________________________________________________________ Table C-5. Hydrogen coordinates ( x 104) and isotropic displacement parameters (Å2x 10 3) for II-3a. ________________________________________________________________________ x y z U(eq) ________________________________________________________________________ H(1) 14881 5765 2258 41 H(2A) 12244 7775 4131 26
215
Table C-5. Hydrogen coordinates ( x 104) and isotropic displacement parameters (Å2x 10 3) for II-3a (continued) H(3) 9604 7662 4531 28 H(5) 10302 4399 2450 24 H(6) 12961 4495 2036 23 H(7A) 7738 5322 3214 30 H(7B) 7636 5546 4681 30 H(9A) 4170 8016 5948 42 H(9B) 5769 7143 6166 42 H(9C) 4630 6489 5508 42 H(2) 13341 175 4024 35 H(11) 9654 396 3890 28 H(12) 8580 1324 2117 28 H(14) 12694 2503 266 23 H(15) 13794 1534 2019 22 H(16A) 10397 3453 -569 28 H(16B) 9948 1980 -751 28 H(18A) 7013 558 208 42 H(18B) 7714 1303 -1166 42 H(18C) 5884 1415 -670 42
Symmetry transformations used to generate equivalent atoms:
216
APPENDIX D
SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL FOR THE X-RAY CRYSTAL STRUCTURE OF
C9H10N4O (II-3b)
Table D-1.Crystal data and structure refinement for II-3b.
Empirical formula C9H10N4O Formula weight 190.21 Temperature 100(2) K Wavelength 0.71073 Å Crystal system Monoclinic Space group P2(1)/c Unit cell dimensions a = 7.401(2) Å α = 90° b = 16.035(4) Å β = 104.841(5)° c = 8.239(2) Å γ = 90° Volume 945.1(4) Å3 Z 4 Density (calculated) 1.337 Mg/m3 Absorption coefficient 0.093 mm-1 F(000) 400 Crystal size 0.32 x 0.10 x 0.10 mm3 Theta range for data collection 2.54 to 26.30°. Index ranges -9 ≤ h ≤ 9, -19 ≤ k ≤ 19, -10 ≤ l ≤ 10 Reflections collected 7349 Independent reflections 1915 [R(int) = 0.0363] Completeness to theta = 26.30° 99.9 % Absorption correction Semi-empirical from equivalents Max. and min. transmission 0.9907 and 0.9707 Refinement method Full-matrix least-squares on F2 Data / restraints / parameters 1915 / 0 / 129 Goodness-of-fit on F2 1.052 Final R indices [I>2sigma(I)] R1 = 0.0391, wR2 = 0.1028 R indices (all data) R1 = 0.0507, wR2 = 0.1069 Largest diff. peak and hole 0.268 and -0.171 e.Å-3
217
Table D-2. Atomic coordinates ( x 104) and equivalent isotropic displacement parameters (Å2x 103) for II-3b. U(eq) is defined as one third of the trace of the orthogonalized Uij tensor. ________________________________________________________________________ x y z U(eq) ________________________________________________________________________ O(1) 3119(1) 3599(1) -877(1) 31(1) N(1) 11551(2) 3788(1) 3444(1) 23(1) N(2) 11925(2) 4588(1) 3230(2) 27(1) N(3) 12278(2) 4261(1) 5911(2) 27(1) N(4) 11740(2) 3573(1) 5015(2) 28(1) C(1) 5004(2) 3520(1) -207(2) 25(1) C(2) 5623(2) 2886(1) 947(2) 28(1) C(3) 7520(2) 2787(1) 1675(2) 27(1) C(4) 8825(2) 3308(1) 1239(2) 25(1) C(5) 8186(2) 3939(1) 69(2) 26(1) C(6) 6295(2) 4054(1) -640(2) 26(1) C(7) 10889(2) 3203(1) 2041(2) 27(1) C(8) 12386(2) 4870(1) 4806(2) 25(1) C(9) 12957(2) 5740(1) 5292(2) 35(1) Table D-3. Bond lengths [Å] and angles [°] for II-3b. O(1)-C(1) 1.3681(17) N(1)-N(4) 1.3116(16) N(1)-N(2) 1.3340(16) N(1)-C(7) 1.4721(17) N(2)-C(8) 1.3337(18) N(3)-N(4) 1.3298(17) N(3)-C(8) 1.3516(18) C(1)-C(2) 1.387(2) C(1)-C(6) 1.396(2) C(2)-C(3) 1.387(2) C(3)-C(4) 1.392(2) C(4)-C(5) 1.394(2) C(4)-C(7) 1.510(2) C(5)-C(6) 1.384(2) C(8)-C(9) 1.483(2) N(4)-N(1)-N(2) 114.17(11) N(4)-N(1)-C(7) 122.52(12)
N(2)-N(1)-C(7) 123.24(11) C(8)-N(2)-N(1) 101.96(11) N(4)-N(3)-C(8) 106.62(12) N(1)-N(4)-N(3) 105.75(11) O(1)-C(1)-C(2) 117.97(13) O(1)-C(1)-C(6) 122.20(13) C(2)-C(1)-C(6) 119.83(13) C(1)-C(2)-C(3) 120.02(13) C(2)-C(3)-C(4) 120.81(13) C(3)-C(4)-C(5) 118.60(13) C(3)-C(4)-C(7) 120.74(13) C(5)-C(4)-C(7) 120.65(13) C(6)-C(5)-C(4) 121.11(13) C(5)-C(6)-C(1) 119.61(13) N(1)-C(7)-C(4) 111.61(11) N(2)-C(8)-N(3) 111.50(13) N(2)-C(8)-C(9) 124.46(14) N(3)-C(8)-C(9) 124.0
218
Table D-4. Anisotropic displacement parameters (Å2x 103) for II-3b. The anisotropic displacement factor exponent takes the form: -2π2[ h2 a*2U11 + ... + 2 h k a* b* U12 ] ________________________________________________________________________ U11 U22 U33 U23 U13 U12 ________________________________________________________________________ O(1) 27(1) 40(1) 25(1) 5(1) 1(1) -5(1) N(1) 23(1) 24(1) 23(1) 2(1) 3(1) 2(1) N(2) 27(1) 23(1) 28(1) 2(1) 5(1) 2(1) N(3) 23(1) 30(1) 25(1) -1(1) 1(1) 1(1) N(4) 27(1) 31(1) 23(1) 2(1) 2(1) 0(1) C(1) 26(1) 28(1) 18(1) -4(1) 2(1) -3(1) C(2) 33(1) 25(1) 25(1) 0(1) 6(1) -6(1) C(3) 36(1) 21(1) 22(1) 1(1) 2(1) -1(1) C(4) 29(1) 23(1) 21(1) -5(1) 4(1) 0(1) C(5) 28(1) 25(1) 25(1) -1(1) 4(1) -4(1) C(6) 30(1) 25(1) 21(1) 2(1) 3(1) -1(1) C(7) 31(1) 25(1) 24(1) -4(1) 4(1) 3(1) C(8) 18(1) 28(1) 27(1) 0(1) 3(1) 4(1) C(9) 34(1) 30(1) 39(1) -5(1) 6(1) 1(1) Table D-5. Hydrogen coordinates ( x 104) and isotropic displacement parameters (Å2 x 103) for II-3b. ________________________________________________________________________ x y z U(eq) ________________________________________________________________________ H(1) 2923 3889 -1755 47 H(2) 4748 2520 1240 34 H(3) 7933 2358 2479 32 H(5) 9062 4295 -247 32 H(6) 5877 4495 -1417 31 H(7A) 11132 2624 2458 33 H(7B) 11594 3297 1186 33 H(9A) 13889 5921 4709 53 H(9B) 13497 5769 6508 53 H(9C) 11862 6106 4980 53 ________________________________________________________________________ Symmetry transformations used to generate equivalent atoms:
219
APPENDIX E
SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL FOR THE X-RAY CRYSTAL STRUCTURE OF
C60H54N15O6P3 (II-4)
Table E-1. Crystal data and structure refinement for II-4.
Empirical formula C60H54N15O6P3 Formula weight 1174.09 Temperature 100(2) K Wavelength 0.71073 Å Crystal system Triclinic Space group P-1 Unit cell dimensions a = 8.4999(9) Å α = 89.554(2)° b = 16.3633(18) Å β = 82.848(2)° c = 20.111(2) Å γ = 85.779(2)° Volume 2767.9(5) Å3 Z 2 Density (calculated) 1.409 Mg/m3 Absorption coefficient 0.177 mm-1 F(000) 1224 Crystal size 0.27 x 0.09 x 0.02 mm3 Theta range for data collection 1.61 to 26.30°. Index ranges -10<=h<=10, -20<=k<=20, -25<=l<=25 Reflections collected 19613 Independent reflections 11004 [R(int) = 0.0381] Completeness to theta = 26.30° 97.8 % Absorption correction Semi-empirical from equivalents Max. and min. transmission 0.9968 and 0.9546 Refinement method Full-matrix least-squares on F2 Data / restraints / parameters 11004 / 0 / 757 Goodness-of-fit on F2 1.026 Final R indices [I>2sigma(I)] R1 = 0.0436, wR2 = 0.0971 R indices (all data) R1 = 0.0759, wR2 = 0.1124 Largest diff. peak and hole 0.321 and -0.398 e.Å-3
220
Table E-2. Atomic coordinates ( x 104) and equivalent isotropic displacement parameters (Å2x 103) for II-4. U(eq) is defined as one third of the trace of the orthogonalized Uij tensor. ________________________________________________________________________ x y z U(eq) ________________________________________________________________________ P(1) 5126(1) 2076(1) 4673(1) 20(1) P(2) 2164(1) 1725(1) 5263(1) 21(1) P(3) 2474(1) 2871(1) 4249(1) 20(1) O(1) 6610(2) 2374(1) 4976(1) 23(1) O(2) 5999(2) 1404(1) 4169(1) 24(1) O(3) 1396(2) 2010(1) 5988(1) 26(1) O(4) 1446(2) 867(1) 5230(1) 25(1) O(5) 1804(2) 3806(1) 4300(1) 24(1) O(6) 2082(2) 2674(1) 3517(1) 23(1) N(1) 4034(2) 1624(1) 5226(1) 22(1) N(2) 1423(2) 2330(1) 4747(1) 22(1) N(3) 4324(2) 2813(1) 4286(1) 21(1) N(4) 7323(3) 3531(1) 7959(1) 29(1) N(5) 6461(3) 3049(2) 8385(1) 45(1) N(6) 7388(3) 1495(1) 956(1) 31(1) N(7) 6423(3) 1856(2) 529(1) 39(1) N(8) 2711(2) 1672(1) 9014(1) 26(1) N(9) 1422(3) 1227(1) 9135(1) 33(1) N(10) 2221(2) -379(1) 2175(1) 27(1) N(11) 3262(3) 204(1) 2031(1) 32(1) N(12) 1368(2) 5444(1) 7269(1) 27(1) N(13) 2463(2) 4884(1) 7472(1) 29(1) N(14) 3848(3) 4314(1) 656(1) 29(1) N(15) 2931(3) 3954(2) 259(1) 42(1) C(1) 6526(3) 2780(1) 5592(1) 21(1) C(2) 5326(3) 3364(2) 5811(1) 25(1) C(3) 5362(3) 3747(2) 6423(1) 26(1) C(4) 6577(3) 3552(1) 6804(1) 23(1) C(5) 7775(3) 2960(2) 6569(1) 26(1) C(6) 7739(3) 2573(1) 5965(1) 24(1) C(7) 6600(3) 4006(2) 7456(1) 30(1) C(8) 7534(4) 2675(2) 8737(2) 52(1) C(9) 9057(4) 2901(2) 8533(1) 46(1) C(10) 8883(3) 3452(2) 8037(1) 35(1) C(11) 6503(3) 1571(1) 3492(1) 21(1) C(12) 7820(3) 2003(2) 3318(1) 24(1) C(13) 8309(3) 2127(2) 2646(1) 28(1)
221
Table E-2. Atomic coordinates ( x 104) and equivalent isotropic displacement parameters (Å2x 103) for II-4 (continued) C(14) 7506(3) 1824(1) 2152(1) 24(1) C(15) 6187(3) 1391(2) 2346(1) 26(1) C(16) 5680(3) 1259(1) 3018(1) 24(1) C(17) 8088(3) 1986(2) 1424(1) 35(1) C(18) 6016(3) 1231(2) 182(1) 39(1) C(19) 6691(3) 485(2) 380(1) 35(1) C(20) 7556(3) 673(2) 874(1) 30(1) C(21) 2082(3) 1840(2) 6580(1) 23(1) C(22) 2411(3) 1050(2) 6784(1) 27(1) C(23) 3017(3) 925(2) 7392(1) 27(1) C(24) 3275(3) 1583(2) 7785(1) 23(1) C(25) 2952(3) 2371(2) 7558(1) 30(1) C(26) 2343(3) 2505(2) 6954(1) 29(1) C(27) 3916(3) 1450(2) 8447(1) 28(1) C(28) 594(3) 1575(2) 9680(1) 35(1) C(29) 1326(3) 2236(2) 9901(1) 38(1) C(30) 2680(3) 2287(2) 9459(1) 33(1) C(31) 1688(3) 444(1) 4609(1) 23(1) C(32) 2940(3) -137(1) 4494(1) 25(1) C(33) 3147(3) -556(2) 3887(1) 27(1) C(34) 2124(3) -395(2) 3410(1) 26(1) C(35) 877(3) 204(2) 3543(1) 27(1) C(36) 657(3) 627(2) 4143(1) 26(1) C(37) 2322(3) -886(2) 2766(1) 30(1) C(38) 2863(3) 532(2) 1460(1) 33(1) C(39) 1589(3) 167(2) 1244(1) 37(1) C(40) 1211(3) -411(2) 1716(1) 34(1) C(41) 1818(3) 4253(1) 4898(1) 22(1) C(42) 2822(3) 4874(2) 4888(1) 26(1) C(43) 2777(3) 5356(2) 5456(1) 27(1) C(44) 1739(3) 5218(2) 6025(1) 26(1) C(45) 748(3) 4584(2) 6024(1) 26(1) C(46) 779(3) 4091(2) 5460(1) 25(1) C(47) 1629(3) 5813(2) 6605(1) 30(1) C(48) 1967(3) 4762(2) 8113(1) 32(1) C(49) 581(3) 5244(2) 8329(1) 40(1) C(50) 230(3) 5666(2) 7775(1) 36(1) C(51) 2869(3) 2962(1) 2916(1) 22(1) C(52) 3818(3) 3615(2) 2884(1) 26(1) C(53) 4497(3) 3869(2) 2259(1) 27(1) C(54) 4233(3) 3491(2) 1672(1) 26(1) C(55) 3308(3) 2822(2) 1723(1) 25(1)
222
Table E-2. Atomic coordinates ( x 104) and equivalent isotropic displacement parameters (Å2x 103) for II-4 (continued) C(56) 2641(3) 2549(2) 2342(1) 24(1) C(57) 4959(3) 3801(2) 999(1) 29(1) C(58) 3580(3) 5134(2) 672(1) 38(1) C(59) 2427(4) 5323(2) 264(1) 48(1) C(60) 2074(4) 4570(2) 22(1) 48(1) Table E-3. Bond lengths [Å] and angles [°] for II-4. P(1)-N(1) 1.574(2) P(1)-O(1) 1.5765(17) P(1)-O(2) 1.5810(16) P(1)-N(3) 1.5882(19) P(2)-N(1) 1.578(2) P(2)-O(4) 1.5773(18) P(2)-O(3) 1.5811(16) P(2)-N(2) 1.5834(19) P(3)-N(2) 1.5706(19) P(3)-N(3) 1.579(2) P(3)-O(6) 1.5884(16) P(3)-O(5) 1.5931(16) O(1)-C(1) 1.401(3) O(2)-C(11) 1.406(3) O(3)-C(21) 1.406(3) O(4)-C(31) 1.417(3) O(5)-C(41) 1.413(3) O(6)-C(51) 1.403(3) N(4)-N(5) 1.346(3) N(4)-C(10) 1.351(3) N(4)-C(7) 1.441(3) N(5)-C(8) 1.333(4) N(6)-C(20) 1.352(3) N(6)-N(7) 1.362(3) N(6)-C(17) 1.451(3) N(7)-C(18) 1.334(4) N(8)-C(30) 1.349(3) N(8)-N(9) 1.355(3) N(8)-C(27) 1.464(3) N(9)-C(28) 1.334(3) N(10)-C(40) 1.340(3) N(10)-N(11) 1.355(3)
N(10)-C(37) 1.452(3) N(11)-C(38) 1.334(3) N(12)-C(50) 1.347(3) N(12)-N(13) 1.355(3) N(12)-C(47) 1.459(3) N(13)-C(48) 1.324(3) N(14)-C(58) 1.345(3) N(14)-N(15) 1.349(3) N(14)-C(57) 1.453(3) N(15)-C(60) 1.322(4) C(1)-C(6) 1.371(3) C(1)-C(2) 1.379(3) C(2)-C(3) 1.389(3) C(2)-H(2) 0.9500 C(3)-C(4) 1.379(3) C(3)-H(3) 0.9500 C(4)-C(5) 1.392(3) C(4)-C(7) 1.515(3) C(5)-C(6) 1.379(3) C(5)-H(5) 0.9500 C(6)-H(6) 0.9500 C(7)-H(7A) 0.9900 C(7)-H(7B) 0.9900 C(8)-C(9) 1.384(4) C(8)-H(8) 0.9500 C(9)-C(10) 1.354(4) C(9)-H(9) 0.9500 C(10)-H(10) 0.9500 C(11)-C(16) 1.372(3) C(11)-C(12) 1.375(3) C(12)-C(13) 1.382(3) C(12)-H(12) 0.9500
223
Table E-3. Bond lengths [Å] and angles [°] for II-4 (continued) C(13)-C(14) 1.387(3) C(13)-H(13) 0.9500 C(14)-C(15) 1.383(3) C(14)-C(17) 1.513(3) C(15)-C(16) 1.388(3) C(15)-H(15) 0.9500 C(16)-H(16) 0.9500 C(17)-H(17A) 0.9900 C(17)-H(17B) 0.9900 C(18)-C(19) 1.387(4) C(18)-H(18) 0.9500 C(19)-C(20) 1.357(4) C(19)-H(19) 0.9500 C(20)-H(20) 0.9500 C(21)-C(22) 1.373(3) C(21)-C(26) 1.375(3) C(22)-C(23) 1.392(3) C(22)-H(22) 0.9500 C(23)-C(24) 1.386(3) C(23)-H(23) 0.9500 C(24)-C(25) 1.384(3) C(24)-C(27) 1.508(3) C(25)-C(26) 1.387(3) C(25)-H(25) 0.9500 C(26)-H(26) 0.9500 C(27)-H(27A) 0.9900 C(27)-H(27B) 0.9900 C(28)-C(29) 1.389(4) C(28)-H(28) 0.9500 C(29)-C(30) 1.371(4) C(29)-H(29) 0.9500 C(30)-H(30) 0.9500 C(31)-C(32) 1.373(3) C(31)-C(36) 1.377(3) C(32)-C(33) 1.389(3) C(32)-H(32) 0.9500 C(33)-C(34) 1.384(3) C(33)-H(33) 0.9500 C(34)-C(35) 1.392(3) C(34)-C(37) 1.514(3) C(35)-C(36) 1.382(3) C(35)-H(35) 0.9500
C(36)-H(36) 0.9500 C(37)-H(37A) 0.9900 C(37)-H(37B) 0.9900 C(38)-C(39) 1.391(4) C(38)-H(38) 0.9500 C(39)-C(40) 1.362(4) C(39)-H(39) 0.9500 C(40)-H(40) 0.9500 C(41)-C(42) 1.372(3) C(41)-C(46) 1.383(3) C(42)-C(43) 1.388(3) C(42)-H(42) 0.9500 C(43)-C(44) 1.383(3) C(43)-H(43) 0.9500 C(44)-C(45) 1.385(4) C(44)-C(47) 1.515(3) C(45)-C(46) 1.392(3) C(45)-H(45) 0.9500 C(46)-H(46) 0.9500 C(47)-H(47A) 0.9900 C(47)-H(47B) 0.9900 C(48)-C(49) 1.393(4) C(48)-H(48) 0.9500 C(49)-C(50) 1.359(4) C(49)-H(49) 0.9500 C(50)-H(50) 0.9500 C(51)-C(52) 1.382(3) C(51)-C(56) 1.383(3) C(52)-C(53) 1.390(3) C(52)-H(52) 0.9500 C(53)-C(54) 1.387(3) C(53)-H(53) 0.9500 C(54)-C(55) 1.389(4) C(54)-C(57) 1.516(3) C(55)-C(56) 1.387(3) C(55)-H(55) 0.9500 C(56)-H(56) 0.9500 C(57)-H(57A) 0.9900 C(57)-H(57B) 0.9900 C(58)-C(59) 1.371(4) C(58)-H(58) 0.9500 C(59)-C(60) 1.394(5) C(59)-H(59) 0.9500 C(60)-H(60) 0.9500
224
Table E-3. Bond lengths [Å] and angles [°] for II-4 (continued) N(1)-P(1)-O(1) 110.08(9) N(1)-P(1)-O(2) 107.55(10) O(1)-P(1)-O(2) 99.37(9) N(1)-P(1)-N(3) 117.66(10) O(1)-P(1)-N(3) 109.35(10) O(2)-P(1)-N(3) 111.27(9) N(1)-P(2)-O(4) 111.09(10) N(1)-P(2)-O(3) 110.39(9) O(4)-P(2)-O(3) 99.85(9) N(1)-P(2)-N(2) 117.78(10) O(4)-P(2)-N(2) 109.14(10) O(3)-P(2)-N(2) 107.01(9) N(2)-P(3)-N(3) 117.82(10) N(2)-P(3)-O(6) 106.74(10) N(3)-P(3)-O(6) 111.69(9) N(2)-P(3)-O(5) 110.52(9) N(3)-P(3)-O(5) 109.42(10) O(6)-P(3)-O(5) 99.01(8) C(1)-O(1)-P(1) 124.24(14) C(11)-O(2)-P(1) 122.85(14) C(21)-O(3)-P(2) 124.80(14) C(31)-O(4)-P(2) 117.90(14) C(41)-O(5)-P(3) 120.36(13) C(51)-O(6)-P(3) 125.80(15) P(1)-N(1)-P(2) 121.08(12) P(3)-N(2)-P(2) 122.16(12) P(3)-N(3)-P(1) 120.08(12) N(5)-N(4)-C(10) 112.0(2) N(5)-N(4)-C(7) 120.9(2) C(10)-N(4)-C(7) 126.9(2) C(8)-N(5)-N(4) 103.7(2) C(20)-N(6)-N(7) 111.4(2) C(20)-N(6)-C(17) 128.0(2) N(7)-N(6)-C(17) 120.6(2) C(18)-N(7)-N(6) 104.0(2) C(30)-N(8)-N(9) 112.2(2) C(30)-N(8)-C(27) 128.5(2) N(9)-N(8)-C(27) 119.3(2) C(28)-N(9)-N(8) 104.1(2) C(40)-N(10)-N(11) 112.1(2) C(40)-N(10)-C(37) 128.3(2) N(11)-N(10)-C(37) 119.6(2)
C(38)-N(11)-N(10) 103.8(2) C(50)-N(12)-N(13) 111.3(2) C(50)-N(12)-C(47) 127.8(2) N(13)-N(12)-C(47) 120.28(19) C(48)-N(13)-N(12) 104.52(19) C(58)-N(14)-N(15) 112.5(2) C(58)-N(14)-C(57) 128.7(2) N(15)-N(14)-C(57) 118.8(2) C(60)-N(15)-N(14) 104.3(3) C(6)-C(1)-C(2) 121.2(2) C(6)-C(1)-O(1) 115.87(19) C(2)-C(1)-O(1) 122.9(2) C(1)-C(2)-C(3) 118.8(2) C(1)-C(2)-H(2) 120.6 C(3)-C(2)-H(2) 120.6 C(4)-C(3)-C(2) 120.9(2) C(4)-C(3)-H(3) 119.6 C(2)-C(3)-H(3) 119.6 C(3)-C(4)-C(5) 119.1(2) C(3)-C(4)-C(7) 119.1(2) C(5)-C(4)-C(7) 121.8(2) C(6)-C(5)-C(4) 120.3(2) C(6)-C(5)-H(5) 119.8 C(4)-C(5)-H(5) 119.8 C(1)-C(6)-C(5) 119.7(2) C(1)-C(6)-H(6) 120.1 C(5)-C(6)-H(6) 120.1 N(4)-C(7)-C(4) 114.2(2) N(4)-C(7)-H(7A) 108.7 C(4)-C(7)-H(7A) 108.7 N(4)-C(7)-H(7B) 108.7 C(4)-C(7)-H(7B) 108.7 H(7A)-C(7)-H(7B) 107.6 N(5)-C(8)-C(9) 112.4(3) N(5)-C(8)-H(8) 123.8 C(9)-C(8)-H(8) 123.8 C(10)-C(9)-C(8) 104.7(3) C(10)-C(9)-H(9) 127.7 C(8)-C(9)-H(9) 127.7 N(4)-C(10)-C(9) 107.3(3) N(4)-C(10)-H(10) 126.3 C(9)-C(10)-H(10) 126.3 C(16)-C(11)-C(12) 121.8(2) C(16)-C(11)-O(2) 117.7(2) C(12)-C(11)-O(2) 120.4(2)
225
Table E-3. Bond lengths [Å] and angles [°] for II-4 (continued) C(11)-C(12)-C(13) 118.5(2) C(11)-C(12)-H(12) 120.8 C(13)-C(12)-H(12) 120.8 C(12)-C(13)-C(14) 121.4(2) C(12)-C(13)-H(13) 119.3 C(14)-C(13)-H(13) 119.3 C(15)-C(14)-C(13) 118.5(2) C(15)-C(14)-C(17) 122.4(2) C(13)-C(14)-C(17) 119.1(2) C(14)-C(15)-C(16) 120.9(2) C(14)-C(15)-H(15) 119.6 C(16)-C(15)-H(15) 119.6 C(11)-C(16)-C(15) 118.9(2) C(11)-C(16)-H(16) 120.6 C(15)-C(16)-H(16) 120.6 N(6)-C(17)-C(14) 113.8(2) N(6)-C(17)-H(17A) 108.8 C(14)-C(17)-H(17A) 108.8 N(6)-C(17)-H(17B) 108.8 C(14)-C(17)-H(17B) 108.8 H(17A)-C(17)-H(17B) 107.7 N(7)-C(18)-C(19) 112.1(3) N(7)-C(18)-H(18) 123.9 C(19)-C(18)-H(18) 123.9 C(20)-C(19)-C(18) 105.0(3) C(20)-C(19)-H(19) 127.5 C(18)-C(19)-H(19) 127.5 N(6)-C(20)-C(19) 107.5(2) N(6)-C(20)-H(20) 126.3 C(19)-C(20)-H(20) 126.3 C(22)-C(21)-C(26) 122.0(2) C(22)-C(21)-O(3) 121.5(2) C(26)-C(21)-O(3) 116.5(2) C(21)-C(22)-C(23) 118.5(2) C(21)-C(22)-H(22) 120.7 C(23)-C(22)-H(22) 120.7 C(24)-C(23)-C(22) 120.9(2) C(24)-C(23)-H(23) 119.6 C(22)-C(23)-H(23) 119.6 C(25)-C(24)-C(23) 119.0(2) C(25)-C(24)-C(27) 120.1(2) C(23)-C(24)-C(27) 121.0(2)
C(24)-C(25)-C(26) 120.8(2) C(24)-C(25)-H(25) 119.6 C(26)-C(25)-H(25) 119.6 C(21)-C(26)-C(25) 118.8(2) C(21)-C(26)-H(26) 120.6 C(25)-C(26)-H(26) 120.6 N(8)-C(27)-C(24) 111.8(2) N(8)-C(27)-H(27A) 109.2 C(24)-C(27)-H(27A) 109.2 N(8)-C(27)-H(27B) 109.2 C(24)-C(27)-H(27B) 109.2 H(27A)-C(27)-H(27B) 107.9 N(9)-C(28)-C(29) 111.9(2) N(9)-C(28)-H(28) 124.0 C(29)-C(28)-H(28) 124.0 C(30)-C(29)-C(28) 105.1(2) C(30)-C(29)-H(29) 127.5 C(28)-C(29)-H(29) 127.5 N(8)-C(30)-C(29) 106.7(2) N(8)-C(30)-H(30) 126.7 C(29)-C(30)-H(30) 126.7 C(32)-C(31)-C(36) 122.2(2) C(32)-C(31)-O(4) 118.8(2) C(36)-C(31)-O(4) 119.0(2) C(31)-C(32)-C(33) 118.2(2) C(31)-C(32)-H(32) 120.9 C(33)-C(32)-H(32) 120.9 C(34)-C(33)-C(32) 121.2(2) C(34)-C(33)-H(33) 119.4 C(32)-C(33)-H(33) 119.4 C(33)-C(34)-C(35) 118.9(2) C(33)-C(34)-C(37) 120.5(2) C(35)-C(34)-C(37) 120.6(2) C(36)-C(35)-C(34) 120.5(2) C(36)-C(35)-H(35) 119.7 C(34)-C(35)-H(35) 119.7 C(31)-C(36)-C(35) 118.9(2) C(31)-C(36)-H(36) 120.5 C(35)-C(36)-H(36) 120.5 N(10)-C(37)-C(34) 113.1(2) N(10)-C(37)-H(37A) 109.0 C(34)-C(37)-H(37A) 109.0 N(10)-C(37)-H(37B) 109.0 C(34)-C(37)-H(37B) 109.0 H(37A)-C(37)-H(37B) 107.8
226
Table E-3. Bond lengths [Å] and angles [°] for II-4 (continued) N(11)-C(38)-C(39) 112.0(2) N(11)-C(38)-H(38) 124.0 C(39)-C(38)-H(38) 124.0 C(40)-C(39)-C(38) 104.6(2) C(40)-C(39)-H(39) 127.7 C(38)-C(39)-H(39) 127.7 N(10)-C(40)-C(39) 107.4(2) N(10)-C(40)-H(40) 126.3 C(39)-C(40)-H(40) 126.3 C(42)-C(41)-C(46) 121.7(2) C(42)-C(41)-O(5) 118.1(2) C(46)-C(41)-O(5) 120.1(2) C(41)-C(42)-C(43) 119.0(2) C(41)-C(42)-H(42) 120.5 C(43)-C(42)-H(42) 120.5 C(44)-C(43)-C(42) 120.9(2) C(44)-C(43)-H(43) 119.5 C(42)-C(43)-H(43) 119.5 C(43)-C(44)-C(45) 118.9(2) C(43)-C(44)-C(47) 118.6(2) C(45)-C(44)-C(47) 122.3(2) C(44)-C(45)-C(46) 121.0(2) C(44)-C(45)-H(45) 119.5 C(46)-C(45)-H(45) 119.5 C(41)-C(46)-C(45) 118.4(2) C(41)-C(46)-H(46) 120.8 C(45)-C(46)-H(46) 120.8 N(12)-C(47)-C(44) 115.0(2) N(12)-C(47)-H(47A) 108.5 C(44)-C(47)-H(47A) 108.5 N(12)-C(47)-H(47B) 108.5 C(44)-C(47)-H(47B) 108.5 H(47A)-C(47)-H(47B) 107.5 N(13)-C(48)-C(49) 111.9(2) N(13)-C(48)-H(48) 124.0 C(49)-C(48)-H(48) 124.0
C(50)-C(49)-C(48) 104.6(2) C(50)-C(49)-H(49) 127.7 C(48)-C(49)-H(49) 127.7 N(12)-C(50)-C(49) 107.6(2) N(12)-C(50)-H(50) 126.2 C(49)-C(50)-H(50) 126.2 C(52)-C(51)-C(56) 121.0(2) C(52)-C(51)-O(6) 123.2(2) C(56)-C(51)-O(6) 115.7(2) C(51)-C(52)-C(53) 118.5(2) C(51)-C(52)-H(52) 120.7 C(53)-C(52)-H(52) 120.7 C(54)-C(53)-C(52) 121.8(2) C(54)-C(53)-H(53) 119.1 C(52)-C(53)-H(53) 119.1 C(53)-C(54)-C(55) 118.2(2) C(53)-C(54)-C(57) 120.2(2) C(55)-C(54)-C(57) 121.7(2) C(56)-C(55)-C(54) 121.0(2) C(56)-C(55)-H(55) 119.5 C(54)-C(55)-H(55) 119.5 C(51)-C(56)-C(55) 119.3(2) C(51)-C(56)-H(56) 120.3 C(55)-C(56)-H(56) 120.3 N(14)-C(57)-C(54) 113.4(2) N(14)-C(57)-H(57A) 108.9 C(54)-C(57)-H(57A) 108.9 N(14)-C(57)-H(57B) 108.9 C(54)-C(57)-H(57B) 108.9 H(57A)-C(57)-H(57B) 107.7 N(14)-C(58)-C(59) 106.4(3) N(14)-C(58)-H(58) 126.8 C(59)-C(58)-H(58) 126.8 C(58)-C(59)-C(60) 104.9(3) C(58)-C(59)-H(59) 127.6 C(60)-C(59)-H(59) 127.6 N(15)-C(60)-C(59) 111.9(3) N(15)-C(60)-H(60) 124.1 C(59)-C(60)-H(60) 124.1
227
Table E-4. Anisotropic displacement parameters (Å2x 103) for II-4. The anisotropic displacement factor exponent takes the form: -2π2[ h2 a*2U11 + ... + 2 h k a* b* U12 ] ________________________________________________________________________ U11 U22 U33 U23 U13 U12 ________________________________________________________________________ P(1) 24(1) 18(1) 18(1) 0(1) -2(1) 2(1) P(2) 24(1) 21(1) 18(1) 3(1) -2(1) 1(1) P(3) 26(1) 17(1) 18(1) 1(1) -4(1) 1(1) O(1) 23(1) 26(1) 20(1) -2(1) -3(1) 2(1) O(2) 35(1) 18(1) 19(1) 0(1) -1(1) 4(1) O(3) 26(1) 33(1) 18(1) 1(1) -2(1) 6(1) O(4) 30(1) 23(1) 22(1) 4(1) -3(1) -5(1) O(5) 30(1) 18(1) 22(1) 0(1) -5(1) 5(1) O(6) 30(1) 22(1) 19(1) 2(1) -4(1) -4(1) N(1) 27(1) 19(1) 19(1) 0(1) -4(1) 4(1) N(2) 25(1) 22(1) 20(1) 2(1) -4(1) -1(1) N(3) 26(1) 18(1) 20(1) 2(1) -4(1) -2(1) N(4) 38(1) 26(1) 25(1) -1(1) -6(1) -7(1) N(5) 50(2) 53(2) 35(1) 11(1) -9(1) -23(1) N(6) 39(1) 31(1) 21(1) 0(1) 3(1) 2(1) N(7) 45(1) 35(1) 33(1) 7(1) 1(1) 7(1) N(8) 33(1) 28(1) 19(1) 1(1) -4(1) -3(1) N(9) 37(1) 28(1) 32(1) 2(1) 0(1) -5(1) N(10) 30(1) 26(1) 27(1) -3(1) -4(1) -7(1) N(11) 34(1) 29(1) 34(1) 2(1) -4(1) -10(1) N(12) 32(1) 23(1) 27(1) -5(1) -5(1) 3(1) N(13) 29(1) 30(1) 29(1) -1(1) -5(1) 4(1) N(14) 39(1) 26(1) 23(1) 2(1) -1(1) -3(1) N(15) 50(2) 48(2) 30(1) -4(1) -6(1) -5(1) C(1) 24(1) 20(1) 19(1) 0(1) -1(1) -2(1) C(2) 25(1) 24(1) 25(1) 0(1) -4(1) 3(1) C(3) 28(1) 23(1) 26(1) 0(1) -2(1) 5(1) C(4) 28(1) 15(1) 24(1) 2(1) -2(1) -3(1) C(5) 26(1) 22(1) 32(1) -1(1) -9(1) -3(1) C(6) 21(1) 20(1) 31(1) -3(1) -2(1) -1(1) C(7) 35(2) 24(1) 29(1) -4(1) -7(1) 1(1) C(8) 64(2) 54(2) 43(2) 23(2) -20(2) -21(2) C(9) 50(2) 49(2) 42(2) 5(1) -22(1) -5(2) C(10) 35(2) 39(2) 31(1) -2(1) -9(1) -4(1) C(11) 26(1) 17(1) 18(1) -1(1) -1(1) 6(1) C(12) 24(1) 22(1) 28(1) -4(1) -6(1) 0(1) C(13) 24(1) 23(1) 34(1) 0(1) 4(1) -2(1) C(14) 30(1) 19(1) 22(1) -2(1) 2(1) 1(1) C(15) 29(1) 24(1) 23(1) -3(1) -5(1) 0(1)
228
Table E-4. Anisotropic displacement parameters (Å2x 103) for II-4 (continued) C(16) 26(1) 19(1) 26(1) -1(1) 1(1) -2(1) C(17) 49(2) 28(2) 26(1) -4(1) 7(1) -8(1) C(18) 39(2) 47(2) 32(1) 7(1) -6(1) -3(1) C(19) 39(2) 36(2) 27(1) -1(1) 1(1) -3(1) C(20) 35(2) 27(2) 26(1) 0(1) 3(1) 3(1) C(21) 22(1) 28(1) 16(1) 2(1) 1(1) 1(1) C(22) 34(1) 22(1) 26(1) -1(1) -6(1) -3(1) C(23) 36(1) 19(1) 26(1) 2(1) -4(1) 1(1) C(24) 25(1) 26(1) 19(1) 1(1) -1(1) -1(1) C(25) 42(2) 23(1) 25(1) -2(1) -2(1) -3(1) C(26) 39(2) 22(1) 24(1) 1(1) -1(1) 2(1) C(27) 31(1) 29(2) 24(1) 0(1) -2(1) 0(1) C(28) 37(2) 39(2) 27(1) 4(1) 3(1) 2(1) C(29) 45(2) 45(2) 22(1) -7(1) -5(1) 8(1) C(30) 41(2) 32(2) 29(1) -9(1) -13(1) 0(1) C(31) 29(1) 20(1) 22(1) 4(1) -2(1) -7(1) C(32) 28(1) 21(1) 28(1) 7(1) -7(1) -4(1) C(33) 29(1) 19(1) 34(1) 4(1) -5(1) -2(1) C(34) 29(1) 22(1) 26(1) 2(1) -1(1) -7(1) C(35) 28(1) 26(1) 28(1) 4(1) -9(1) -4(1) C(36) 25(1) 22(1) 31(1) 4(1) -3(1) -2(1) C(37) 35(2) 22(1) 33(1) 0(1) -2(1) -7(1) C(38) 38(2) 29(2) 30(1) 1(1) 1(1) -2(1) C(39) 37(2) 49(2) 26(1) -2(1) -6(1) 1(1) C(40) 30(1) 45(2) 30(1) -8(1) -4(1) -9(1) C(41) 26(1) 17(1) 23(1) 0(1) -8(1) 5(1) C(42) 29(1) 24(1) 26(1) 3(1) -1(1) 1(1) C(43) 30(1) 19(1) 34(1) -1(1) -8(1) -3(1) C(44) 31(1) 20(1) 26(1) -1(1) -7(1) 6(1) C(45) 28(1) 23(1) 26(1) 2(1) 0(1) 1(1) C(46) 27(1) 17(1) 30(1) 2(1) -5(1) 1(1) C(47) 41(2) 18(1) 30(1) -2(1) -7(1) 2(1) C(48) 38(2) 29(2) 29(1) 1(1) -5(1) -2(1) C(49) 43(2) 40(2) 32(1) 1(1) 9(1) -1(1) C(50) 32(2) 32(2) 42(2) -4(1) 3(1) 6(1) C(51) 27(1) 22(1) 17(1) 3(1) -4(1) 0(1) C(52) 35(1) 20(1) 23(1) -1(1) -8(1) -3(1) C(53) 31(1) 18(1) 30(1) 3(1) -4(1) -4(1) C(54) 30(1) 21(1) 25(1) 3(1) 0(1) 3(1) C(55) 30(1) 23(1) 22(1) -2(1) -3(1) 1(1) C(56) 27(1) 19(1) 25(1) 0(1) -4(1) -1(1) C(57) 34(1) 27(1) 26(1) 3(1) 2(1) -2(1) C(58) 48(2) 26(2) 35(2) 4(1) 12(1) 2(1)
229
Table E-4. Anisotropic displacement parameters (Å2x 103) for II-4 (continued) C(59) 45(2) 50(2) 40(2) 23(1) 14(1) 14(2) C(60) 44(2) 69(2) 30(2) 9(2) -4(1) 4(2) _______________________________________________________________________ Table E-5. Hydrogen coordinates ( x 104) and isotropic displacement parameters (Å2x 10 3) for II-4. ________________________________________________________________________ x y z U(eq) ________________________________________________________________________ H(2) 4490 3503 5549 30 H(3) 4538 4148 6581 31 H(5) 8621 2822 6827 32 H(6) 8552 2166 5808 29 H(7A) 7182 4504 7361 35 H(7B) 5493 4184 7639 35 H(8) 7282 2297 9088 62 H(9) 10012 2711 8703 55 H(10) 9705 3732 7790 42 H(12) 8381 2211 3652 29 H(13) 9214 2427 2519 33 H(15) 5621 1181 2014 31 H(16) 4778 959 3149 29 H(17A) 7847 2572 1327 42 H(17B) 9257 1875 1351 42 H(18) 5343 1290 -162 47 H(19) 6572 -43 208 42 H(20) 8169 295 1117 36 H(22) 2230 599 6516 32 H(23) 3256 383 7539 33 H(25) 3150 2825 7818 36 H(26) 2110 3046 6803 35 H(27A) 4293 866 8486 34 H(27B) 4836 1784 8461 34 H(28) -380 1393 9892 42 H(29) 966 2579 10276 45 H(30) 3448 2680 9464 40 H(32) 3646 -250 4819 31 H(33) 4007 -961 3798 33 H(35) 172 323 3218 32 H(36) -192 1038 4233 31 H(37A) 3367 -1204 2720 36 H(37B) 1489 -1281 2792 36
230
Table E-5. Hydrogen coordinates ( x 104) and isotropic displacement parameters (Å2x 10 3) for II-4 (continued) H(38) 3387 963 1229 39 H(39) 1093 293 854 45 H(40) 383 -771 1720 41 H(42) 3537 4972 4499 32 H(43) 3469 5787 5454 33 H(45) 35 4483 6413 31 H(46) 103 3654 5463 30 H(47A) 2626 6097 6571 35 H(47B) 749 6233 6561 35 H(48) 2494 4391 8392 38 H(49) 8 5271 8766 48 H(50) -658 6048 7750 43 H(52) 4003 3884 3281 31 H(53) 5160 4314 2233 32 H(55) 3129 2548 1328 30 H(56) 2035 2082 2372 28 H(57A) 5874 4118 1067 35 H(57B) 5368 3325 711 35 H(58) 4088 5509 917 46 H(59) 1969 5851 168 57 H(60) 1310 4508 -277 58
Symmetry transformations used to generate equivalent atoms:
231
APPENDIX F SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL FOR THE X-RAY CRYSTAL STRUCTURE OF
C54H48N21O6P3 (II-5)
Table F-1. Crystal data and structure refinement for II-5.
Empirical formula C54H48N21O6P3 Formula weight 1180.04 Temperature 100(2) K Wavelength 0.71073 Å Crystal system Triclinic Space group P-1 Unit cell dimensions a = 8.694(3) Å α = 111.030(6)° b = 16.149(6) Å β = 98.615(6)° c = 20.924(7) Å γ = 96.147(6)° Volume 2669.7(16) Å3 Z 2 Density (calculated) 1.468 Mg/m3 Absorption coefficient 0.186 mm-1 F(000) 1224 Crystal size 0.27 x 0.16 x 0.04 mm3 Theta range for data collection 1.37 to 25.00°. Index ranges -9 ≤ h ≤ 10, -19 ≤ k ≤ 19, -24 ≤ l ≤ 24 Reflections collected 19200 Independent reflections 9375 [R(int) = 0.0580] Completeness to theta = 25.00° 99.5 % Absorption correction Semi-empirical from equivalents Max. and min. transmission 0.9926 and 0.9514 Refinement method Full-matrix least-squares on F2 Data / restraints / parameters 9375 / 0 / 757 Goodness-of-fit on F2 1.012 Final R indices [I>2sigma(I)] R1 = 0.0598, wR2 = 0.1195 R indices (all data) R1 = 0.0904, wR2 = 0.1312 Largest diff. peak and hole 0.355 and -0.413 e.Å-3
232
Table F-2. Atomic coordinates ( x 104) and equivalent isotropic displacement parameters (Å2x 103) for II-5. U(eq) is defined as one third of the trace of the orthogonalized Uij tensor. ________________________________________________________________________ x y z U(eq) ________________________________________________________________________ P(1) 7855(1) 3295(1) 701(1) 21(1) P(2) 4874(1) 2266(1) 273(1) 21(1) P(3) 7273(1) 1632(1) -387(1) 21(1) O(1) 8498(2) 4249(1) 689(1) 24(1) O(2) 8850(2) 3410(1) 1436(1) 24(1) O(3) 3214(2) 2427(1) -46(1) 23(1) O(4) 4310(2) 1847(1) 798(1) 23(1) O(5) 7397(2) 1582(1) -1146(1) 24(1) O(6) 8025(2) 781(1) -386(1) 23(1) N(1) 6021(3) 3208(2) 691(1) 21(1) N(2) 5493(3) 1520(2) -298(1) 21(1) N(3) 8433(3) 2517(2) 142(1) 20(1) N(4) 6856(3) 4337(2) -2386(1) 25(1) N(5) 5473(3) 3729(2) -2650(2) 30(1) N(6) 7290(3) 3286(2) -3321(2) 30(1) N(7) 9214(3) 6678(2) 4404(1) 31(1) N(8) 8159(4) 7191(2) 4278(2) 38(1) N(9) 10499(4) 8066(2) 4882(2) 46(1) N(10) 157(3) 1531(2) -3226(1) 25(1) N(11) 747(3) 747(2) -3363(2) 36(1) N(12) -1764(3) 480(2) -3968(2) 36(1) N(13) 4384(3) 4317(2) 4025(1) 26(1) N(14) 4692(4) 5117(2) 3939(2) 33(1) N(15) 2857(3) 5161(2) 4613(2) 33(1) N(16) 4132(3) -1003(2) -4290(1) 24(1) N(17) 4939(3) -1657(2) -4224(2) 32(1) N(18) 5097(3) -1480(2) -5241(2) 32(1) N(19) 10375(3) 1130(2) 2768(1) 27(1) N(20) 9283(3) 1651(2) 2979(2) 31(1) N(21) 11685(4) 2280(2) 3698(2) 37(1) C(1) 8087(4) 4405(2) 68(2) 23(1) C(2) 8709(4) 3981(2) -507(2) 24(1) C(3) 8353(4) 4193(2) -1090(2) 25(1) C(4) 7374(4) 4817(2) -1098(2) 24(1) C(5) 6765(4) 5231(2) -513(2) 27(1) C(6) 7115(4) 5032(2) 77(2) 27(1) C(7) 7072(4) 5094(2) -1720(2) 28(1) C(8) 5807(4) 3124(2) -3209(2) 30(1)
233
Table F-2. Atomic coordinates ( x 104) and equivalent isotropic displacement parameters (Å2x 103) for II-5 (continued) C(9) 7897(4) 4054(2) -2790(2) 28(1) C(10) 8741(4) 4008(2) 2101(2) 22(1) C(11) 7869(4) 4699(2) 2216(2) 26(1) C(12) 7866(4) 5253(2) 2902(2) 27(1) C(13) 8751(4) 5134(2) 3462(2) 27(1) C(14) 9606(4) 4432(2) 3326(2) 28(1) C(15) 9591(4) 3858(2) 2646(2) 26(1) C(16) 8734(5) 5712(2) 4212(2) 36(1) C(17) 8992(5) 8008(3) 4572(2) 42(1) C(18) 10591(4) 7216(3) 4762(2) 43(1) C(19) 2791(4) 2449(2) -713(2) 22(1) C(20) 1224(4) 2108(2) -1036(2) 24(1) C(21) 693(4) 2101(2) -1693(2) 25(1) C(22) 1713(4) 2425(2) -2037(2) 24(1) C(23) 3268(4) 2776(2) -1697(2) 27(1) C(24) 3824(4) 2791(2) -1033(2) 25(1) C(25) 1143(4) 2390(2) -2767(2) 29(1) C(26) -464(4) 148(2) -3810(2) 35(1) C(27) -1312(4) 1350(2) -3595(2) 33(1) C(28) 4570(4) 2321(2) 1524(2) 23(1) C(29) 3495(4) 2841(2) 1805(2) 25(1) C(30) 3719(4) 3274(2) 2527(2) 25(1) C(31) 5009(4) 3184(2) 2963(2) 22(1) C(32) 6055(4) 2654(2) 2663(2) 25(1) C(33) 5856(4) 2223(2) 1947(2) 25(1) C(34) 5273(4) 3598(2) 3750(2) 27(1) C(35) 3730(4) 5579(2) 4296(2) 33(1) C(36) 3309(4) 4364(2) 4423(2) 29(1) C(37) 6349(4) 1035(2) -1780(2) 23(1) C(38) 5622(4) 169(2) -1899(2) 27(1) C(39) 4628(4) -318(2) -2543(2) 27(1) C(40) 4384(4) 22(2) -3064(2) 25(1) C(41) 5157(4) 887(2) -2929(2) 28(1) C(42) 6130(4) 1395(2) -2286(2) 28(1) C(43) 3298(4) -529(2) -3757(2) 28(1) C(44) 5497(4) -1909(2) -4808(2) 33(1) C(45) 4233(4) -918(2) -4891(2) 27(1) C(46) 8472(4) 686(2) 262(2) 23(1) C(47) 7424(4) 181(2) 469(2) 24(1) C(48) 7900(4) 55(2) 1088(2) 26(1) C(49) 9405(4) 432(2) 1491(2) 25(1) C(50) 10430(4) 940(2) 1264(2) 28(1)
234
Table F-2. Atomic coordinates ( x 104) and equivalent isotropic displacement parameters (Å2x 103) for II-5 (continued) C(51) 9976(4) 1068(2) 652(2) 26(1) C(52) 9928(4) 284(2) 2155(2) 31(1) C(53) 10139(4) 2324(2) 3538(2) 33(1) C(54) 11777(4) 1513(2) 3197(2) 33(1) Table F-3. Bond lengths [Å] and angles [°] for II-5. P(1)-N(3) 1.567(3) P(1)-N(1) 1.581(3) P(1)-O(2) 1.585(2) P(1)-O(1) 1.591(2) P(2)-N(2) 1.571(3) P(2)-O(3) 1.586(2) P(2)-O(4) 1.590(2) P(2)-N(1) 1.592(3) P(3)-O(5) 1.581(2) P(3)-N(3) 1.583(3) P(3)-O(6) 1.584(2) P(3)-N(2) 1.585(3) O(1)-C(1) 1.412(4) O(2)-C(10) 1.405(4) O(3)-C(19) 1.403(4) O(4)-C(28) 1.404(4) O(5)-C(37) 1.412(4) O(6)-C(46) 1.420(4) N(4)-C(9) 1.335(4) N(4)-N(5) 1.369(4) N(4)-C(7) 1.456(4) N(5)-C(8) 1.321(4) N(6)-C(9) 1.322(4) N(6)-C(8) 1.360(4) N(7)-C(18) 1.338(4) N(7)-N(8) 1.358(4) N(7)-C(16) 1.460(4) N(8)-C(17) 1.313(5) N(9)-C(18) 1.318(5) N(9)-C(17) 1.350(5) N(10)-C(27) 1.332(4) N(10)-N(11) 1.368(4) N(10)-C(25) 1.457(4)
N(11)-C(26) 1.325(4) N(12)-C(27) 1.319(4) N(12)-C(26) 1.349(4) N(13)-C(36) 1.332(4) N(13)-N(14) 1.372(4) N(13)-C(34) 1.457(4) N(14)-C(35) 1.318(4) N(15)-C(36) 1.326(4) N(15)-C(35) 1.353(4) N(16)-C(45) 1.329(4) N(16)-N(17) 1.364(4) N(16)-C(43) 1.450(4) N(17)-C(44) 1.324(4) N(18)-C(45) 1.326(4) N(18)-C(44) 1.353(4) N(19)-C(54) 1.337(4) N(19)-N(20) 1.354(4) N(19)-C(52) 1.464(4) N(20)-C(53) 1.325(4) N(21)-C(54) 1.324(4) N(21)-C(53) 1.352(4) C(1)-C(2) 1.375(4) C(1)-C(6) 1.383(4) C(2)-C(3) 1.383(4) C(3)-C(4) 1.390(4) C(4)-C(5) 1.382(5) C(4)-C(7) 1.517(4) C(5)-C(6) 1.384(5) C(10)-C(15) 1.373(4) C(10)-C(11) 1.386(4) C(11)-C(12) 1.392(4) C(12)-C(13) 1.388(4) C(13)-C(14) 1.390(5)
235
Table F-3. Bond lengths [Å] and N(11)-C(26)-N(12) 115.8(3) angles [°] for II-5. N(12)-C(27)-N(10) 111.6(3)
C(33)-C(28)-C(29) 121.1(3) C(54)-N(21)-C(53) 101.4(3) C(33)-C(28)-O(4) 119.3(3) C(2)-C(1)-C(6) 121.9(3) C(29)-C(28)-O(4) 119.5(3) C(2)-C(1)-O(1) 120.5(3) C(28)-C(29)-C(30) 119.2(3) C(6)-C(1)-O(1) 117.5(3) C(29)-C(30)-C(31) 120.6(3) C(1)-C(2)-C(3) 118.7(3) C(32)-C(31)-C(30) 118.5(3) C(2)-C(3)-C(4) 120.7(3) C(32)-C(31)-C(34) 118.4(3) C(5)-C(4)-C(3) 119.3(3) C(30)-C(31)-C(34) 123.0(3) C(5)-C(4)-C(7) 120.0(3) C(31)-C(32)-C(33) 121.7(3) C(3)-C(4)-C(7) 120.5(3) C(28)-C(33)-C(32) 118.9(3) C(4)-C(5)-C(6) 120.9(3) N(13)-C(34)-C(31) 114.8(3) C(1)-C(6)-C(5) 118.5(3) N(14)-C(35)-N(15) 116.6(3) N(4)-C(7)-C(4) 112.7(3) N(15)-C(36)-N(13) 111.2(3) N(5)-C(8)-N(6) 115.9(3) C(42)-C(37)-C(38) 121.6(3) N(6)-C(9)-N(4) 111.6(3) C(42)-C(37)-O(5) 116.3(3) C(15)-C(10)-C(11) 121.6(3) C(38)-C(37)-O(5) 122.0(3) C(15)-C(10)-O(2) 114.2(3) C(39)-C(38)-C(37) 117.6(3) C(11)-C(10)-O(2) 124.2(3) C(40)-C(39)-C(38) 122.2(3) C(10)-C(11)-C(12) 118.8(3) C(39)-C(40)-C(41) 118.5(3) C(13)-C(12)-C(11) 120.8(3) C(39)-C(40)-C(43) 120.7(3) C(12)-C(13)-C(14) 118.7(3) C(41)-C(40)-C(43) 120.9(3) C(12)-C(13)-C(16) 121.8(3) C(42)-C(41)-C(40) 120.6(3) C(14)-C(13)-C(16) 119.4(3) C(37)-C(42)-C(41) 119.5(3) C(15)-C(14)-C(13) 121.2(3) N(16)-C(43)-C(40) 112.9(3) C(10)-C(15)-C(14) 118.8(3) N(17)-C(44)-N(18) 115.8(3) N(7)-C(16)-C(13) 114.9(3) N(18)-C(45)-N(16) 111.2(3) N(8)-C(17)-N(9) 115.3(4) C(47)-C(46)-C(51) 121.7(3) N(9)-C(18)-N(7) 111.1(4) C(47)-C(46)-O(6) 119.3(3) C(24)-C(19)-C(20) 121.1(3) C(51)-C(46)-O(6) 118.9(3) C(24)-C(19)-O(3) 123.9(3) C(46)-C(47)-C(48) 118.9(3) C(20)-C(19)-O(3) 115.0(3) C(49)-C(48)-C(47) 120.6(3) C(21)-C(20)-C(19) 119.4(3) C(48)-C(49)-C(50) 118.8(3) C(20)-C(21)-C(22) 120.9(3) C(48)-C(49)-C(52) 120.6(3) C(23)-C(22)-C(21) 118.5(3) C(50)-C(49)-C(52) 120.6(3) C(23)-C(22)-C(25) 120.5(3) C(51)-C(50)-C(49) 121.3(3) C(21)-C(22)-C(25) 121.0(3) C(50)-C(51)-C(46) 118.7(3) C(22)-C(23)-C(24) 121.3(3) N(19)-C(52)-C(49) 112.3(3) C(19)-C(24)-C(23) 118.7(3) N(20)-C(53)-N(21) 116.2(3) N(10)-C(25)-C(22) 112.5(3) N(21)-C(54)-N(19) 111.2(3)
236
Table F-4. Anisotropic displacement parameters (Å2x 103) for II-5. The anisotropic displacement factor exponent takes the form: -2π2[ h2 a*2U11 + ... + 2 h k a* b* U12 ] ________________________________________________________________________ U11 U22 U33 U23 U13 U12 ________________________________________________________________________ P(1) 22(1) 14(1) 25(1) 8(1) 1(1) -3(1) P(2) 21(1) 15(1) 24(1) 9(1) 2(1) -2(1) P(3) 22(1) 14(1) 24(1) 7(1) 2(1) -2(1) O(1) 26(1) 14(1) 29(1) 10(1) 2(1) -7(1) O(2) 25(1) 19(1) 23(1) 6(1) 0(1) 2(1) O(3) 19(1) 24(1) 24(1) 9(1) 3(1) 1(1) O(4) 29(1) 18(1) 20(1) 9(1) 4(1) -6(1) O(5) 25(1) 18(1) 24(1) 5(1) 2(1) -7(1) O(6) 26(1) 15(1) 25(1) 6(1) 3(1) 2(1) N(1) 22(1) 13(1) 26(2) 7(1) 2(1) -2(1) N(2) 20(1) 12(1) 28(2) 8(1) 2(1) -6(1) N(3) 19(1) 15(1) 22(2) 5(1) 2(1) -2(1) N(4) 26(2) 20(2) 30(2) 14(1) 2(1) -1(1) N(5) 28(2) 23(2) 35(2) 13(1) -2(1) -5(1) N(6) 33(2) 22(2) 34(2) 14(1) 4(1) 3(1) N(7) 27(2) 31(2) 27(2) 5(1) 4(1) 0(1) N(8) 40(2) 27(2) 39(2) 7(2) 3(2) 3(2) N(9) 44(2) 38(2) 45(2) 8(2) 11(2) -9(2) N(10) 29(2) 21(2) 26(2) 10(1) 1(1) 6(1) N(11) 39(2) 26(2) 37(2) 6(2) -2(2) 12(2) N(12) 36(2) 31(2) 38(2) 14(2) -3(1) 2(1) N(13) 34(2) 17(2) 25(2) 8(1) 2(1) -2(1) N(14) 46(2) 20(2) 32(2) 14(1) 3(2) -2(1) N(15) 33(2) 29(2) 30(2) 8(1) -1(1) 3(1) N(16) 27(2) 18(2) 24(2) 7(1) 1(1) 1(1) N(17) 35(2) 24(2) 40(2) 15(2) 6(1) 10(1) N(18) 33(2) 27(2) 30(2) 9(1) 3(1) -1(1) N(19) 28(2) 20(2) 32(2) 12(1) -2(1) 1(1) N(20) 28(2) 22(2) 40(2) 10(1) 2(1) 3(1) N(21) 38(2) 28(2) 40(2) 13(2) -3(2) -1(1) C(1) 24(2) 16(2) 26(2) 9(2) 0(1) -7(1) C(2) 24(2) 15(2) 34(2) 10(2) 4(2) -1(1) C(3) 30(2) 15(2) 31(2) 10(2) 7(2) 1(1) C(4) 24(2) 14(2) 32(2) 10(2) 2(2) -5(1) C(5) 26(2) 16(2) 37(2) 10(2) 4(2) 2(1) C(6) 29(2) 16(2) 33(2) 7(2) 7(2) -1(2) C(7) 31(2) 17(2) 31(2) 8(2) 3(2) -2(2) C(8) 33(2) 22(2) 33(2) 13(2) 3(2) 1(2)
237
Table F-4. Anisotropic displacement parameters (Å2x 103) for II-5 (continued) C(9) 26(2) 27(2) 35(2) 17(2) 5(2) 1(2) C(10) 23(2) 16(2) 24(2) 6(2) 3(1) -5(1) C(11) 24(2) 23(2) 28(2) 8(2) 1(2) 0(2) C(12) 26(2) 22(2) 34(2) 11(2) 6(2) 1(2) C(13) 29(2) 22(2) 25(2) 8(2) 3(2) -5(2) C(14) 28(2) 25(2) 30(2) 13(2) 0(2) -5(2) C(15) 25(2) 20(2) 31(2) 10(2) 1(2) -3(2) C(16) 51(2) 24(2) 32(2) 10(2) 8(2) -2(2) C(17) 56(3) 30(2) 37(2) 9(2) 9(2) 2(2) C(18) 30(2) 47(3) 41(2) 6(2) 1(2) -1(2) C(19) 27(2) 14(2) 23(2) 8(1) 1(1) 2(1) C(20) 23(2) 20(2) 28(2) 10(2) 6(2) 0(1) C(21) 22(2) 21(2) 33(2) 13(2) 4(2) 0(1) C(22) 29(2) 15(2) 29(2) 10(2) 4(2) 4(1) C(23) 28(2) 21(2) 34(2) 14(2) 6(2) -1(2) C(24) 21(2) 21(2) 31(2) 9(2) 2(2) -3(1) C(25) 32(2) 20(2) 31(2) 11(2) 1(2) -1(2) C(26) 44(2) 23(2) 35(2) 11(2) 2(2) 8(2) C(27) 33(2) 30(2) 37(2) 16(2) 1(2) 8(2) C(28) 27(2) 16(2) 25(2) 9(2) 4(2) -4(1) C(29) 25(2) 19(2) 30(2) 12(2) 3(2) -2(1) C(30) 24(2) 20(2) 30(2) 10(2) 6(2) 0(1) C(31) 26(2) 13(2) 26(2) 8(2) 2(2) -3(1) C(32) 26(2) 19(2) 29(2) 14(2) -2(2) -2(1) C(33) 25(2) 17(2) 33(2) 11(2) 5(2) 2(1) C(34) 29(2) 21(2) 32(2) 12(2) 2(2) 1(2) C(35) 45(2) 26(2) 28(2) 12(2) 3(2) 7(2) C(36) 30(2) 25(2) 27(2) 9(2) 4(2) -5(2) C(37) 20(2) 23(2) 22(2) 6(2) 4(1) 2(1) C(38) 34(2) 17(2) 29(2) 10(2) 1(2) -1(2) C(39) 31(2) 15(2) 30(2) 7(2) 1(2) -6(2) C(40) 23(2) 21(2) 27(2) 6(2) 4(1) 0(1) C(41) 33(2) 23(2) 29(2) 13(2) 3(2) 3(2) C(42) 28(2) 19(2) 33(2) 11(2) 2(2) -3(2) C(43) 27(2) 25(2) 30(2) 10(2) 0(2) 2(2) C(44) 34(2) 26(2) 38(2) 11(2) 6(2) 7(2) C(45) 27(2) 21(2) 29(2) 9(2) 0(2) -5(2) C(46) 29(2) 14(2) 26(2) 6(2) 3(2) 5(1) C(47) 23(2) 12(2) 32(2) 5(2) 2(2) -1(1) C(48) 26(2) 15(2) 37(2) 11(2) 6(2) -1(1) C(49) 30(2) 13(2) 30(2) 8(2) 3(2) 5(1) C(50) 24(2) 17(2) 39(2) 11(2) -3(2) -6(1) C(51) 25(2) 14(2) 39(2) 11(2) 2(2) -3(1)
238
Table F-4. Anisotropic displacement parameters (Å2x 103) for II-5 (continued) C(52) 34(2) 17(2) 36(2) 9(2) -2(2) -1(2) C(53) 39(2) 27(2) 33(2) 12(2) 6(2) 4(2) C(54) 26(2) 24(2) 45(2) 12(2) 0(2) 0(2) ________________________________________________________________________ Table F-5. Hydrogen coordinates ( x 104) and isotropic displacement parameters (Å2x 10 3) for II-5. ________________________________________________________________________ x y z U(eq) ________________________________________________________________________ H(2) 9370 3550 -503 29 H(3) 8783 3909 -1489 30 H(5) 6097 5659 -516 32 H(6) 6698 5319 479 32 H(7A) 6117 5377 -1708 33 H(7B) 7976 5549 -1682 33 H(8) 5057 2609 -3513 36 H(9) 8943 4365 -2706 34 H(11) 7283 4792 1834 31 H(12) 7251 5719 2987 33 H(14) 10211 4342 3705 34 H(15) 10160 3372 2559 32 H(16A) 7653 5602 4294 43 H(16B) 9446 5516 4525 43 H(17) 8564 8524 4566 51 H(18) 11513 7012 4910 52 H(20) 520 1882 -807 28 H(21) -385 1870 -1915 30 H(23) 3970 3011 -1921 32 H(24) 4895 3033 -804 30 H(25A) 532 2880 -2741 35 H(25B) 2069 2493 -2970 35 H(26) -419 -476 -4007 42 H(27) -1953 1792 -3591 39 H(29) 2612 2904 1509 29 H(30) 2984 3634 2724 30 H(32) 6935 2585 2956 29 H(33) 6593 1866 1749 30 H(34A) 4986 3118 3922 33 H(34B) 6412 3841 3939 33 H(35) 3653 6175 4330 40 H(36) 2917 3888 4553 34
239
Table F-5. Hydrogen coordinates ( x 104) and isotropic displacement parameters (Å2x 10 3) for II-5 (continued) H(38) 5798 -80 -1552 33 H(39) 4097 -905 -2630 32 H(41) 5015 1129 -3281 34 H(42) 6642 1988 -2195 33 H(43A) 2520 -972 -3693 34 H(43B) 2708 -126 -3920 34 H(44) 6137 -2362 -4915 40 H(45) 3749 -508 -5050 32 H(47) 6393 -77 194 29 H(48) 7188 -293 1236 31 H(50) 11462 1203 1538 33 H(51) 10686 1413 501 32 H(52A) 9060 -105 2223 37 H(52B) 10842 -35 2110 37 H(53) 9691 2809 3811 40 H(54) 12718 1267 3149 40 ________________________________________________________________________ Symmetry transformations used to generate equivalent atoms:
240
APPENDIX G
SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL FOR THE X-RAY CRYSTAL STRUCTURE OF
C30H24N9O6P3 (II-7)
Table G-1. Crystal data and structure refinement for II-7.
Empirical formula C30H24N9O6P3 Formula weight 699.49 Temperature 100(2) K Wavelength 1.54178 Å Crystal system Orthorhombic Space group Pna2(1) Unit cell dimensions a = 24.9148(10) Å α = 90° b = 9.6737(4) Å β = 90° c = 12.7231(5) Å γ = 90° Volume 3066.5(2) Å3 Z 4 Density (calculated) 1.515 Mg/m3 Absorption coefficient 2.313 mm-1 F(000) 1440 Crystal size 0.34 x 0.12 x 0.07 mm3 Theta range for data collection 3.55 to 67.39°. Index ranges -29<=h<=29, -11<=k<=11, -14<=l<=10 Reflections collected 14252 Independent reflections 3811 [R(int) = 0.0258] Completeness to theta = 67.39° 96.2 % Absorption correction Numerical Max. and min. transmission 0.8511 and 0.5095 Refinement method Full-matrix least-squares on F2 Data / restraints / parameters 3811 / 1 / 433 Goodness-of-fit on F2 1.150 Final R indices [I>2sigma(I)] R1 = 0.0273, wR2 = 0.0727 R indices (all data) R1 = 0.0277, wR2 = 0.0730 Absolute structure parameter 0.010(13) Largest diff. peak and hole 0.340 and -0.244 e.Å-3
241
Table G-2. Atomic coordinates ( x 104) and equivalent isotropic displacement parameters (Å2x 103) for II-7. U(eq) is defined as one third of the trace of the orthogonalized Uij tensor. ________________________________________________________________________ x y z U(eq) ________________________________________________________________________ P(1) 6039(1) 8679(1) 814(1) 15(1) P(2) 6077(1) 6767(1) -779(1) 16(1) P(3) 6818(1) 8862(1) -724(1) 16(1) O(4) 6194(1) 8152(1) 1964(1) 20(1) O(6) 7428(1) 8513(1) -469(1) 20(1) O(2) 5680(1) 6648(1) -1746(1) 21(1) O(3) 5577(1) 9734(1) 1131(1) 19(1) N(7) 5177(1) 10033(2) -493(2) 24(1) O(5) 6911(1) 10042(1) -1573(1) 20(1) N(6) 6445(1) 10252(2) 2701(2) 24(1) O(1) 6191(1) 5151(1) -611(1) 21(1) C(1) 6522(1) 4661(2) 185(2) 19(1) N(4) 6803(1) 5568(2) 729(2) 19(1) N(3) 6517(1) 9477(2) 268(2) 17(1) N(5) 5061(1) 5322(2) -2572(2) 23(1) C(2) 6531(1) 3235(2) 321(2) 21(1) C(12) 5176(1) 11884(2) 766(2) 28(1) C(19) 7086(1) 10291(2) 4103(2) 32(1) C(20) 6747(1) 10925(2) 3413(2) 27(1) C(16) 6496(1) 8900(2) 2684(2) 19(1) N(1) 5801(1) 7373(2) 236(2) 18(1) C(5) 7127(1) 5049(2) 1477(2) 21(1) C(4) 7175(1) 3647(2) 1689(2) 23(1) N(2) 6578(1) 7531(2) -1258(2) 19(1) C(6) 5153(1) 6177(2) -1785(2) 19(1) C(10) 4549(1) 4918(2) -2698(2) 29(1) C(9) 4137(1) 5334(2) -2050(2) 32(1) C(8) 4252(1) 6229(3) -1238(3) 36(1) C(7) 4775(1) 6685(2) -1096(2) 28(1) C(3) 6871(1) 2732(2) 1092(2) 24(1) C(11) 5307(1) 10564(2) 422(2) 19(1) C(15) 4883(1) 10839(2) -1133(2) 30(1) C(14) 4720(1) 12158(2) -867(2) 34(1) C(13) 4873(1) 12684(2) 95(3) 37(1) C(18) 7120(1) 8856(2) 4069(2) 34(1) C(17) 6822(1) 8138(2) 3339(2) 24(1) N(8) 8067(1) 10200(2) -299(2) 30(1) C(21) 7758(1) 9308(2) 181(2) 18(1)
242
Table G-2. Atomic coordinates ( x 104) and equivalent isotropic displacement parameters (Å2x 103) for II-7 (continued) C(22) 7750(1) 9044(3) 1238(2) 30(1) C(25) 8411(1) 10891(3) 327(2) 35(1) C(24) 8446(1) 10723(3) 1385(2) 34(1) C(23) 8105(1) 9787(3) 1862(2) 37(1) C(26) 6500(1) 10548(2) -2219(2) 19(1) N(9) 6290(1) 11733(2) -1920(2) 29(1) C(29) 5750(1) 11657(3) -3478(2) 35(1) C(27) 6363(1) 9828(2) -3121(2) 29(1) C(30) 5918(1) 12274(3) -2566(2) 35(1) C(28) 5982(1) 10415(3) -3765(2) 35(1) Table G-3. Bond lengths [Å] and angles [°] for II-7. P(1)-N(1) 1.5775(17) P(1)-N(3) 1.5792(17) P(1)-O(3) 1.5901(14) P(1)-O(4) 1.5966(17) P(2)-N(2) 1.5726(17) P(2)-N(1) 1.5771(19) P(2)-O(2) 1.5818(17) P(2)-O(1) 1.6027(13) P(3)-N(2) 1.5745(18) P(3)-N(3) 1.5830(19) P(3)-O(5) 1.5889(16) P(3)-O(6) 1.5912(14) O(4)-C(16) 1.389(3) O(6)-C(21) 1.396(3) O(2)-C(6) 1.391(2) O(3)-C(11) 1.383(3) N(7)-C(11) 1.313(3) N(7)-C(15) 1.344(3) O(5)-C(26) 1.401(3) N(6)-C(16) 1.314(3) N(6)-C(20) 1.346(3) O(1)-C(1) 1.389(3) C(1)-N(4) 1.318(3) C(1)-C(2) 1.390(3) N(4)-C(5) 1.346(3) N(5)-C(6) 1.318(3) N(5)-C(10) 1.344(3) C(2)-C(3) 1.384(3)
C(2)-H(2) 0.9500 C(12)-C(13) 1.379(4) C(12)-C(11) 1.388(3) C(12)-H(12) 0.9500 C(19)-C(20) 1.364(4) C(19)-C(18) 1.391(3) C(19)-H(19) 0.9500 C(20)-H(20) 0.9500 C(16)-C(17) 1.377(3) C(5)-C(4) 1.389(3) C(5)-H(5) 0.9500 C(4)-C(3) 1.391(3) C(4)-H(4) 0.9500 C(6)-C(7) 1.377(3) C(10)-C(9) 1.377(4) C(10)-H(10) 0.9500 C(9)-C(8) 1.378(4) C(9)-H(9) 0.9500 C(8)-C(7) 1.390(3) C(8)-H(8) 0.9500 C(7)-H(7) 0.9500 C(3)-H(3) 0.9500 C(15)-C(14) 1.381(3) C(15)-H(15) 0.9500 C(14)-C(13) 1.378(4) C(14)-H(14) 0.9500
243
Table G-3. Bond lengths [Å] and angles [°] for II-7 (continued) C(13)-H(13) 0.9500 C(18)-C(17) 1.377(4) C(18)-H(18) 0.9500 C(17)-H(17) 0.9500 N(8)-C(21) 1.309(3) N(8)-C(25) 1.347(3) C(21)-C(22) 1.369(4) C(22)-C(23) 1.388(4) C(22)-H(22) 0.9500 C(25)-C(24) 1.358(4) C(25)-H(25) 0.9500 C(24)-C(23) 1.382(4) C(24)-H(24) 0.9500 C(23)-H(23) 0.9500 C(26)-N(9) 1.316(3) C(26)-C(27) 1.385(4) N(9)-C(30) 1.344(3) C(29)-C(30) 1.370(4) C(29)-C(28) 1.382(4) C(29)-H(29) 0.9500 C(27)-C(28) 1.377(4) C(27)-H(27) 0.9500 C(30)-H(30) 0.9500 C(28)-H(28) 0.9500 N(1)-P(1)-N(3) 118.03(10) N(1)-P(1)-O(3) 111.06(8) N(3)-P(1)-O(3) 110.09(8) N(1)-P(1)-O(4) 105.18(9) N(3)-P(1)-O(4) 112.17(9) O(3)-P(1)-O(4) 98.49(8) N(2)-P(2)-N(1) 119.20(9) N(2)-P(2)-O(2) 103.23(9) N(1)-P(2)-O(2) 113.08(8) N(2)-P(2)-O(1) 111.70(8) N(1)-P(2)-O(1) 109.27(9) O(2)-P(2)-O(1) 98.28(8) N(2)-P(3)-N(3) 118.08(9) N(2)-P(3)-O(5) 110.43(10) N(3)-P(3)-O(5) 109.98(8) N(2)-P(3)-O(6) 106.12(8) N(3)-P(3)-O(6) 111.75(9)
O(5)-P(3)-O(6) 98.70(8) C(16)-O(4)-P(1) 124.68(13) C(21)-O(6)-P(3) 124.40(13) C(6)-O(2)-P(2) 129.90(15) C(11)-O(3)-P(1) 124.03(14) C(11)-N(7)-C(15) 116.40(19) C(26)-O(5)-P(3) 122.86(13) C(16)-N(6)-C(20) 116.0(2) C(1)-O(1)-P(2) 122.40(13) N(4)-C(1)-O(1) 118.03(17) N(4)-C(1)-C(2) 125.9(2) O(1)-C(1)-C(2) 116.06(18) C(1)-N(4)-C(5) 116.16(18) P(1)-N(3)-P(3) 121.60(10) C(6)-N(5)-C(10) 116.0(2) C(3)-C(2)-C(1) 116.6(2) C(3)-C(2)-H(2) 121.7 C(1)-C(2)-H(2) 121.7 C(13)-C(12)-C(11) 116.7(2) C(13)-C(12)-H(12) 121.6 C(11)-C(12)-H(12) 121.6 C(20)-C(19)-C(18) 117.7(2) C(20)-C(19)-H(19) 121.1 C(18)-C(19)-H(19) 121.1 N(6)-C(20)-C(19) 124.2(2) N(6)-C(20)-H(20) 117.9 C(19)-C(20)-H(20) 117.9 N(6)-C(16)-C(17) 125.4(2) N(6)-C(16)-O(4) 118.50(19) C(17)-C(16)-O(4) 116.08(18) P(2)-N(1)-P(1) 121.03(10) N(4)-C(5)-C(4) 123.7(2) N(4)-C(5)-H(5) 118.2 C(4)-C(5)-H(5) 118.2 C(5)-C(4)-C(3) 117.9(2) C(5)-C(4)-H(4) 121.0 C(3)-C(4)-H(4) 121.0 P(2)-N(2)-P(3) 121.28(12) N(5)-C(6)-C(7) 126.0(2) N(5)-C(6)-O(2) 113.43(19) C(7)-C(6)-O(2) 120.38(19) N(5)-C(10)-C(9) 123.5(2) N(5)-C(10)-H(10) 118.3 C(9)-C(10)-H(10) 118.3 C(8)-C(9)-C(10) 118.5(2)
244
Table G-3. Bond lengths [Å] and angles [°] for II-7 (continued) C(8)-C(9)-H(9) 120.7 C(10)-C(9)-H(9) 120.7 C(9)-C(8)-C(7) 119.5(2) C(9)-C(8)-H(8) 120.3 C(7)-C(8)-H(8) 120.3 C(6)-C(7)-C(8) 116.5(2) C(6)-C(7)-H(7) 121.8 C(8)-C(7)-H(7) 121.8 C(2)-C(3)-C(4) 119.8(2) C(2)-C(3)-H(3) 120.1 C(4)-C(3)-H(3) 120.1 N(7)-C(11)-O(3) 118.14(17) N(7)-C(11)-C(12) 125.5(2) O(3)-C(11)-C(12) 116.3(2) N(7)-C(15)-C(14) 123.2(2) N(7)-C(15)-H(15) 118.4 C(14)-C(15)-H(15) 118.4 C(13)-C(14)-C(15) 118.5(2) C(13)-C(14)-H(14) 120.8 C(15)-C(14)-H(14) 120.8 C(12)-C(13)-C(14) 119.6(2) C(12)-C(13)-H(13) 120.2 C(14)-C(13)-H(13) 120.2 C(17)-C(18)-C(19) 119.5(2) C(17)-C(18)-H(18) 120.3 C(19)-C(18)-H(18) 120.3 C(16)-C(17)-C(18) 117.1(2) C(16)-C(17)-H(17) 121.4 C(18)-C(17)-H(17) 121.4 C(21)-N(8)-C(25) 115.2(2) N(8)-C(21)-C(22) 126.1(2) N(8)-C(21)-O(6) 115.6(2) C(22)-C(21)-O(6) 118.2(2) C(21)-C(22)-C(23) 117.1(2) C(21)-C(22)-H(22) 121.4 C(23)-C(22)-H(22) 121.4 N(8)-C(25)-C(24) 124.6(2) N(8)-C(25)-H(25) 117.7 C(24)-C(25)-H(25) 117.7 C(25)-C(24)-C(23) 118.3(2) C(25)-C(24)-H(24) 120.9 C(23)-C(24)-H(24) 120.9
C(24)-C(23)-C(22) 118.7(3) C(24)-C(23)-H(23) 120.7 C(22)-C(23)-H(23) 120.7 N(9)-C(26)-C(27) 125.4(2) N(9)-C(26)-O(5) 115.2(2) C(27)-C(26)-O(5) 119.35(19) C(26)-N(9)-C(30) 115.9(2) C(30)-C(29)-C(28) 118.4(2) C(30)-C(29)-H(29) 120.8 C(28)-C(29)-H(29) 120.8 C(28)-C(27)-C(26) 117.1(2) C(28)-C(27)-H(27) 121.4 C(26)-C(27)-H(27) 121.4 N(9)-C(30)-C(29) 123.9(2) N(9)-C(30)-H(30) 118.0 C(29)-C(30)-H(30) 118.0 C(27)-C(28)-C(29) 119.3(3) C(27)-C(28)-H(28) 120.4 C(29)-C(28)-H(28) 120.4
245
Table G-4. Anisotropic displacement parameters (Å2x 103) for II-7. The anisotropic displacement factor exponent takes the form: -2π2[ h2 a*2U11 + ... + 2 h k a* b* U12 ] ________________________________________________________________________ U11 U22 U33 U23 U13 U12 ________________________________________________________________________ P(1) 16(1) 14(1) 14(1) 0(1) -1(1) 1(1) P(2) 17(1) 15(1) 17(1) -2(1) -2(1) -1(1) P(3) 15(1) 15(1) 17(1) -1(1) 0(1) 0(1) O(4) 26(1) 17(1) 17(1) 1(1) -4(1) -2(1) O(6) 18(1) 18(1) 23(1) -4(1) -1(1) -1(1) O(2) 18(1) 24(1) 20(1) -2(1) -2(1) -2(1) O(3) 20(1) 21(1) 16(1) -1(1) 0(1) 5(1) N(7) 28(1) 23(1) 19(1) 0(1) -2(1) 4(1) O(5) 18(1) 19(1) 22(1) 2(1) 0(1) -2(1) N(6) 29(1) 20(1) 23(1) 0(1) -3(1) -3(1) O(1) 24(1) 16(1) 22(1) -3(1) -5(1) -1(1) C(1) 18(1) 19(1) 19(1) 0(1) 1(1) 0(1) N(4) 18(1) 18(1) 22(1) -2(1) -1(1) -1(1) N(3) 18(1) 13(1) 21(1) -2(1) -4(1) 2(1) N(5) 29(1) 17(1) 22(1) 0(1) -5(1) -2(1) C(2) 24(1) 17(1) 22(1) -1(1) 1(1) -3(1) C(12) 28(1) 22(1) 34(2) -6(1) -1(1) 4(1) C(19) 39(1) 32(1) 26(2) 0(1) -7(1) -10(1) C(20) 35(1) 21(1) 25(1) -4(1) 1(1) -5(1) C(16) 19(1) 22(1) 15(1) -1(1) 0(1) -1(1) N(1) 16(1) 18(1) 19(1) 2(1) -1(1) -1(1) C(5) 19(1) 23(1) 20(1) -3(1) -1(1) -2(1) C(4) 23(1) 26(1) 20(1) 3(1) 1(1) 1(1) N(2) 19(1) 19(1) 18(1) -3(1) 0(1) 1(1) C(6) 18(1) 16(1) 23(1) 3(1) -6(1) 2(1) C(10) 37(1) 20(1) 31(2) 2(1) -14(1) -9(1) C(9) 21(1) 27(1) 47(2) 3(1) -13(1) -4(1) C(8) 19(1) 39(1) 49(2) -9(1) 1(1) 2(1) C(7) 22(1) 30(1) 33(2) -9(1) -3(1) 2(1) C(3) 31(1) 20(1) 23(1) 2(1) 2(1) 0(1) C(11) 15(1) 20(1) 21(1) 2(1) 0(1) 2(1) C(15) 31(1) 36(1) 23(1) 4(1) -3(1) 6(1) C(14) 30(1) 32(1) 39(2) 14(1) -2(1) 7(1) C(13) 36(1) 21(1) 54(2) 0(1) 0(1) 9(1) C(18) 36(1) 34(1) 31(2) 5(1) -10(1) -1(1) C(17) 28(1) 21(1) 24(1) 2(1) -4(1) 2(1) N(8) 28(1) 37(1) 24(1) 5(1) -2(1) -13(1) C(21) 15(1) 19(1) 20(1) -2(1) 0(1) 1(1)
246
Table G-4. Anisotropic displacement parameters (Å2x 103) for II-7 (continued) C(22) 27(1) 38(1) 25(2) 6(1) 0(1) -5(1) C(25) 32(1) 39(1) 32(2) 3(1) -6(1) -18(1) C(24) 30(1) 36(1) 36(2) -10(1) -10(1) -4(1) C(23) 34(1) 58(2) 21(2) -2(1) -5(1) -1(1) C(26) 16(1) 22(1) 20(1) 4(1) 2(1) -2(1) N(9) 32(1) 26(1) 28(1) 0(1) -2(1) 6(1) C(29) 26(1) 46(2) 31(2) 15(1) -5(1) 2(1) C(27) 26(1) 30(1) 30(2) -4(1) -2(1) -1(1) C(30) 35(1) 32(1) 37(2) 8(1) -2(1) 7(1) C(28) 32(1) 47(2) 27(2) 1(1) -8(1) -8(1) ______________________________________________________________________ Table G-5. Hydrogen coordinates ( x 104) and isotropic displacement parameters (Å2x 10 3) for II-7. _______________________________________________________________________ x y z U(eq) _______________________________________________________________________ H(2) 6315 2638 -93 26 H(12) 5291 12219 1431 34 H(19) 7293 10812 4590 39 H(20) 6722 11905 3437 33 H(5) 7334 5677 1882 25 H(4) 7408 3322 2226 28 H(10) 4467 4314 -3264 35 H(9) 3781 5011 -2161 38 H(8) 3975 6533 -780 43 H(7) 4868 7313 -552 34 H(3) 6897 1765 1211 29 H(15) 4782 10484 -1800 36 H(14) 4507 12691 -1336 40 H(13) 4769 13592 294 44 H(18) 7346 8375 4546 41 H(17) 6841 7160 3289 29 H(22) 7513 8380 1533 36 H(25) 8645 11541 7 41 H(24) 8698 11235 1787 41 H(23) 8113 9656 2601 45 H(29) 5482 12073 -3903 41 H(27) 6526 8968 -3289 35 H(30) 5763 13136 -2379 42 H(28) 5878 9970 -4400 42 ________________________________________________________________________ Symmetry transformations used to generate equivalent atoms:
247
APPENDIX H
SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL FOR THE X-RAY CRYSTAL STRUCTURE OF
C30H24N9O6P3 (II-8)
Table H-1. Crystal data and structure refinement for II-8.
Empirical formula C30H24N9O6P3 Formula weight 699.49 Temperature 100(2) K Wavelength 0.71073 Å Crystal system Monoclinic Space group P2(1)/c Unit cell dimensions a = 17.9505(19) Å α = 90° b = 22.430(2) Å β = 90.587(2)° c = 7.5179(8) Å γ = 90° Volume 3026.8(6) Å3 Z 4 Density (calculated) 1.535 Mg/m3 Absorption coefficient 0.259 mm-1 F(000) 1440 Crystal size 0.33 x 0.17 x 0.16 mm3 Theta range for data collection 1.13 to 26.30°. Index ranges -22<=h<=22, -27<=k<=27, -9<=l<=9 Reflections collected 23971 Independent reflections 6145 [R(int) = 0.0475] Completeness to theta = 26.30° 100.0 % Absorption correction Semi-empirical from equivalents Max. and min. transmission 0.9597 and 0.8731 Refinement method Full-matrix least-squares on F2 Data / restraints / parameters 6145 / 0 / 433 Goodness-of-fit on F2 1.066 Final R indices [I>2sigma(I)] R1 = 0.0466, wR2 = 0.1123 R indices (all data) R1 = 0.0632, wR2 = 0.1176 Largest diff. peak and hole 0.412 and -0.346 e.Å-3
248
Table H-2. Atomic coordinates ( x 104) and equivalent isotropic displacement parameters (Å2x 103) for II-8. U(eq) is defined as one third of the trace of the orthogonalized Uij tensor. ________________________________________________________________________ x y z U(eq) ________________________________________________________________________ P(1) 3291(1) 5066(1) 1517(1) 19(1) P(2) 2540(1) 4900(1) 4679(1) 21(1) P(3) 1757(1) 5018(1) 1515(1) 19(1) O(1) 3781(1) 5623(1) 949(2) 23(1) O(2) 3775(1) 4553(1) 668(2) 24(1) O(3) 2458(1) 5358(1) 6260(2) 28(1) O(4) 2643(1) 4326(1) 5882(2) 29(1) O(5) 1217(1) 4559(1) 533(2) 22(1) O(6) 1328(1) 5619(1) 1111(2) 24(1) N(1) 1787(1) 4867(1) 3568(3) 21(1) N(2) 2521(1) 5063(1) 508(3) 21(1) N(3) 3279(1) 5022(1) 3613(3) 22(1) N(4) 2666(1) 6988(1) 1119(3) 30(1) N(5) 5166(1) 3427(1) 1573(3) 32(1) N(6) 4240(1) 3341(1) 6045(4) 44(1) N(7) 786(1) 6218(1) 7062(3) 33(1) N(8) 2172(1) 3146(1) -301(3) 30(1) C(28) -425(2) 5786(1) 3550(4) 29(1) C(1) 3550(1) 6203(1) 1427(3) 23(1) C(2) 4007(2) 6539(1) 2513(4) 28(1) C(3) 3771(2) 7111(1) 2914(4) 32(1) C(4) 3104(2) 7311(1) 2209(4) 30(1) C(5) 2903(1) 6438(1) 715(3) 26(1) C(6) 4423(1) 4309(1) 1423(3) 25(1) C(7) 4907(2) 4617(1) 2522(4) 30(1) C(8) 5522(2) 4313(1) 3171(4) 33(1) C(9) 5628(2) 3729(1) 2669(4) 33(1) C(10) 4570(2) 3722(1) 980(4) 28(1) C(11) 1958(1) 5837(1) 6179(3) 23(1) C(12) 2151(2) 6367(1) 5391(4) 32(1) C(13) 1642(2) 6825(1) 5459(4) 36(1) C(14) 976(2) 6738(1) 6303(4) 35(1) C(15) 1281(1) 5779(1) 6987(3) 27(1) C(16) 3110(1) 3852(1) 5413(3) 24(1) C(17) 2907(2) 3442(1) 4143(4) 28(1) C(18) 3391(2) 2975(1) 3845(4) 35(1) C(19) 4045(2) 2941(1) 4809(4) 38(1)
249
Table H-2. Atomic coordinates ( x 104) and equivalent isotropic displacement parameters (Å2x 103) for II-8 (continued) C(20) 3774(2) 3794(1) 6322(4) 34(1) C(21) 1393(1) 3949(1) 615(3) 22(1) C(22) 945(1) 3575(1) 1590(3) 26(1) C(23) 1125(1) 2977(1) 1609(4) 28(1) C(24) 1740(2) 2787(1) 678(4) 30(1) C(25) 1990(1) 3726(1) -321(3) 26(1) C(26) 688(1) 5838(1) 1918(3) 22(1) C(27) 578(2) 6448(1) 1738(4) 27(1) N(9) -6(1) 6730(1) 2428(3) 32(1) C(29) -493(2) 6394(1) 3329(4) 30(1) C(30) 183(1) 5493(1) 2817(3) 26(1) Table H-3. Bond lengths [Å] and angles [°] for II-8. P(1)-N(2) 1.571(2) P(1)-N(3) 1.579(2) P(1)-O(2) 1.5802(17) P(1)-O(1) 1.5885(17) P(2)-O(3) 1.5789(18) P(2)-N(3) 1.581(2) P(2)-N(1) 1.582(2) P(2)-O(4) 1.5843(18) P(3)-N(2) 1.576(2) P(3)-N(1) 1.581(2) P(3)-O(6) 1.5809(17) P(3)-O(5) 1.5900(17) O(1)-C(1) 1.413(3) O(2)-C(6) 1.401(3) O(3)-C(11) 1.401(3) O(4)-C(16) 1.401(3) O(5)-C(21) 1.406(3) O(6)-C(26) 1.395(3) N(4)-C(5) 1.341(3) N(4)-C(4) 1.343(3) N(5)-C(10) 1.331(3) N(5)-C(9) 1.346(4) N(6)-C(19) 1.335(4) N(6)-C(20) 1.335(4) N(7)-C(15) 1.328(3) N(7)-C(14) 1.344(4) N(8)-C(25) 1.341(3)
N(8)-C(24) 1.343(3) C(28)-C(29) 1.379(4) C(28)-C(30) 1.391(4) C(1)-C(2) 1.376(4) C(1)-C(5) 1.379(4) C(2)-C(3) 1.386(4) C(3)-C(4) 1.379(4) C(6)-C(7) 1.378(4) C(6)-C(10) 1.383(4) C(7)-C(8) 1.382(4) C(8)-C(9) 1.378(4) C(11)-C(15) 1.370(4) C(11)-C(12) 1.374(4) C(12)-C(13) 1.376(4) C(13)-C(14) 1.373(4) C(16)-C(17) 1.372(4) C(16)-C(20) 1.374(4) C(17)-C(18) 1.380(4) C(18)-C(19) 1.375(4) C(21)-C(22) 1.378(4) C(21)-C(25) 1.381(4) C(22)-C(23) 1.380(4) C(23)-C(24) 1.381(4) C(26)-C(30) 1.374(4) C(26)-C(27) 1.387(3) C(27)-N(9) 1.334(3) N(9)-C(29) 1.343(4)
250
Table H-3. Bond lengths [Å] and angles [°] for II-8 (continued) N(2)-P(1)-N(3) 117.39(11) N(2)-P(1)-O(2) 106.72(10) N(3)-P(1)-O(2) 111.80(10) N(2)-P(1)-O(1) 111.09(10) N(3)-P(1)-O(1) 109.28(10) O(2)-P(1)-O(1) 99.00(9) O(3)-P(2)-N(3) 110.72(11) O(3)-P(2)-N(1) 110.10(10) N(3)-P(2)-N(1) 117.17(11) O(3)-P(2)-O(4) 96.36(10) N(3)-P(2)-O(4) 109.65(10) N(1)-P(2)-O(4) 110.89(11) N(2)-P(3)-N(1) 117.46(11) N(2)-P(3)-O(6) 106.04(10) N(1)-P(3)-O(6) 112.49(10) N(2)-P(3)-O(5) 110.42(10) N(1)-P(3)-O(5) 109.21(10) O(6)-P(3)-O(5) 99.76(9) C(1)-O(1)-P(1) 119.44(15) C(6)-O(2)-P(1) 125.37(16) C(11)-O(3)-P(2) 122.01(15) C(16)-O(4)-P(2) 122.70(15) C(21)-O(5)-P(3) 118.22(14) C(26)-O(6)-P(3) 128.22(16) P(3)-N(1)-P(2) 121.75(13) P(1)-N(2)-P(3) 122.32(13) P(1)-N(3)-P(2) 122.49(13) C(5)-N(4)-C(4) 116.7(2) C(10)-N(5)-C(9) 116.4(2) C(19)-N(6)-C(20) 117.3(3) C(15)-N(7)-C(14) 116.9(2) C(25)-N(8)-C(24) 116.5(2) C(29)-C(28)-C(30) 119.2(3) C(2)-C(1)-C(5) 121.0(2) C(2)-C(1)-O(1) 118.7(2)
C(5)-C(1)-O(1) 120.1(2) C(1)-C(2)-C(3) 117.0(3) C(4)-C(3)-C(2) 118.9(3) N(4)-C(4)-C(3) 124.1(3) N(4)-C(5)-C(1) 122.1(2) C(7)-C(6)-C(10) 120.1(2) C(7)-C(6)-O(2) 124.3(2) C(10)-C(6)-O(2) 115.7(2) C(6)-C(7)-C(8) 117.5(3) C(9)-C(8)-C(7) 119.0(3) N(5)-C(9)-C(8) 124.0(3) N(5)-C(10)-C(6) 123.1(3) C(15)-C(11)-C(12) 120.2(2) C(15)-C(11)-O(3) 118.6(2) C(12)-C(11)-O(3) 121.2(2) C(11)-C(12)-C(13) 117.3(3) C(14)-C(13)-C(12) 119.5(3) N(7)-C(14)-C(13) 123.1(3) N(7)-C(15)-C(11) 123.1(3) C(17)-C(16)-C(20) 120.4(2) C(17)-C(16)-O(4) 121.9(2) C(20)-C(16)-O(4) 117.7(2) C(16)-C(17)-C(18) 117.3(3) C(19)-C(18)-C(17) 119.4(3) N(6)-C(19)-C(18) 123.2(3) N(6)-C(20)-C(16) 122.5(3) C(22)-C(21)-C(25) 120.7(2) C(22)-C(21)-O(5) 118.9(2) C(25)-C(21)-O(5) 120.4(2) C(21)-C(22)-C(23) 117.3(2) C(22)-C(23)-C(24) 118.8(2) N(8)-C(24)-C(23) 124.2(2) N(8)-C(25)-C(21) 122.4(2) C(30)-C(26)-C(27) 120.6(2) C(30)-C(26)-O(6) 124.5(2) C(27)-C(26)-O(6) 114.9(2) N(9)-C(27)-C(26) 122.8(2) C(27)-N(9)-C(29) 116.6(2)
N(9)-C(29)-C(28) 124.0(2) C(26)-C(30)-C(28) 116.9(2)
251
Table H-4. Anisotropic displacement parameters (Å2x 103) for II-8. The anisotropic displacement factor exponent takes the form: -2π2[ h2 a*2U11 + ... + 2 h k a* b* U12 ] ________________________________________________________________________ U11 U22 U33 U23 U13 U12 ________________________________________________________________________ P(1) 19(1) 19(1) 20(1) 0(1) 2(1) 2(1) P(2) 23(1) 22(1) 18(1) 1(1) 2(1) 2(1) P(3) 20(1) 17(1) 20(1) 1(1) 1(1) 1(1) O(1) 22(1) 22(1) 26(1) 1(1) 5(1) 0(1) O(2) 23(1) 24(1) 25(1) -4(1) 0(1) 6(1) O(3) 28(1) 34(1) 22(1) -6(1) -3(1) 8(1) O(4) 34(1) 30(1) 23(1) 8(1) 7(1) 8(1) O(5) 20(1) 19(1) 25(1) 0(1) -2(1) 1(1) O(6) 25(1) 19(1) 27(1) 2(1) 5(1) 4(1) N(1) 22(1) 20(1) 21(1) 1(1) 4(1) -2(1) N(2) 23(1) 21(1) 18(1) 0(1) 1(1) 1(1) N(3) 21(1) 24(1) 20(1) 1(1) 0(1) 0(1) N(4) 37(1) 22(1) 31(1) 5(1) 0(1) -1(1) N(5) 32(1) 32(1) 32(1) 5(1) 5(1) 9(1) N(6) 32(1) 36(2) 63(2) 8(1) -11(1) 5(1) N(7) 27(1) 40(1) 33(1) -8(1) 3(1) 3(1) N(8) 33(1) 23(1) 35(1) -5(1) 7(1) 0(1) C(28) 23(1) 34(2) 29(1) 0(1) 1(1) 2(1) C(1) 27(1) 20(1) 22(1) 3(1) 7(1) -1(1) C(2) 26(1) 29(2) 29(1) 1(1) 2(1) -5(1) C(3) 39(2) 29(2) 27(1) 0(1) 3(1) -11(1) C(4) 41(2) 20(1) 30(2) 3(1) 5(1) -3(1) C(5) 27(1) 24(1) 26(1) 2(1) 0(1) -4(1) C(6) 22(1) 29(1) 24(1) 2(1) 5(1) 6(1) C(7) 28(1) 31(2) 31(2) -5(1) 2(1) 1(1) C(8) 24(1) 45(2) 29(2) -2(1) 0(1) 2(1) C(9) 29(2) 42(2) 29(2) 8(1) 6(1) 11(1) C(10) 30(1) 26(1) 27(1) 1(1) 4(1) 3(1) C(11) 21(1) 26(1) 21(1) -5(1) -1(1) 1(1) C(12) 25(1) 36(2) 34(2) -4(1) 2(1) -5(1) C(13) 39(2) 23(1) 47(2) -1(1) -1(1) -4(1) C(14) 35(2) 32(2) 39(2) -11(1) -5(1) 7(1) C(15) 26(1) 29(1) 25(1) -3(1) 2(1) -3(1) C(16) 23(1) 23(1) 25(1) 7(1) 4(1) 1(1) C(17) 26(1) 27(1) 31(2) 6(1) -3(1) -5(1) C(18) 41(2) 26(2) 39(2) -1(1) 7(1) -5(1) C(19) 33(2) 26(2) 56(2) 7(1) 12(1) 4(1) C(20) 34(2) 29(2) 39(2) 2(1) -9(1) 0(1)
252
Table H-4. Anisotropic displacement parameters (Å2x 103) for II-8 (continued) C(21) 22(1) 21(1) 24(1) -4(1) -4(1) -1(1) C(22) 19(1) 29(1) 30(1) -3(1) 3(1) -3(1) C(23) 26(1) 24(1) 34(2) 0(1) 4(1) -5(1) C(24) 34(2) 20(1) 35(2) -4(1) 1(1) 1(1) C(25) 29(1) 26(1) 24(1) -2(1) 4(1) -4(1) C(26) 22(1) 22(1) 23(1) -1(1) -2(1) 4(1) C(27) 29(1) 23(1) 30(1) 1(1) 2(1) 3(1) N(9) 34(1) 28(1) 33(1) -4(1) 2(1) 8(1) C(29) 26(1) 36(2) 29(1) -5(1) -1(1) 9(1) C(30) 26(1) 22(1) 29(1) 0(1) 0(1) 2(1) Table H-5. Hydrogen coordinates ( x 104) and isotropic displacement parameters (Å2x 10 3) for II-8. ________________________________________________________________________ x y z U(eq) ________________________________________________________________________ H(28) -788 5569 4194 34 H(2) 4464 6385 2967 34 H(3) 4063 7361 3663 38 H(4) 2945 7701 2513 36 H(5) 2616 6202 -88 31 H(7) 4822 5022 2821 36 H(8) 5866 4504 3952 39 H(9) 6054 3526 3124 40 H(10) 4228 3520 217 33 H(12) 2617 6416 4823 38 H(13) 1750 7199 4926 43 H(14) 634 7060 6353 42 H(15) 1161 5408 7519 32 H(17) 2452 3478 3494 34 H(18) 3273 2679 2982 42 H(19) 4373 2618 4584 46 H(20) 3906 4088 7180 41 H(22) 529 3724 2224 31 H(23) 830 2701 2251 34 H(24) 1866 2376 733 36 H(25) 2282 3993 -1005 31 H(27) 933 6673 1095 33 H(29) -909 6586 3847 36 H(30) 246 5075 2932 31 ________________________________________________________________________ Symmetry transformations used to generate equivalent atoms:
253
APPENDIX I
SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL FOR THE X-RAY CRYSTAL STRUCTURE OF
C30H24N9O6P3 (II-9)
Table I-1. Crystal data and structure refinement for II-9.
Empirical formula C30H24N9O6P3 Formula weight 699.49 Temperature 100(2) K Wavelength 0.71073 Å Crystal system Monoclinic Space group C2/c Unit cell dimensions a = 14.037(8) Å α = 90° b = 10.968(7) Å β = 91.293(10)° c = 19.633(12) Å γ = 90° Volume 3022(3) Å3 Z 4 Density (calculated) 1.538 Mg/m3 Absorption coefficient 0.260 mm-1 F(000) 1440 Crystal size 0.48 x 0.45 x 0.19 mm3 Theta range for data collection 2.08 to 26.29°. Index ranges -17 ≤ h ≤ 17, -13 ≤ k ≤ 13, -24 ≤ l ≤ 24 Reflections collected 11417 Independent reflections 3050 [R(int) = 0.0621] Completeness to theta = 26.29° 99.6 % Absorption correction Semi-empirical from equivalents Max. and min. transmission 0.9523 and 0.8855 Refinement method Full-matrix least-squares on F2 Data / restraints / parameters 3050 / 0 / 218 Goodness-of-fit on F2 0.979 Final R indices [I>2sigma(I)] R1 = 0.0470, wR2 = 0.1209 R indices (all data) R1 = 0.0578, wR2 = 0.1237 Largest diff. peak and hole 0.705 and -0.390 e.Å-3
254
Table I-2. Atomic coordinates ( x 104) and equivalent isotropic displacement parameters (Å2x 103) for II-9. U(eq) is defined as one third of the trace of the orthogonalized Uij tensor. ________________________________________________________________________ x y z U(eq) ________________________________________________________________________ P(1) 0 3460(1) 2500 16(1) P(2) 592(1) 1267(1) 3069(1) 18(1) O(1) 592(1) 4443(1) 2101(1) 20(1) O(2) 1642(1) 717(2) 3141(1) 23(1) O(3) 180(1) 849(2) 3776(1) 24(1) N(1) 654(1) 2699(2) 3013(1) 19(1) N(2) 0 564(2) 2500 21(1) N(3) 1854(2) 4098(2) 209(1) 27(1) N(4) 3687(2) 1520(2) 1700(1) 34(1) N(5) 971(2) 1841(2) 5757(1) 37(1) C(1) 998(2) 4269(2) 1467(1) 18(1) C(2) 710(2) 5038(2) 943(1) 25(1) C(3) 1166(2) 4914(2) 330(1) 28(1) C(4) 2111(2) 3384(2) 732(1) 28(1) C(5) 1710(2) 3431(2) 1373(1) 24(1) C(6) 2321(2) 992(2) 2648(1) 22(1) C(7) 2306(2) 383(2) 2030(1) 26(1) C(8) 3012(2) 689(3) 1576(1) 32(1) C(9) 3679(2) 2072(3) 2307(1) 32(1) C(10) 3010(2) 1839(2) 2801(1) 26(1) C(11) 483(2) 1224(2) 4419(1) 26(1) C(12) 1427(2) 1217(3) 4638(1) 38(1) C(13) 1610(2) 1511(3) 5309(1) 41(1) C(14) 67(2) 1853(2) 5537(1) 32(1) C(15) -214(2) 1544(2) 4869(1) 31(1) Table I-3. Bond lengths [Å] and angles [°] for II-9. P(1)-O(1)#1 1.5803(17) P(1)-O(1) 1.5803(17) P(1)-N(1)#1 1.584(2) P(1)-N(1) 1.584(2) P(2)-N(1) 1.578(2) P(2)-N(2) 1.5783(16) P(2)-O(3) 1.5817(18) P(2)-O(2) 1.5956(18)
O(1)-C(1) 1.394(3) O(2)-C(6) 1.407(3) O(3)-C(11) 1.386(3) N(2)-P(2)#1 1.5783(16) N(3)-C(4) 1.334(3) N(3)-C(3) 1.343(3) N(4)-C(8) 1.334(4) N(4)-C(9) 1.336(4)
255
Table I-3. Bond lengths [Å] and angles [°] for II-9 (continued) N(5)-C(13) 1.321(3) N(5)-C(14) 1.331(4) C(1)-C(5) 1.373(3) C(1)-C(2) 1.384(3) C(2)-C(3) 1.382(3) C(4)-C(5) 1.392(3) C(6)-C(10) 1.369(4) C(6)-C(7) 1.385(3) C(7)-C(8) 1.388(3) C(9)-C(10) 1.390(3) C(11)-C(15) 1.379(4) C(11)-C(12) 1.384(4) C(12)-C(13) 1.375(4) C(14)-C(15) 1.403(4) O(1)#1-P(1)-O(1) 93.93(13) O(1)#1-P(1)-N(1)#1 111.75(10) O(1)-P(1)-N(1)#1 110.36(10) O(1)#1-P(1)-N(1) 110.36(10) O(1)-P(1)-N(1) 111.75(10) N(1)#1-P(1)-N(1) 116.47(16) N(1)-P(2)-N(2) 117.73(12) N(1)-P(2)-O(3) 111.81(10) N(2)-P(2)-O(3) 106.41(9) N(1)-P(2)-O(2) 109.28(10) N(2)-P(2)-O(2) 110.40(10) O(3)-P(2)-O(2) 99.69(9) C(1)-O(1)-P(1) 125.38(15) C(6)-O(2)-P(2) 119.82(15) C(11)-O(3)-P(2) 127.00(16) P(2)-N(1)-P(1) 122.47(13) P(2)-N(2)-P(2)#1 121.58(18) C(4)-N(3)-C(3) 115.9(2) C(8)-N(4)-C(9) 116.9(2) C(13)-N(5)-C(14) 116.4(3) C(5)-C(1)-C(2) 120.7(2) C(5)-C(1)-O(1) 121.6(2) C(2)-C(1)-O(1) 117.5(2) C(3)-C(2)-C(1) 117.0(2) N(3)-C(3)-C(2) 124.7(2) N(3)-C(4)-C(5) 124.6(2) C(1)-C(5)-C(4) 117.1(2)
C(10)-C(6)-C(7) 121.1(2) C(10)-C(6)-O(2) 118.7(2) C(7)-C(6)-O(2) 120.2(2) C(6)-C(7)-C(8) 116.7(2) N(4)-C(8)-C(7) 124.2(3) N(4)-C(9)-C(10) 124.0(3) C(6)-C(10)-C(9) 117.1(2) C(15)-C(11)-C(12) 119.4(3) C(15)-C(11)-O(3) 116.8(2) C(12)-C(11)-O(3) 123.6(2) C(13)-C(12)-C(11) 117.0(3) N(5)-C(13)-C(12) 125.9(3) N(5)-C(14)-C(15) 123.2(3) C(11)-C(15)-C(14) 118.1(3)
256
Table I-4. Anisotropic displacement parameters (Å2x 103) for II-9. The anisotropic displacement factor exponent takes the form: -2π2[ h2 a*2U11 + ... + 2 h k a* b* U12 ] ________________________________________________________________________ U11 U22 U33 U23 U13 U12 ________________________________________________________________________ P(1) 11(1) 20(1) 16(1) 0 7(1) 0 P(2) 14(1) 24(1) 17(1) 2(1) 7(1) 2(1) O(1) 17(1) 24(1) 19(1) -2(1) 10(1) -4(1) O(2) 15(1) 32(1) 21(1) 6(1) 10(1) 8(1) O(3) 19(1) 35(1) 18(1) 4(1) 7(1) 0(1) N(1) 13(1) 25(1) 19(1) -1(1) 5(1) 1(1) N(2) 20(2) 19(2) 22(2) 0 6(1) 0 N(3) 26(1) 34(1) 22(1) -2(1) 9(1) -4(1) N(4) 22(1) 42(2) 38(2) 11(1) 15(1) 9(1) N(5) 41(2) 36(1) 34(1) -4(1) 8(1) -3(1) C(1) 13(1) 23(1) 18(1) -3(1) 7(1) -5(1) C(2) 17(1) 34(2) 25(1) 4(1) 7(1) 3(1) C(3) 25(1) 39(2) 21(1) 6(1) 5(1) 2(1) C(4) 25(1) 30(2) 29(2) -2(1) 14(1) 2(1) C(5) 22(1) 26(1) 24(1) 4(1) 10(1) 2(1) C(6) 16(1) 28(1) 22(1) 6(1) 10(1) 8(1) C(7) 25(1) 29(2) 23(1) 1(1) 8(1) 5(1) C(8) 36(2) 37(2) 24(1) 2(1) 14(1) 14(1) C(9) 14(1) 40(2) 40(2) 5(1) 6(1) 4(1) C(10) 17(1) 36(2) 25(1) 2(1) 2(1) 6(1) C(11) 28(1) 26(1) 24(1) 3(1) 9(1) 1(1) C(12) 26(2) 60(2) 27(2) 3(1) 6(1) 9(1) C(13) 30(2) 67(2) 26(2) 6(1) 2(1) 9(2) C(14) 33(2) 33(2) 32(2) -1(1) 13(1) 1(1) C(15) 27(2) 34(2) 33(2) -1(1) 12(1) 1(1) ________________________________________________________________________ Table I-5. Hydrogen coordinates ( x 104) and isotropic displacement parameters (Å2x 10 3) for II-9. ________________________________________________________________________ x y z U(eq) ________________________________________________________________________ H(2) 220 5624 1002 30 H(3) 979 5445 -31 34 H(4) 2601 2803 661 34 H(5) 1921 2907 1731 29
257
Table I-5. Hydrogen coordinates ( x 104) and isotropic displacement parameters (Å2x 10 3) for II-9 (continued). H(7) 1837 -214 1921 31 H(8) 3014 280 1149 39 H(9) 4159 2660 2406 38 H(10) 3029 2249 3228 31 H(12) 1926 1019 4339 45 H(13) 2255 1474 5465 49 H(14) -411 2081 5847 39 H(15) -867 1555 4730 37 _______________________________________________________________________
Symmetry transformations used to generate equivalent atoms:
258
APPENDIX J
ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
σ sigma (electric current)
µm micrometer
ΔG Gibbs free energy change
ΔH enthalpy change
$ m-2 dollars per square meter
a crystallographic unit cell axis a
A cm-2 Ampère per square centimeter
Anal. analysis
bd broad (spectra)
calcd. calculated
°C celcius
cm2 s-1 square centimeter per second
d day
DOSY diffusion ordered spectroscopy
DMSO dimethylsulfoxide
d doublet (spectra)
DVB divinylbenzene
F(000) scaling coefficient for structure
factors
Fc calculated structure factor
Fo observed structure factor
FTIR flourier transform infrared
g/g gram per gram
g/mL gram per liter
Hz hertz
h hour
ICP inductively coupled plasma
J coupling constant (NMR)
kPa kilo paschal
LDPE low-density polyethylene
m/z mass-to-charge ratio
Mp melting point
meq g-1 milliequivalents per gram
mequi/g milliequivalents per gram
259
mmol millimole
Mrad milliradian
mmHg millimeter mercury
mol/L moles per liter
mol min-1 moles per minute
m multiplet (spectra)
NASA The National Aeronautics and
Space Administration
Ohm cm2 ohm per square centimeter
Rpm rounds per minute
S cm-1 siemens per centimeter
s singlet (spectra)
t triplet (spectra)
U temperature factor
U.S. United States